ADS Fluoro-K DIOM 06-237256-001_AC with addenda_12_2023

This file contains the following:
Title Part Number Rev
Manuals
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone Fire 06-237256-001 AC
Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Addenda
2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector and Lockout Valve Addendum for Kidde Fire Systems 06-237873-001 AA
Clean Agent Systems
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits Addendum for 06-237955-001 AA
Kidde Fire Systems Industrial ECS-500™ and Fluoroketone Clean Agent Systems
December 2023
06-237256-001
December 2022
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™

Fire Suppression System
for use with
Fluoroketone
Fire Suppression Agents
Design, Installation,
Operation and
Maintenance Manual
R
FM
LISTED LISTED APPROVED
UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals

No. EX 4674 No. EX 4674 Project ID 3049464
EXPORT INFORMATION (USA):

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
This document contains technical
data subject to the EAR.
FOREWORD
This manual is written for those who design, install, operate, or maintain the Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire
Suppression System (ADS system)for use with Fluoroketone Fire Suppression Agents.
The ADS system can be used with either of the following Fluoroketone clean agents:
• Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Unless specified by name, this manual will refer to these clean agents by the term “agent”.
Note: In certain instances in this document pressure values are expressed in units of “psi” and
are intended to mean gauge pressure, “psig” unless otherwise noted.
IMPORTANT
Kidde Fire Systems assumes no responsibility for the application of any systems other than those addressed
in this manual. The technical data contained herein is limited strictly for information purposes only.
Kidde Fire Systems believes this data to be accurate, but it is published and presented without any
guarantee or warranty whatsoever. Kidde Fire Systems disclaims any liability for any use that may be made
of the data and information contained herein by any and all other parties.
ADS systems are to be designed, installed, inspected, maintained, tested and recharged by qualified,
trained personnel in accordance with the following:
• Standard of the National Fire Protection Association No. 2001, Latest Edition titled Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing Systems.
• All instructions, limitations, cautions, and warnings, contained in this manual, 06-237256-001.
• All information contained on the system container nameplate(s).
Storage, handling, transportation, service, maintenance, recharge, and test of agent storage containers
shall be performed only by qualified and trained personnel in accordance with the information in this
manual and Compressed Gas Association pamphlets C-1, C-6, and P-1:
• C-1, Methods for Hydrostatic Testing of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• C-6, Standards for Visual Inspection of Compressed Gas Cylinders.
• P-1, Safe Handling of Compressed Gases In Containers.
CGA pamphlets are published by the Compressed Gas Association: cganet.com
The new design concentration for Class A and C fires applies to systems designed to meet and comply with
UL 2166, FM5600, and NFPA 2001, Edition 2022 requirements. As such, our customers are reminded and
advised:
• In accordance with 9.1.2 and 9.1.1.1 of NFPA 2001, Edition 2022, automatic detection and automatic
actuation shall be used. Manual actuation is permitted only if acceptable by the authority having
jurisdiction.
• Designers should also take note of 9.7 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2022 with regard to discharge delays.
• The designer should also review 7.2.1.2 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2022 and confirm that a protected
Class A hazard does not include any Class B materials (flammable or combustible liquids or gases)
which would classify the protected space as a Class B hazard.
• In addition, the designer should refer to section A.7.4 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2022 and confirm that
the protected space does not include electrical equipment that will not be de-energized prior to or at
the time of agent discharge. Such energized electrical equipment has the potential to act as a
persistent re-ignition source. If electrical equipment cannot be de-energized, the design agent
concentration shall be at least that required by 7.2.2.4 in NFPA 2001, Edition 2022. In some cases
consideration should be given to the use of extended agent discharge or higher design agent
concentration. When exploring these options, keep in mind the possibility of the formation of
combustion and decomposition products. Please contact applications engineering for design guidance
in such instances.
06-237256-001 i December 2022

Questions concerning the information presented in this manual should be addressed to:
Kidde Fire Systems
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
Phone: (508) 881-2000
Fax: (508) 881-8920
SAFETY DATA SHEETS

The Safety Data Sheets (SDS) can be found in Appendix C. The latest version of the SDS can also be found
online at the Kidde Fire Systems website (kiddefiresystems.com). Use the built-in navigation links to view
the desired sheet.
SAFETY SUMMARY
ADS systems use pressurized equipment; therefore, personnel responsible for fire suppression systems
must be aware of the dangers associated with the improper handling, installation or maintenance of this
equipment.
Fire suppression system service personnel must be trained in the proper handling, installation and service
of ADS system equipment and follow the instructions used in this manual and in the Safety Bulletin and
cylinder nameplate.
Kidde Fire Systems has provided warnings and cautions at appropriate locations throughout the text of this
manual. These warnings and cautions are to be adhered to at all times. Failure to do so may result in
serious injury to personnel.
DEFINITIONS
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death,
WARNING serious bodily injury and/or property damage.
Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

CAUTION property or equipment damage.
December 2022 ii 06-237256-001

SAFE CYLINDER HANDLING PROCEDURES
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are capable of violent discharge and, as such, are
extremely hazardous. Pressurized cylinders must be handled safely to avoid accidents
WARNING that could cause bodily injury, death, or property damage.
Before handling ADS system products, all personnel must be trained in the safe handling of the containers
as well as in the proper procedures for installation, removal, filling, and connection of other critical devices,
such as flex hoses, control heads, discharge heads, safety caps, and anti-recoil devices.
READ, UNDERSTAND and ALWAYS FOLLOW the design, installation, operation and maintenance manuals,
owners manuals, service manuals, etc., that are provided with the individual systems.
The instructions contained in this foreword and throughout the manual must be
followed in the exact sequence as written to prevent serious injury, death or
WARNING property damage.
The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:
MOVING CONTAINER
Containers must be shipped compactly in the upright position, and properly secured in place. Containers
must not be rolled, dragged or slid, nor allowed to be slid from tailgates of vehicles. A suitable hand truck,
fork truck, roll platform or similar device must be used. Ensure that the safety and the protection caps are
installed on the cylinder when it is moved.
ROUGH HANDLING
Containers must not be dropped or permitted to strike violently against each other or other surfaces.
STORAGE
Containers must be stored standing upright where they are not likely to be knocked over, or the containers
must be secured.
For additional information on safe handling of compressed gas cylinders, see CGA Pamphlet P-1 titled “Safe
Handling of Compressed Gases in Containers”. CGA pamphlets may be purchased from The Compressed
Gas Association: cganet.com
SAFETY CAP
• Each agent cylinder is factory equipped with a safety cap installed on the valve outlet, and securely
chained to the valve to prevent loss. This device is a safety feature, and will provide controlled safe
discharge when installed if the cylinder is actuated accidentally.
• The safety cap must be installed on the valve outlet AT ALL TIMES except when the cylinders are
connected into the system piping or being filled.
• The safety cap is intentionally chained to the cylinder valve to prevent loss while in service and must
not be removed from its chain.
PROTECTION CAP
A protection cap is factory installed on the actuation port and securely chained to the valve to prevent loss.
The cap is attached to the actuation port to prevent tampering or depression of the actuating pin. No
attachments (control head, pressure operated control head) are to be connected to the actuation port
during shipment, storage, or handling.
06-237256-001 iii December 2022

INSTALLATION
THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Install cylinder into bracketing.
In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the discharge
hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping before attaching to
WARNING the cylinder valve outlet.
2. Remove safety cap and connect all cylinder valves into system piping using flex hose or valve outlet
adapter.
Control heads must be in the set position before attaching to the cylinder valve actuation
WARNING port, in order to prevent accidental discharge.
3. Remove protection cap and attach control heads, pressure control heads, pilot loops, etc. as required.
REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

THIS SEQUENCE FOR CYLINDER INSTALLATION MUST BE FOLLOWED AT ALL TIMES:
1. Remove all control heads, pressure operated heads, and pilot loops from cylinder valve, and attach
protection cap to actuation port.
2. Disconnect cylinders from system piping at the valve outlet. Disconnect valve outlet adapter, if used.
3. Immediately install safety cap on valve outlet.
The cylinder valve safety cap must be immediately available for installation on the
cylinder valve outlet before disconnecting the cylinder discharge hose or valve adapter
WARNING from system piping. If the safety cap is missing obtain a new safety cap from Kidde Fire
Systems.
4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.
Failure to follow all instructions in this manual on the use and handling of system
components could result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage in the
WARNING event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
December 2022 iv 06-237256-001

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword ....................................................................................................... i
Safety Summary............................................................................................. ii
Safe Cylinder Handling Procedures .................................................................... iii
List of Figures ................................................................................................ xiii
List of Tables.................................................................................................. xix
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 1-1
1-2 System Description .............................................................................. 1-2
1-2.1 Applications ........................................................................................ 1-2
1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ............................................... 1-3
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations .......................... 1-3
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range.................. 1-3
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range .............. 1-3
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent ............................................................................. 1-3
1-2.2.1 Available Clean Agents ......................................................................... 1-3
1-2.2.2 Toxicity .............................................................................................. 1-4
1-2.2.3 Decomposition..................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.4 Cleanliness.......................................................................................... 1-4
1-2.2.5 Other Safety Considerations .................................................................. 1-4
1-2.2.6 Storage .............................................................................................. 1-5
CHAPTER 2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

2-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 2-1
2-2 Functional Description .......................................................................... 2-1
2-3 Component Descriptions ....................................................................... 2-3
2-3.1 ADS System Cylinders .......................................................................... 2-3
2-3.1.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies .............................................. 2-3
2-3.1.2 Plain Nut Discharge Head ...................................................................... 2-4
2-3.1.3 Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Supervisory Pressure Switch .............................. 2-5
2-3.1.3.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation ............................................. 2-6
2-3.1.4 Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies............................................................ 2-7
2-3.1.5 Agency Cylinder Valve Rebuild Kits ......................................................... 2-11
2-3.1.5.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit............................................... 2-11
2-3.1.5.2 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit............................................... 2-12
2-3.1.6 Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch ............................................ 2-13
2-3.1.6.1 Hazardous Location Classifications
for ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch..................................................... 2-13
2-3.1.7 Liquid Level Indicator ........................................................................... 2-14
2-3.2 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment ........................... 2-15
2-3.2.1 Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems............................. 2-15
2-3.2.2 Single Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps ...................................... 2-16
2-3.2.3 Combined Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 600
and 900 lb. Systems............................................................................. 2-17
2-3.2.4 Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment ....................................................... 2-18
2-3.3 Control Heads...................................................................................... 2-19
2-3.3.1 Electric Control Head ............................................................................ 2-19
2-3.3.2 Explosion Proof Electric Control Head ...................................................... 2-20
2-3.3.3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head ..................................................... 2-21
06-237256-001 v December 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
2-3.3.4 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly ................................ 2-22
2-3.3.4.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval .............................................. 2-23
2-3.3.4.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval ..................................... 2-23
2-3.3.5 Cable Operated Control Heads ............................................................... 2-24
2-3.3.6 Lever Operated Control Head................................................................. 2-24
2-3.3.7 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head ................................................... 2-25
2-3.3.8 Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................ 2-26
2-3.4 Actuation Accessories ........................................................................... 2-27
2-3.4.1 Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ...................................................... 2-27
2-3.4.2 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ........................................................ 2-28
2-3.4.3 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose ..................................................................... 2-29
2-3.4.4 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits .................................................... 2-30
2-3.4.5 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ............................ 2-31
2-3.4.6 Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.................................. 2-32
2-3.4.7 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder......................... 2-33
2-3.4.8 Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in. .......................................................... 2-34
2-3.4.9 Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting.................................................................. 2-34
2-3.4.10 Nitrogen Discharge Delays, ................................................................... 2-35
2-3.4.11 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren .......................................................... 2-36
2-3.4.12 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent .............................................................. 2-36
2-3.4.13 Flexible Actuation Hoses ....................................................................... 2-37
2-3.4.14 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit.............................................................................. 2-38
2-3.4.15 Tees, Elbows and Adapters.................................................................... 2-39
2-3.4.16 Flexible Actuation Hose......................................................................... 2-39
2-3.4.17 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface ......................................................... 2-40
2-3.4.18 Corner Pulleys .................................................................................... 2-41
2-3.5 Discharge Accessories .......................................................................... 2-42
2-3.5.1 3/4” Orifice Fitting for Nitrogen Driver Cylinders....................................... 2-42
2-3.5.2 3/4” Check Diffuser for Agent Cylinders .................................................. 2-43
2-3.5.3 Flexible Discharge Hose ........................................................................ 2-44
2-3.5.4 Valve Outlet Adapters........................................................................... 2-45
2-3.5.5 Discharge Outlet Adapter ...................................................................... 2-45
2-3.5.6 1/4-inch Check Valves .......................................................................... 2-46
2-3.5.7 Manifold EL-Checks .............................................................................. 2-47
2-3.5.8 Swing Checks ...................................................................................... 2-48
2-3.5.9 2-Way Selector Valves.......................................................................... 2-49
2-3.5.9.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves .................... 2-50
2-3.5.9.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ...................................................................... 2-51
2-3.5.9.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter ......................................... 2-51
2-3.5.9.4 Pressure Regulator............................................................................... 2-52
2-3.5.10 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)........................................................ 2-53
2-3.5.10.1 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid........................................................ 2-55
2-3.5.11 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-56
2-3.5.12 Pressure Operated Switches .................................................................. 2-58
2-3.5.13 Pressure Operated Trip ......................................................................... 2-59
2-3.5.14 Discharge Indicator ............................................................................. 2-59
2-3.5.15 Discharge Nozzles ................................................................................ 2-60
December 2022 vi 06-237256-001

2-3.6 Other Accessories ................................................................................ 2-61
2-3.6.1 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch ........................................................... 2-61
2-3.6.2 ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates.......................................................... 2-62
2-3.6.3 Entrance and Exit Warning Signs............................................................ 2-62
2-3.6.4 Hydrostatic Test Adapters ..................................................................... 2-63
2-3.6.5 Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapter ........................................................... 2-63
2-3.6.6 Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter ............................................................. 2-63
2-3.6.7 Safety Outlets ..................................................................................... 2-64
CHAPTER 3 DESIGN
3-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 3-1
3-2 Design Procedure ................................................................................. 3-1
3-2.1 General .............................................................................................. 3-1
3-2.2 Application .......................................................................................... 3-1
3-3 Minimum Design Concentration.............................................................. 3-2
3-3.1 Fire Class Table ................................................................................... 3-2
3-3.2 Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent Concentration Values ..................... 3-3
3-3.2.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values .......................................................... 3-3
3-3.2.2 FM Global Class C Concentration Values .................................................. 3-3
3-3.3 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Concentration Values ......................... 3-4
3-3.3.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values .......................................................... 3-4
3-3.3.2 FM Global Concentration Values ............................................................. 3-4
3-3.4 Calculate Agent Required ...................................................................... 3-7
3-4 Determine the Type, Size, and Quantity of Components Required ............... 3-10
3-5 Locate Nozzles..................................................................................... 3-10
3-6 Locate Cylinders .................................................................................. 3-10
3-7 Locate Piping....................................................................................... 3-10
3-8 Pipe Size and Layout ............................................................................ 3-10
3-9 Using the Agent Concentration Flooding Factors ....................................... 3-11
3-9.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure ........................................................... 3-11
3-10 Manifolds ............................................................................................ 3-12
3-11 Design Criteria .................................................................................... 3-12
3-11.1 Driver Quantity.................................................................................... 3-12
3-11.2 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits ........................................................... 3-13
3-11.3 Duration of Discharge ........................................................................... 3-14
3-11.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement ............................................................. 3-14
3-11.5 Nozzle Placement ................................................................................. 3-15
3-11.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions ................................................................... 3-16
3-11.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs............................................ 3-16
3-11.6 Pipe Sizing .......................................................................................... 3-17
3-12 Other Conditions.................................................................................. 3-18
3-12.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations ............................................... 3-18
3-12.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations .......................... 3-18
3-12.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range.................. 3-18
3-12.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range .............. 3-18
3-12.2.3 System Operating Pressure ................................................................... 3-18
3-12.3 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems........................... 3-19
06-237256-001 vii December 2022

3-12.3.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
from a Primary Nitrogen Driver .............................................................. 3-19
3-12.3.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
3-12.3.3 Cylinders Not Close-coupled
Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure .................................................... 3-21
3-12.3.4 Cylinders Close-coupled
Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure .................................................... 3-22
3-12.3.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X) .......................................................................... 3-23
3-12.4 Pressure Actuation Limitations
for Dual Driver ADS System Cylinders..................................................... 3-24
3-12.4.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure
3-12.4.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure
3-12.4.3 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure................... 3-25
3-12.4.4 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure............. 3-26
3-12.4.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Systems
(P/N 06-129986-X0X) .......................................................................... 3-27
3-12.5 Selector Valves.................................................................................... 3-28
3-12.5.1 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves .............................. 3-29
3-12.5.2 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves
(Multi-Hazard Arrangements for all Systems)........................................... 3-30
3-12.6 Using Multiple Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders .................................................... 3-32
3-12.7 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations........................................................ 3-32
3-12.8 Pressure Trip Limitations....................................................................... 3-32
3-12.9 Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure ....................................... 3-32
3-12.10 Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements ................................................ 3-32
CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION
4-1 General Equipment Installation .............................................................. 4-1
4-2 Distribution Piping and Fittings .............................................................. 4-1
4-2.1 Threads .............................................................................................. 4-1
4-2.2 Pipe ................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.1 Ferrous Piping ..................................................................................... 4-1
4-2.2.2 Piping Joints........................................................................................ 4-2
4-2.2.3 Fittings ............................................................................................... 4-2
4-3 Installation of Pipe and Fittings .............................................................. 4-3
4-4 Installation of Pressure Actuation Pipe .................................................... 4-3
4-5 Installation of Check Valves................................................................... 4-3
4-5.1 El-Check Valves ................................................................................... 4-4
4-6 Installation of Discharge Nozzles ............................................................ 4-5
4-7 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter ........................................................ 4-5
4-8 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose .................................................... 4-7
4-9 Installation of Nitrogen Driver
and Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies ..................................................... 4-8
4-9.1 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement ......................................... 4-8
4-9.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver ADS System .................. 4-9
December 2022 viii 06-237256-001

4-9.2.1 Installation of Two Nitrogen Drivers and Two Agent Cylinders .................... 4-13
4-9.3 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver ADS System
(600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)............................................................. 4-14
4-10 Installation of Electric Control Heads
to Nitrogen Driver Only......................................................................... 4-17
4-11 Installation of Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads ................................ 4-20
4-12 Installation of Pressure Operated Control Head
(P/N: 85-544000-001).......................................................................... 4-22
4-13 Installation of Cable Operated Control Head
(P/N 81-979469-000) ........................................................................... 4-23
4-14 Installation of Lever Operated Control Head (P/N 85-521000-001).............. 4-23
4-15 Installation of Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder and Mounting Bracket ....................... 4-24
4-15.0.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ............................................................ 4-26
4-15.1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. ............... 4-27
4-15.2 Installation of Nitrogen Driver
and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switches ..................................... 4-28
4-15.2.1 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N 06-118207-00X ...................... 4-29
4-15.2.2 Installation of Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000
and P/N 81-872442-000 ....................................................................... 4-29
4-15.2.3 Installation of Discharge Delay, P/N 81-871072-001,
81-871072-002, 81-871072-003, and 81-871072-004 .............................. 4-30
4-15.2.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Siren, P/N 90-981574-001...................... 4-30
4-16 Installation of Pressure Switch (P/N 81-486536-000) ................................ 4-31
4-17 Installation of Pressure Trip (P/N 81-874290-000).................................... 4-31
4-18 Installation of Manual Pull Station (P/N 81-871403-000) ........................... 4-31
4-18.1 Corner Pulley Installation ...................................................................... 4-32
4-19 Installation of Discharge Indicator (P/N 81-875553-000) ........................... 4-32
4-20 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/Ns 06-118262-001) ............. 4-33
4-21 Installation of Nitrogen Driver
and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switches,
P/N 85-111540-001 and P/N 85-111540-100........................................... 4-35
4-21.1 Installation of 2- Way Selector Valves ..................................................... 4-36
4-21.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ......................................... 4-36
4-21.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves.................................................................. 4-36
4-21.1.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold .......................... 4-37
4.22 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 4-38
4-23 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch Installation ............................................ 4-39
4-24 Installation of 2- Way Selector Valves ..................................................... 4-40
4-24.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ......................................... 4-40
4-24.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves.................................................................. 4-40
4-24.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold .......................... 4-41
4-25 Installation of 3-Way Directional Valves
with Pneumatic Actuators and Solenoids ................................................. 4-42
4-25.1 3-Way Directional Valve System Release Control Configuration .................. 4-44
4-25.2 Installing Directional Valve Placement Supervision Retrofit Kit .................... 4-45
4-25.2.1 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Standard Placement Supervision ................... 4-46
4-25.2.2 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Explosion Proof Placement Supervision ........... 4-47
4-26 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 4-50
06-237256-001 ix December 2022

4-27 System Pressure Test ........................................................................... 4-51
4-28 Post-Installation Checkout..................................................................... 4-51
CHAPTER 5 OPERATION
5-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 5-1
5-2 Operating Procedures ........................................................................... 5-1
5-2.1 Automatic Operation ............................................................................ 5-1
5-2.2 Remote Manual Operation ..................................................................... 5-1
5-2.3 Local Manual Operation of Nitrogen Drivers and Agent Cylinders ................ 5-1
5-2.4 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves ..................................... 5-2
5-2.5 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves
(P/N 85-22003X-00X) .......................................................................... 5-2
5-2.6 Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 5-3
5-2.7 Post-Discharge Service ......................................................................... 5-3
5-3 Cylinder Recharge................................................................................ 5-3
5-4 Special System Precautions ................................................................... 5-4
5-4.1 Systems Actuated with a Primary Cylinder............................................... 5-4
5-4.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder....................................... 5-4
CHAPTER 6 MAINTENANCE
6-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 6-1
6-2 Maintenance Procedures ....................................................................... 6-1
6-3 Preventative Maintenance Schedule........................................................ 6-2
6-4 Weekly Inspection Procedure ................................................................. 6-4
6-4.1 Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure ................................................. 6-4
6-4.2 Check Agent Cylinder Pressure .............................................................. 6-4
6-4.3 Check Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Pressure .................................................... 6-4
6-4.4 Hazard and Enclosure Inspection............................................................ 6-4
6-4.5 Pipework and Controls Inspection........................................................... 6-4
6-5 Monthly Inspection Procedure ................................................................ 6-5
6-5.1 Perform a General Inspection ................................................................ 6-5
6-5.2 Check Hazard and Equipment Access ...................................................... 6-5
6-5.3 Inspect Hoses ..................................................................................... 6-5
6-5.4 Inspect Pressure Operated Control Heads................................................ 6-5
6-5.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads ............................................................... 6-5
6-5.6 Inspect Agent, Nitrogen Driver, and Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders ...................... 6-6
6-5.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware......................... 6-6
6-5.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses ....................................................................... 6-6
6-5.9 Inspect Actuation Line .......................................................................... 6-6
6-5.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles..................................................................... 6-6
6-5.11 Inspect Pull Stations............................................................................. 6-6
6-5.12 Inspect Pressure Switches..................................................................... 6-6
6-6 Semi-Annual Inspection Procedure ......................................................... 6-7
6-6.1 Perform a Pressure Switch Test.............................................................. 6-7
6-6.2 Perform an Electric Control Head Test ..................................................... 6-7
6-6.3 Check the Weights of the Agent Cylinders ............................................... 6-8
6-6.3.1 Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator .................................. 6-8
6-6.3.1.1 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for New Liquid Level Indicators...................... 6-9
December 2022 x 06-237256-001

6-6.3.1.2 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators .................. 6-12
6-6.3.2 Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator....................... 6-14
6-6.4 Test Selector and Lockout Valves ........................................................... 6-15
6-6.4.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve ................................................... 6-15
6-6.4.2 Semi-Annual 3-Way Direction Valve Test................................................. 6-15
6-6.4.3 System Lockout Valve Operation Test (if Fitted) ....................................... 6-16
6-7 2 Year Inspection Procedure .................................................................. 6-16
6-7.1 Blow Out Distribution Piping .................................................................. 6-16
6-7.2 Conduct System Pressure Test............................................................... 6-17
6-8 5 Year Inspection Procedure .................................................................. 6-18
6-8.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent and Nitrogen Cylinders ............ 6-18
6-8.2 Flexible Hose Hydrostatic Test ............................................................... 6-18
6-8.3 Inspection Procedures-15 Years ............................................................. 6-19
6-8.3.1 Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves................................................................ 6-19
6-8.4 Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements .............................................. 6-20
6-9 Service ............................................................................................... 6-21
6-9.1 Cleaning ............................................................................................. 6-21
6-9.2 Nozzle Service ..................................................................................... 6-21
6-9.3 Repairs............................................................................................... 6-21
6-10 Removing an Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen Driver ..................................... 6-21
6-10.1 Single Cylinder System ......................................................................... 6-21
6-10.2 Multiple Cylinder System....................................................................... 6-22
6-11 Installing an Agent Cylinder................................................................... 6-22
6-11.1 Single Cylinder System ......................................................................... 6-22
6-11.2 Multiple Cylinder System....................................................................... 6-23
6-11.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders......................................................................... 6-24
6-12 Replacing a Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................... 6-25
6-13 Replacing an I-Valve ............................................................................ 6-26
CHAPTER 7 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

7-1 Introduction ........................................................................................ 7-1
7-2 Agent Valve Inspection and Service ........................................................ 7-1
7.3 2” Valve Post Discharge Maintenance...................................................... 7-1
7-3.1 2” Valve Disassembly ........................................................................... 7-1
7-3.2 2” Valve Assembly ............................................................................... 7-3
7-4 3” Valve Post Discharge Maintenance...................................................... 7-4
7-4.1 Valve Disassembly (3 inch Valve) ........................................................... 7-4
7-4.2 Replacing 3 inch Valve Pilot Check.......................................................... 7-5
7-4.3 Valve Assembly (3 inch) ....................................................................... 7-5
7-5 Using the Cap or Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool ............................. 7-6
7-6 Using the Piston Insertion Tool............................................................... 7-7
7-7 Safety Burst Disc Replacement (2” and 3” Valves) .................................... 7-8
7-8 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Inspection and Services ....................................... 7-10
7-8.1 I-Valve Disassembly ............................................................................. 7-10
7-8.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly........................................................... 7-11
7-8.3 Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement ................................................ 7-11
7-8.4 Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service ..................................... 7-12
06-237256-001 xi December 2022

7-9 3/4-Inch Check Diffuser Inspection and Service ....................................... 7-13
7-9.1 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly ...................................................... 7-13
7-9.2 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Assembly .......................................................... 7-14
7-9.3 Replacing a Check Diffuser .................................................................... 7-14
7-10 Selector Valve Inspection ...................................................................... 7-15
7-10.0.1 3-Way Directional Valve Inspection ........................................................ 7-15
7-11 Recharging Agent Cylinders................................................................... 7-15
7-11.1 Set-up for Charging Equipment.............................................................. 7-16
7-11.1.1 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Pressure................ 7-18
7-11.1.2 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Mass ..................... 7-20
7-11.1.3 Additional Set-Up Information ............................................................... 7-20
7-11.2 Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly........................................... 7-21
7-11.3 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders filled with Agent Fluid............................... 7-23
7-11.3.1 Super-pressurizing of Cylinder by N2 Pressure ......................................... 7-23
7-11.3.2 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders by N2 Mass............................................. 7-25
7-11.4 Agent Cylinder Leak Test ...................................................................... 7-27
7-12 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Service and Maintenance .................................... 7-28
7-12.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test ................................... 7-28
7-12.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement..................................................... 7-28
7-12.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge.......................................................... 7-29
7-12.4 Leak Testing the I-Valve and Cylinder ..................................................... 7-30
CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST

8-1 Introduction & Parts List ....................................................................... 8-1
8-2 UL Listed and FM Approved Discharge Nozzles ......................................... 8-10
8-3 Discontinued and Replaced Parts............................................................ 8-15
APPENDIX A NITROGEN REQUIRED FOR CYLINDER FILL
APPENDIX C SAFETY DATASHEETS
December 2022 xii 06-237256-001

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Name Page Number
1-1 Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram,
U.S. Customary Units .......................................................................................... 1-6
1-2 Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units .......................... 1-8
2-1 Typical ADS System with Electric Control Head ....................................................... 2-2
2-2 Typical ADS System with Cable Operated Control Head ............................................ 2-2
2-3 Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only............................ 2-3
2-4 Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000 ...................................................... 2-4
2-5 Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown) ................. 2-5
2-6 200, 350, 450, 600, and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies,
Vertical Mount Only............................................................................................. 2-8
2-7 2” Valve General Arrangement.............................................................................. 2-9
2-8 3” Valve General Arrangement.............................................................................. 2-10
2-9 Newer 3” Valve Supervisory Pressure Switch Port Location ....................................... 2-10
2-10 Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting ........................................................... 2-13
2-11 Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................................................... 2-14
2-12 Combined Cylinder Straps .................................................................................... 2-15
2-13 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap,
P\N WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000 ............................................................. 2-16
2-14 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap, P\N 38-109879-001................................... 2-16
2-15 Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver................................................. 2-17
2-16 Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver................................................. 2-17
2-17 Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps ............................................................................ 2-18
2-18 Electric Control Head ........................................................................................... 2-19
2-19 Electric Control Head, Explosion Proof.................................................................... 2-20
2-20 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head .................................................................... 2-21
2-21 Control Head Monitor (CHM) Dimensions................................................................ 2-22
2-22 CHM Comparison ................................................................................................ 2-22
2-23 Cable Operated Control Head ............................................................................... 2-24
2-24 Lever Operated Control Head ............................................................................... 2-24
2-25 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head .................................................................. 2-25
2-26 Pressure Operated Control Head ........................................................................... 2-26
2-27 Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head ............................................................. 2-26
2-28 Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ..................................................................... 2-27
2-29 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ....................................................................... 2-28
2-30 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose .................................................................................... 2-29
2-31 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ......................................................................... 2-30
2-32 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ........................................... 2-31
2-33 Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies .................................. 2-32
2-34 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder ....................................... 2-33
2-35 Flex Hose, 3/4 in. ............................................................................................... 2-34
2-36 Manifold "Y" Fitting ............................................................................................. 2-34
2-37 Discharge Delays (30/60 sec.) .............................................................................. 2-35
2-38 Pressure Operated Siren ...................................................................................... 2-36
2-39 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent ............................................................................. 2-36
2-40 Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N WK-264986-000 and P/N WK-264987-000).................... 2-37
2-41 Flexible Actuation Hose, Heavy Duty (P/N 06-236215-001) ...................................... 2-37
2-42 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit, Full Kit Contents.................................................................... 2-38
2-43 Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation ............................................ 2-39
2-44 Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation.................................... 2-39
2-45 Flexible Actuation Hose........................................................................................ 2-39
2-46 Cable Manual Pull Station..................................................................................... 2-40
2-47 Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications .................................................................. 2-41
2-48 1/2” E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications....................................................... 2-41
06-237256-001 xiii December 2022

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT.)
2-49 Orifice Fitting ..................................................................................................... 2-42
2-50 3/4” Check Diffuser............................................................................................. 2-43
2-51 2” Flexible Discharge Hose ................................................................................... 2-44
2-52 3” Flexible Discharge Hose ................................................................................... 2-44
2-53 Valve Outlet Adapter ........................................................................................... 2-45
2-54 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter............................................................................... 2-45
2-55 Check Valve ....................................................................................................... 2-46
2-56 Manifold El-Check Valve....................................................................................... 2-47
2-57 Manifold El-Checks Valve Dimensions (1.5 in Valve Shown) ...................................... 2-47
2-58 2 in. Swing Check Valve ...................................................................................... 2-48
2-59 3 in. Swing Check Valve ...................................................................................... 2-48
2-60 Selector Valves................................................................................................... 2-49
2-61 3 Area Back-Plate Manifold................................................................................... 2-50
2-62 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ..................................................................................... 2-51
2-63 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ..................................................................................... 2-51
2-64 Pressure Regulator.............................................................................................. 2-52
2-65 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X) ....................................... 2-53
2-66 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid ...................................................................... 2-55
2-67 1”, and 2” Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-56
2-68 3”, and 4” Lockout Valves .................................................................................... 2-57
2-69 Pressure Operated Switch .................................................................................... 2-58
2-70 Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof ............................................................. 2-58
2-71 Pressure Operated Trip ........................................................................................ 2-59
2-72 Discharge Indicator............................................................................................. 2-59
2-73 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D ........................................................................ 2-60
2-74 Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D ........................................................................ 2-60
2-75 Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch .......................................................................... 2-61
2-76 Wiring Diagram .................................................................................................. 2-61
2-77 Main and Reserve Nameplates .............................................................................. 2-62
2-78 Entrance and Exit Warning signs ........................................................................... 2-62
2-79 Cylinder Recharge Adapters (P/N 82-878758-000) .................................................. 2-63
2-80 Safety Outlets .................................................................................................... 2-64
3-1 Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS system Series ................................................... 3-13
3-2 Nozzle Placement and Coverage ........................................................................... 3-15
3-3 Nozzle Limitations............................................................................................... 3-16
3-4 Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Secondaries (Fifteen Sets Total),
Close-coupled .................................................................................................... 3-19
3-5 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Driver Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fourteen Secondaries (Fifteen Sets Total),
Not Close-coupled............................................................................................... 3-20
3-6 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS System Cylinders,
Not Close-coupled............................................................................................... 3-21
3-7 Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
to Actuate a Maximum of Fifteen Sets of ADS System Cylinders,
Close-coupled. ................................................................................................... 3-22
3-8 Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS System............................. 3-23
3-9 Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver
for Use with Large Single Hazard Arrangements ...................................................... 3-24
3-10 Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver
December 2022 xiv 06-237256-001

3-11 Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
3-12 Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver
3-13 Manifold Arrangement Kit for Use with Dual Driver ADS System ................................ 3-27
3-14 Typical Distribution Manifold Design for 2-Way Selector Valves ................................. 3-28
3-15 Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement.......................................................................... 3-29
3-16 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by 24 VDC ............................... 3-31
3-17 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dedicated
for Each Directional Valve .................................................................................... 3-31
3-18 Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders .............................................................. 3-32
4-1 El-Check Valve ................................................................................................... 4-4
4-2 Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown) ................................................ 4-4
4-3 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 2 in. Valve................................................... 4-5
4-4 Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 3 in. Valve................................................... 4-6
4-5 Installed El-check Valve ....................................................................................... 4-7
4-6 Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping ...................................... 4-7
4-7 Single Driver Top View ........................................................................................ 4-8
4-8 Dual Driver Top View........................................................................................... 4-8
4-9 Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ..................................................................... 4-9
4-10 Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder .......................................... 4-10
4-15 Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components ................................................................. 4-13
4-16 Installation of Two Nitrogen Drivers and Two Agent Cylinders ................................... 4-13
4-17 Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly ....................................................................... 4-14
4-18 Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
with Assembled Actuation Components .................................................................. 4-15
4-19 Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems.................................. 4-16
4-20 Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems.................................. 4-16
4-21 Control Head and Placements Supervision Component Installation
to Type “I” Valve ................................................................................................ 4-17
4-22 Wiring Diagram for Electric and Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads ...................... 4-18
4-23 Control Head Monitor Wiring................................................................................. 4-18
4-24 Electrical Connections for Legacy Control Head, P/N WK-890181-000......................... 4-19
4-26 Legacy Electric/Cable Operated Control Head.......................................................... 4-21
4-27 Pressure Operated Control Head ........................................................................... 4-22
4-28 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer ...................................................... 4-24
4-29 Installation Side and Isometric Views.................................................................... 4-25
4-30 Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View .................................................. 4-25
4-31 Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown ................ 4-25
4-33 Typical 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation
(P/N 85-101040-001 and 85-102300-001) ............................................................. 4-27
4-34 Nitrogen Pilot and Driver Valve used on 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot
and Driver Cylinders............................................................................................ 4-28
4-35 Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch
to Nitrogen Driver Valve ...................................................................................... 4-28
4-36 Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating ...................... 4-29
06-237256-001 xv December 2022

4-37 Pressure Operated Siren ...................................................................................... 4-30
4-38 Unacceptable Cable Configuration ......................................................................... 4-32
4-39 Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch ........................................................... 4-33
4-40 Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections ................................................. 4-34
4-42 Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch
to Nitrogen Driver Valve ...................................................................................... 4-35
4-44 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold ..................................................... 4-37
4-45 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position ................ 4-38
4-46 Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve) ......................................... 4-39
4-47 Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve) ........................................... 4-39
4-48 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold ..................................................... 4-41
4-49 Straight Through Orientation ................................................................................ 4-42
4-50 90° Orientation .................................................................................................. 4-42
4-51 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram ................................................................ 4-43
4-52 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram
with Explosion Proof Supervision Switch................................................................. 4-43
4-53 Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below) ........................ 4-44
4-54 Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)...................... 4-45
4-55 Lower Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 4-46
4-56 Conduit Adapter Installation ................................................................................. 4-46
4-57 Upper Bracket Installation.................................................................................... 4-47
4-58 Explosion Proof Solenoid and Lower Bracket Installation
on 3-Way Directional Valve .................................................................................. 4-47
4-59 Upper Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve ............................................. 4-48
4-60 Conduit Adapter Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve .......................................... 4-48
4-61 GO Switch Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve .................................................. 4-49
4-62 Fully Installed Explosion Proof Placement Supervision Switch
n 3-Way Directional Valve .................................................................................... 4-49
4-63 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position ................ 4-50
5-1 3-Way Directional Valve States ............................................................................. 5-3
6-1 Liquid Level Indicator .......................................................................................... 6-8
6-2 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI
with Black Color Cap ........................................................................................... 6-9
6-4 LLI Calibration Chart for 450 lb (182 Liter) Cylinder................................................. 6-10
6-7 LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI
with White Colored Cap ....................................................................................... 6-12
6-11 Solenoid Assembly .............................................................................................. 6-15
7-1 Valve Assembly .................................................................................................. 7-2
December 2022 xvi 06-237256-001

7-2 3 inch Valve Assembly ......................................................................................... 7-4
7-3 3 inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly......................................................................... 7-5
7-4 Cap Installation Tool ........................................................................................... 7-6
7-5 Cylinder Neck Installation Tool.............................................................................. 7-6
7-6 Cap and Cylinder O-ring Installed.......................................................................... 7-6
7-7 Piston Installation Tool ........................................................................................ 7-7
7-8 Installing the Piston ............................................................................................ 7-7
7-9 Piston in Installed Position ................................................................................... 7-7
7-10 2” and 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly ............................................... 7-8
7-11 Safety Burst Disc Assembly Location (2” Valve Shown) ............................................ 7-9
7-12 Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Shoulder of Cylinder (2” Valve Shown) ................. 7-9
7-13 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver ...................................................................... 7-10
7-14 Plain Nut Discharge Head ..................................................................................... 7-12
7-15 Check Diffuser Locations and Callouts .................................................................... 7-13
7-16 3/4-inch Check Diffuser ....................................................................................... 7-14
7-18 Schematic for Filling Agent Cylinders by Pump ........................................................ 7-16
7-19 Schematic for Filling Agent with N2 by Pressure ...................................................... 7-18
7-20 Schematic of Agitator .......................................................................................... 7-19
7-21 Schematic for Filling Agent with N2 by Mass ........................................................... 7-20
7-22 Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Pressure Schematic .................................... 7-23
7-23 Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Mass Schematic.......................................... 7-25
7-24 Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data ................................................................ 7-30
7-25 Valve Leak Points................................................................................................ 7-30
06-237256-001 xvii December 2022

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
December 2022 xviii 06-237256-001

LIST OF TABLES
Table Name Page Number
1-1 EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL ........................................................................... 1-4
1-2 Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3]) .............................. 1-5
1-3 Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation.............................................. 1-5
1-4 Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units ..................................................... 1-6
1-5 Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units .......................................................................................... 1-7
1-6 Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units................................................................... 1-8
1-7 Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
Metric Units ....................................................................................................... 1-9
2-1 Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
for Vertical Installation Only ................................................................................. 2-3
2-2 Fill Weight for 2300, 4070, and 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder
and Valve Assemblies ......................................................................................... 2-4
2-3 Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals .................................................................. 2-5
2-4 Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications............................................................. 2-6
2-5 Part Numbers for Cylinders filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent .............. 2-7
2-6 Part Numbers for Cylinders filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ................. 2-7
2-7 Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only................. 2-8
2-8 Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only .................... 2-8
2-9 Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 450, 600
and 900 lb. Cylinders) ........................................................................................ 2-9
2-10 Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation
(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3]) ....................... 2-10
2-11 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents ................................................ 2-11
2-12 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents ........................................................................ 2-12
2-13 Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals .................................................................. 2-13
2-14 Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers ...................................................................... 2-14
2-15 Spare Tape Part Numbers .................................................................................... 2-14
2-16 Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions .................................................................... 2-15
2-17 Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps,
P\N WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000 ............................................................. 2-16
2-18 Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps.............................................. 2-17
2-19 Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps.................................................................... 2-18
2-20 Electric Control Head Specifications ....................................................................... 2-19
2-21 Electric Operated Control Head, Explosion Proof ...................................................... 2-20
2-22 Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads ................................................................... 2-21
2-23 Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ..................................................................... 2-27
2-24 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit ....................................................................... 2-28
2-25 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data ............................................................................ 2-29
2-26 Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and Adapter Specifications ............................... 2-30
2-27 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit Order Information .......................................... 2-30
2-28 Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Dimensions ................................................ 2-32
2-29 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder Kits Ordering Information............................ 2-33
2-30 Flex Hose Dimensions.......................................................................................... 2-34
2-31 Discharge Delays ................................................................................................ 2-35
2-32 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Nominal Flow Rate............................................... 2-36
2-33 Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits .................................................................... 2-36
2-34 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose...................................................................... 2-37
2-35 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit Components .......................................................................... 2-38
2-36 Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose...................................................................... 2-39
2-37 Orifice Fitting Data .............................................................................................. 2-42
2-38 Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses.................................................................... 2-44
06-237256-001 xix December 2022

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)
2-39 Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter ......................................................................... 2-45
2-40 Dimension, 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter .............................................................. 2-45
2-41 Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks ............................................................................ 2-47
2-42 Swing Check Valve Data ...................................................................................... 2-48
2-43 Selector Valve Part Numbers ................................................................................ 2-49
2-44 Selector Valve Adapter Part Numbers .................................................................... 2-49
2-45 Selector Valve Hose Adapter Part Numbers ............................................................ 2-49
2-46 Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers......................................................................... 2-50
2-47 Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers ................................................................. 2-51
2-48 Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers ................................................................. 2-51
2-49 Pressure Regulator Part Numbers.......................................................................... 2-52
2-50 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications................................................... 2-53
2-51 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.) ........................................ 2-54
2-52 Pneumatic Actuator (UL Listed) Specifications......................................................... 2-54
2-53 Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications ......................................................................... 2-55
2-54 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves
(U.S. Customary Units) ....................................................................................... 2-56
2-55 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (SI Units) ............. 2-56
2-56 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves
(U.S. Customary Units) ....................................................................................... 2-57
2-57 Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (SI Units) ............. 2-57
2-58 Lockout Valve Part Numbers................................................................................. 2-57
2-59 Dimensions, 180° and 360° Discharge Nozzles ....................................................... 2-60
2-60 Safety Outlets .................................................................................................... 2-64
3-1 Fire Classifications .............................................................................................. 3-2
3-2 NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations
for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.............................................................. 3-3
3-3 FM Global Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations
for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.............................................................. 3-3
3-4 NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations
for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid ................................................................. 3-4
3-5 Class C FM Global Minimum Design Concentrations
3-6 Class B Suppression Design Concentrations
3-7 Formula for Required Agent ................................................................................. 3-7
3-8 Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Imperial .............................. 3-8
3-9 Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric ................................. 3-9
3-10 Atmospheric Correction Factors ............................................................................ 3-11
3-11 Agent Cylinder Nitrogen Driver Quantity ................................................................ 3-12
3-12 6 X Pipe Diameters ............................................................................................. 3-14
3-13 Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate ........................................................................................ 3-17
3-14 Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS System ............................. 3-23
3-15 Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS System................................ 3-27
3-16 3-Way Ball Valve ................................................................................................ 3-30
3-17 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations....................................................................... 3-32
4-1 El-Check Valve Specifications ............................................................................... 4-4
4-2 Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 2 in. Valve .................................................... 4-5
4-3 Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 3 in. Valve .................................................... 4-6
4-4 Installation of the Flexible Hose ............................................................................ 4-7
4-5 Center to Center Distance Range .......................................................................... 4-8
4-6 Single Driver Actuation Kit Components ................................................................. 4-9
4-7 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers ................................................... 4-14
December 2022 xx 06-237256-001

LIST OF TABLES (CONT.)
4-8 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation .................... 4-27
4-9 Electrical Connections.......................................................................................... 4-29
4-10 Nitrogen Discharge Delay Rating ........................................................................... 4-30
4-11 Electrical Connections.......................................................................................... 4-35
4-12 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data ............................................................... 4-44
6-1 Owner Preventive Maintenance Schedule ............................................................... 6-2
6-2 Authorized Kidde Fire Systems Distributor Preventive Maintenance Schedule .............. 6-3
6-3 Valve Disassembly Instructions............................................................................. 6-19
6-4 Valve Rebuild Instructions.................................................................................... 6-19
6-5 Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Instructions ................................................................... 6-19
6-6 Retest Schedule DOT Specification Agent Cylinders ................................................. 6-20
6-7 Retest Schedule DOT Specification 108, 1040,
and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinders....................................................................... 6-20
6-8 LLI Replacement Part Numbers Conversion............................................................. 6-25
7-1 Valve Components .............................................................................................. 7-2
7-2 Other Valve Components ..................................................................................... 7-2
7-3 3 inch Valve Components..................................................................................... 7-4
7-4 2” and 3” Safety Disc Replacement Information ...................................................... 7-9
7-5 I-Valve Components............................................................................................ 7-10
7-6 Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve ............................................................... 7-11
7-7 Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers .............................................. 7-12
7-8 Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance of Check Diffuser......................... 7-14
7-9 Parts List for Figure 7-18 ..................................................................................... 7-17
7-12 Parts List for Figure 7-21 .................................................................................... 7-20
7-13 Fill Tolerances for ADS System Agent Cylinders....................................................... 7-22
7-14 Pressure vs. Temperature .................................................................................... 7-24
7-15 Agent Fill Density for 360 psi Cylinders .................................................................. 7-26
7-16 Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates, ...................................................................... 7-27
7-17 Nitrogen Fill Weights ........................................................................................... 7-29
8-1 UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles...................................................... 8-10
8-2 UL Listed and FM Approved 180 Degree Nozzles...................................................... 8-13
8-3 Discontinued and Replaced Parts........................................................................... 8-15
A-1 Min/Max Fill Amounts for 200 lb. Cylinders ............................................................. A-1
06-237256-001 xxi December 2022

December 2022 xxii 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1 INTRODUCTION
The Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System (ADS system) is listed by Underwriters
Laboratories Inc. (UL) and approved by FM Approvals.
The ADS system can be used with either of the following clean agents:
• Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid
These agents are listed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) un-
der the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) as an acceptable substitute for Halon 1301
in fire protection systems. The agent is approved by the EPA, NFPA and ISO for use in fire sup-
pression systems.
These systems are designed for total flooding in accordance with National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA) 2001, Standard for Clean agent Extinguishing Systems. These systems
have been tested to UL 2166, Standard for Halocarbon Clean agent Extinguishing System
Units, and other parameters established jointly by UL and FM Approvals. In any situation not
specifically covered by this manual, the application and installation of the system must meet
the requirements of the standards as stated. In any case, all installations must meet the
requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
The ADS system uses a unique method for propelling the agent from the storage cylinder,
through the system piping and out of the discharge nozzles. Nitrogen gas pressure from a
separate storage cylinder is introduced into the vapor space of the cylinder at a controlled rate.
This nitrogen pressure acts to propel the liquid agent through the pipe system at a higher flow
rate than is possible from systems which combine the nitrogen with the agent in one storage
container. The ADS system is capable of using smaller pipe sizes to discharge larger quantities
of agent than stored-pressure technology. The ADS system can also propel the agent longer
distances through a pipe network, permitting the placement of storage cylinders farther from
the protected hazard. The ADS systems are extremely well suited to applications involving
remote agent storage, and situations which limit the maximum pipe size to be used.
The complexity of nitrogen introduction into the cylinder vapor space, and the resulting flow of
the agent through the pipe network, does not allow for a simple method of manual hydraulic
flow calculation. For this reason, the clean agent flow calculations have been incorporated into
a computer software program that has been rigorously validated by testing. The calculation
routine determines the flow, density, and pressure of small quantities of agent as it progresses
through the pipe, while conserving mass, energy and momentum. This method tracks the
agent from initiation of discharge to the final vapor blowdown, and ensures each nozzle will
discharge the required mass of agent in the predicted time, and at a predicted nozzle discharge
pressure. The computer program will not permit the design of systems that fall outside the
predetermined parameters set by the standards previously discussed.
The system designer must become familiar with the hardware and design sections and the
latest version of the flow calculation software program. The required procedures must be used
to determine the proper system design for the hazard in question, as well as to input the design
parameters into the computer program (for more information see the latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004).
System installers, inspectors and service personnel must become familiar with the hardware,
installation, inspection and service sections of this manual, as well as all WARNING and
CAUTION declarations in this manual. Failure to comply with all warnings may result in death,
serious injury and property damage.
06-237256-001 1-1 December 2022

1-2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1-2.1 Applications
The ADS systems are used to suppress fires in specific hazards where:
• A clean agent is required to keep cleanup time and downtime to a minimum.
• An electrically non-conductive agent is required to avoid additional equipment damage.
• Suppression capability with low weight and small storage space is a factor.
• The hazard is occupied by personnel, creating human safety concerns.
ADS systems are designed for the following classes of fire:
• Class A Surface Type Fires: Wood, plastics or other type material
• Class B Fires: Flammable liquids (see Table 3-6 or Table 3-2)
• Class C Hazards: Energized electrical equipment
For hazards beyond the scope described above, the designer must consult with Kidde Fire
Systems and NFPA 2001, latest edition, on the suitability of the agent for protection, necessary
design concentration and personnel exposure effects from that concentration.
The agent shall not be used on fires involving the following materials, unless they have been
tested to the satisfaction of the AHJ:
• Certain chemicals or mixtures of chemicals, such as cellulose nitrate and gunpowder, that
are capable of rapid oxidation in the absence of air.
• Reactive metals such as lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, titanium, zirconium, ura-
nium and plutonium.
• Metal hydrides.
• Chemicals capable of undergoing autothermal decomposition, such as certain organic per-
oxides and hydrazine.
ADS systems are especially suitable for:
• Data processing facilities
• Data and records storage areas
• Telecommunications facilities
• Electrical switchgear areas
• Process control rooms
• High-value medical facilities
• High-value industrial equipment areas
• Libraries, museums, art galleries and similar areas
• Anechoic and other environmental test chambers
• Flammable liquid storage and use areas
• Engine test stands
• Chemical mixing rooms
• Oil and gas production, refining and handling facilities
December 2022 1-2 06-237256-001

1-2.1.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations
The operating temperature range for all components used in the ADS system is 32°F to 130°F
(0°C to 54°C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as specified
outside this range.
1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.
1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and
27°C). The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F
(21°C) agent cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow
If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside of this range, a minor variation from the
calculated results should be expected. The agent concentrations listed in this DIOM adds a
safety factor that should compensate for this variation.
1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

The available agents are Fluoroketone Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one compounds of
carbon, fluorine and oxygen (CF3CF2C(O)CF(CF3)2). The agents are colorless, electrically non-
conductive and have a low odor. Fire suppression occurs by a combination of chemical and
physical mechanisms with minimal affect on the available oxygen. This suppression method
allows people to see and breathe, permitting them to leave the fire area safely.
Although the available agents are considered non-toxic to humans in concentrations necessary
to extinguish most fires, certain safety considerations should be observed when applying and
handling the agents. The discharge of the agents may create a hazard to people from the
undecomposed agents and from the decomposition products which result when the agents are
exposed to fire or other hot surfaces. Exposure to the agents is generally of less concern than
is exposure to the decomposition products. Unnecessary exposure to the agents or the
decomposition products should be avoided.
1-2.2.1 Available Clean Agents

The ADS system System can be used with either of the following clean agents:
• Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
• 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
These agents are listed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) un-
der the Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) as an acceptable substitute for Halon 1301
in fire protection systems.
Though these agents have differing extinguishing concentrations, they behave the same from
a pressure and operation standpoint.
Note: These agents cannot be combine in the same system due to differing extinguishing con-
centrations.
06-237256-001 1-3 December 2022

1-2.2.2 Toxicity
Unnecessary exposure to clean agents is to be avoided in accordance with the requirements of
NFPA-2001, latest edition. As such, upon operation of a system pre-discharge alarm, all
personnel should immediately exit the protected space. In no case shall personnel remain in a
room in which there is a fire. In the very unlikely instance where a clean agent system should
discharge unexpectedly into an occupied room, all personnel should proceed in a calm and
orderly manner to an exit and leave the room.
The agents have been evaluated for cardiac sensitization in accordance with test protocols
approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA). The EPA’s SNAP
Program classifies the agent s as acceptable for use as a total flooding agent in occupied spaces
with specific limitations. Refer to the SNAP program rules or NFPA 2001 for more information.
The agents have been judged acceptable by the U.S. EPA for use in occupied spaces when used
in accordance with the guidance of NFPA 2001. In accordance with NFPA 2001, ADS system
are designed for use with agent vapor concentrations up to ten percent volume in air are
permitted. See NFPA 2001, latest edition. Concentrations up to the LOAEL are allowed, but a
means to limit exposure times to 5 minutes must be provided. Per NFPA 2001, Edition 2022,
the agents accepted LOAEL and NOAEL limits are as follows:
Table 1-1. EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL

LOAEL >10%
NOAEL 10%
Although the agents have negligible toxicity in concentrations needed to suppress most fires,
certain safety considerations must be observed when applying and handling the agents. Always
consult Kidde Fire Systems before using the agents at concentrations above the LOAEL.
1-2.2.3 Decomposition
The interaction of agent vapor with flames during extinguishment results in the formation of
decomposition products including halogen acids. If the agents are discharged in 10 seconds or
less, flames will be extinguished rapidly and the amount of by-products produced will be
minimal.
1-2.2.4 Cleanliness
The agents are clean and leaves no residue, thereby eliminating costly after-fire clean-up and
keeping expensive downtime to a minimum. Most materials such as steel, stainless steel,
aluminum, brass and other metals as well as plastics, rubber and electronic components are
unaffected by exposure to the agents during a discharge.
1-2.2.5 Other Safety Considerations

The high pressure discharge of the agents from a system nozzle can create noise loud enough
to be startling. The high velocity discharge can be significant enough to dislodge objects
located directly in the discharge path. Enough turbulence may be created in the enclosure to
move unsecured paper and other light objects. Direct contact with the vaporizing agent
discharged from a nozzle will have a chilling effect on objects, and can cause frostbite burns
to the skin in extreme cases.
The agents are colorless. Discharge of the agents into a humid atmosphere may cause fog and
reduce visibility for a short time.
December 2022 1-4 06-237256-001

1-2.2.6 Storage
Note: Cylinders and accessories are for indoor applications and shall not be exposed to harsh
environmental conditions such as sunlight, rain, snow and sand storms.
The agents are stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 psig
at 70°F (24.8 bar gauge at 21°C).
The nitrogen is stored in a seamless steel container at 1800 psig at 70°F (124 bar gauge at
21°C). The pressure of both containers (agent and nitrogen) varies substantially with
temperature, as illustrated in Tables 1-1 and 1-2. Tables 1-3 and 1-4 give the physical
properties of agent.
Table 1-2. Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(Based on a Cylinder Fill Density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.29 kg/m3])
Temperature ºF Temperature ºC Pressure psig Pressure Bar
32 0.0 333 23.0

40 4.4 339 23.4
50 10.0 346 23.9
60 15.6 353 24.3
70 21.1 360 24.8
80 26.7 367 25.3
90 32.2 374 25.8
100 37.8 381 26.3
110 43.3 388 26.8
120 48.9 396 27.3
130 54.4 403 27.8
Table 1-3. Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

Temperature °F Temperature °C Pressure PSIG Pressure Bar
32 0 1670 115.2
40 4.44 1697 117.1
50 10.00 1732 119.4
60 15.56 1766 121.8
70 21.11 1800 124.1
80 26.67 1834 126.5
90 32.22 1868 128.9
100 37.78 1903 131.2
110 43.33 1937 133.6
120 48.89 1971 135.9
130 54.44 2005 138.3
06-237256-001 1-5 December 2022

Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram
1300
1200
92.4 lb/ft3
1100
88.6 lb/ft3
1000
900
Pressure (psig)
800
700
600
70 lb/ft3
500
400
300
200
100
0
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225
Temperature (°F)
Figure 1-1. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, U.S. Customary Units
Table 1-4. Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units

Description Units Value
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °F 120.6
Freezing Point °F -162.4
Critical Temperature °F 335.6
Critical Pressure psia 270.44
Critical Volume ft.3/lbm 0.0251
Critical Density lbm/ft.3 39.91
Specific Heat, Liquid at 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2634

Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2127
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point BTU/lb 37.9
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at, 77°F (N2 = 1) N/A 2.3
Solubility of Water in agent at 77°F N/A <0.001% by wt.

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference = Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one
December 2022 1-6 06-237256-001

Table 1-5. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature,
U.S. Customary Units
Pressure, psig
Fill Density
Temp, °F
35 lb./ft.3 40 lb./ft.3 50 lb./ft.3 60 lb./ft.3 70 lb./ft.3
32 324 322 317 311 299
40 331 330 326 320 310
50 341 340 337 333 326
60 350 350 348 346 342
70 360 360 360 360 360
80 370 371 372 375 379
90 381 382 385 390 399
100 392 394 399 407 421
110 404 406 413 424 446
120 416 419 428 443 472
130 428 432 444 463 501
06-237256-001 1-7 December 2022

Pressure-Temperature Curve
Isometric Diagram
120
1480 kg/m3
100
Pressure/bar(g)
80 1420 kg/m3
60
40
1121 kg/m3
20
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Temperature (°C)
Figure 1-2. Agent Pressure-Temperature Curve Isometric Diagram, Metric Units
Table 1-6. Agent Physical Properties, Metric Units

Description Units Value
Molecular Weight N/A 316.04
Boiling Point at 1 atm °C 49.2
Freezing Point °C -108.0
Critical Temperature °C 168.7
Critical Pressure kPa 18.65
Critical Volume cc/mole 494.5
Critical Density kg/m3 639.1
Specific Heat, Liquid at 25°C kJ/kg °C 1.103
Specific Heat, Vapor at Constant Pressure (1 atm) and 25°C kJ/kg °C 0.891
Heat of Vaporization at Boiling Point at 25°C kJ/kg °C 88.0
Relative Dielectric Strength 1 atm at 734 mm Hg, 25°C (N2 = 1.0) N/A 2.3
Solubility of Water in agent at 25°C N/A 0.001% by weight

Note: NFPA 2001 Reference = Dodecafluoro-2-Methylpentan-3-one
December 2022 1-8 06-237256-001

Table 1-7. Agent Cylinder Pressure based on Agent Cylinder Fill Density vs Temperature, Metric Units
Pressure, kPa
Fill Density
Temp, °C
560 kg/m3 640 kg/m3 801 kg/m3 961 kg/m3 1121 kg/m3
0 2234 2221 2190 2141 2060
4.4 2284 2274 2248 2208 2140
10 2349 2342 2323 2295 2246
15.6 2415 2412 2402 2386 2359
21.1 2484 2484 2483 2482 2480
26.7 2555 2559 2568 2584 2611
32.2 2629 2637 2658 2691 2753
37.8 2705 2717 2751 2805 2906
43.3 2784 2802 2849 2925 3073
48.9 2867 2889 2951 3054 3255
54.4 2953 2981 3059 3190 3454
06-237256-001 1-9 December 2022

December 2022 1-10 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 2
COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
2-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides a functional description of the modules and assemblies in the Kidde Fire
Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System (ADS system). The ADS system can use either
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein
referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name.
2-2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

In ADS systems, compressed agent is held in the agent storage container by a discharge valve.
When the discharge valve is actuated, the liquid agent discharges through the valve outlet and
is directed through the distribution piping to the nozzles. The nozzles provide the proper flow
rate and distribution of the agent. The ADS system is composed of the following components
and assemblies:
Section 2-3.1, ADS System Cylinders Section 2-3.4, Actuation Accessories (continued)
• Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies • Nitrogen Discharge Delays,
• Plain Nut Discharge Head • Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren
• Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Supervisory Pressure Switch • Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent
• Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies • Flexible Actuation Hoses
• Agency Cylinder Valve Rebuild Kits • Dual-Loop Bleed Kit
• Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch • Tees, Elbows and Adapters
• Liquid Level Indicator • Flexible Actuation Hose
Section 2-3.2, Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Mounting • Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface
Equipment • Corner Pulleys
• Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems Section 2-3.5, Discharge Accessories
• Single Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps • 3/4” Check Diffuser for Agent Cylinders
• Combined Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 600 and 900 • 3/4” Orifice Fitting for Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
lb. Systems • Flexible Discharge Hose
• Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment • Valve Outlet Adapters
Section 2-3.3, Control Heads • Discharge Outlet Adapter
• Electric Control Head • 1/4-inch Check Valves
• Explosion Proof Electric Control Head • Manifold EL-Checks
• Electric/Cable Operated Control Head • Swing Checks
• Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly • 2-Way Selector Valves
• Cable Operated Control Heads • 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)
• Lever Operated Control Head • Lockout Valves
• Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head • Pressure Operated Switches
• Pressure Operated Control Head • Pressure Operated Trip
Section 2-3.4, Actuation Accessories • Discharge Indicator
• Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit • Discharge Nozzles
• Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Section 2-3.6, Other Accessories
• 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose • Main to Reserve Transfer Switch
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits • ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates
• Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder • Entrance and Exit Warning Signs
• Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. • Hydrostatic Test Adapters
• Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder • Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapter
• Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in. • Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter
• Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting • Safety Outlets
06-237256-001 2-1 December 2022

Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2 show two typical ADS system configurations.
fire suppression
panel detector
pressure
PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T.
operated electric
control
UL
FM
switch
head
valve
FOR FIRE
BREAK GLASS PULL HANDLE
PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
distribution pull station

piping
pressure
nozzle gauge
liquid level Agent N2

indicator Storage Driver
Cylinder
Figure 2-1. Typical ADS System with Electric Control Head
pull station
FOR FIRE
PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
pressure
gauge
corner
valve pulley
cable operated
control head
nozzle
Agent N2
Storage Driver
Cylinder
Figure 2-2. Typical ADS System with Cable Operated Control Head
December 2022 2-2 06-237256-001

2-3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS
2-3.1 ADS System Cylinders
2-3.1.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
Note: Nitrogen Drivers may be purchased as kits that include the Nitrogen cylinder and either
a standard or ATEX approved supervisory pressure switch. For Kit part numbers, see
See “Nitrogen Driver Assemblies” on page 8-1.
Nitrogen is stored in steel cylinders at 1800 PSIG (124.1 bar gauge). The cylinder/valve
assembly is equipped with a pressure gauge and a safety burst disc in compliance with
Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements. The valve also contains a connection port
for a supervisory pressure switch to monitor nitrogen pressure.
Note: It may be possible to purchase nitrogen drivers and supervisory pressure switches as a
kit. Check the price list for availability.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. See Figure 2-3,
Table 2-1, and Table 2-2 for reference.
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge outlet whenever a charged
cylinder/valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
the safety cap could result in violent movement of the container in the event of
WARNING inadvertent actuation. Failure to follow these instructions could cause death,
personal injury and/or property damage.
TYPE "I" CYLINDER

VALVE
THREAD FOR
CONTROL DISCHARGE HEAD
PORT 0
SAFETY DISC
PRESSURE ASSEMBLY
GUAGE
THREAD FOR
PROTECTION CAP
CYLINDER
Figure 2-3. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Table 2-1. Dimensions, Agent Nitrogen Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Volume Height A Diameter B Burst

Part Number Disc
in.3 m3 in. mm in. mm Color
85-102300-001 2300 0.0377 55 1390 8.5 215 White

85-104070-001 4070 0.0667 62 1570 10.5 266 White
85-104890-001 4893 0.0801 69 1753 11.25 28 White
All cylinders require the 5/8" valve.
Note: All drivers are equipped with a port for attaching a supervisory pressure switch.
06-237256-001 2-3 December 2022

The ADS system equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature range of
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). The flow calculation software program is designed for a 70°F
(21°C) container operating/storage temperature (for more information see latest version of
the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004). Therefore, the container
operating and storage temperature must be in the range of 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a
single unbalanced system protecting two or more separate hazards. If the container operating
and storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient quantity of agent may be
discharged from one or more discharge nozzles.
Table 2-2. Fill Weight for 2300, 4070, and 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Drive Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
Fill Weight (Nominal) Empty Weight

Part Number
lb. kg lb. kg
85-102300-001 12.2 5.5 102 ± 2 46.3 ± 0.9

85-104070-001 21 9.5 186 ± 3 84.4 ± 1.4
85-104890-001 25.1 11.4 270 ± 3 122.5 ± 1.0
2-3.1.2 Plain Nut Discharge Head

P/N: WK-872450-000
At installation, each nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly must be equipped with a plain
nut discharge head to actuate the cylinder valve. The discharge head is assembled to the top
of the cylinder valve and contains a spring-loaded piston which, when actuated by nitrogen
pressure, is designed to depress the main check in the valve and transfer the contents of the
nitrogen tank into the agent cylinder. The transfer outlet is designed to mate with the swivel
adapter on the 1” flexible transfer hose (P/N 06-118207-00X). The discharge head also
contains an integral stop check which, in the event that a cylinder is removed from the ADS
system assembly, automatically prevents the loss of nitrogen during the system transfer. The
plain nut discharge head allows the nitrogen driver to be actuated by the control head (electric
or pneumatic) or by back pressure discharge in the manifold.
3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK BALL
CHECK
SPRING
3.94"
(100 mm) DISCHARGE
OUTLET
SET 3/4" NPS

POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION
OUTER O-RING
P/N WK-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N WK-242467-000
STEM
Figure 2-4. Plain Nut Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000
December 2022 2-4 06-237256-001

2-3.1.3 Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N: 85-111540-001 and 85-111540-100
Note: See Table 2-3 for approvals.
The Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch is intended to detect a drop in pressure in the
ADS system Nitrogen Driver cylinders. A new port has been introduced on the
I-Valve with a Schrader valve to facilitate the installation of the supervisory pressure switch.
The supervisory pressure switch can be installed on site on any capacity ADS system Nitrogen
Driver cylinders manufactured after October 2020.
Note: The I-Valve Supervisory Pressure Switch differentiator is a green colored band on both
the box and switch (see Table 2-4).
The Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either normally-open (N.O.)
or normally-closed (N.C.) operation, depending on installation requirements and those of the
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). When wired for N.O. under pressure, if the pressure inside
the cylinder drops below 1625 psig (112.0 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer and, if
wired correctly, invoke a “supervisory” signal at the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001 or
P/N 85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the
switch is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wir-
ing fault and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if
accepted by the AHJ.
1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
LEAD WIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
1/2 in. -14 NPT (ALUMINUM)
CAUTION LABEL
4-1/8 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(105 mm)
BLUE BAND
O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.
01/4 in. SAE 45° FLARE

WITH VALVE CORE
FEMALE W/VALVE DEFLECTOR
Figure 2-5. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown)
Table 2-3. Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals
Part Number Approvals
85-111540-001 UL, FM
85-111540-100 UL, FM, ATEX
Note: Nitrogen driver valves manufactured prior to November 2020 do not include the neces-
sary port for the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch and must use a Nitrogen
driver pressure gauge, either P/N 06-118253-001 or P/N 06-118328-001.
06-237256-001 2-5 December 2022

2-3.1.3.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation
Kidde Fire Systems offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple products and product
lines. When ordering and installing supervisory pressure switches, please select the
appropriate switch. The switches have a colored band to help differentiate them.
Note: Due to the various differences in screen displays and printers, the colors displayed here
may not perfectly match the colors on the actual products.
Table 2-4. Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications
Band Pressure
Switch Part Numbers Compatible with
Color Trip Setting
ADS Systems Nitrogen

85-111540-001 Drivers
1540 psig
Blue
85-111540-100 (ATEX) (106.2.0 bar) Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
Nitrogen Siren Drivers
06-118262-001* 305 psig ADS and ECS 360 psi

Silver
06-118537-001 (ATEX)*
(21.0 bar) Agent Cylinders
45-118500-001 435 psig ECS-500™ psi Agent

Orange
45-500537-001 (ATEX) (30.0 bar) Cylinders
Carbon Dioxide Pilot

Cylinders and Siren
81-111350-001 1350 psig
Red Drivers
81-111350-100 (ATEX) (93.1 bar)
(High and Low
Pressure systems)
* For 3" Valves sold before May 1, 2013, use P/N 06-118263-001 for the standard supervisory pressure switch and
06-118398-001 for ATEX approved supervisory pressure switch.
December 2022 2-6 06-237256-001

2-3.1.4 Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
The agents are stored in steel cylinders as a liquid, super-pressurized with nitrogen to 360 PSIG
at 70°F (27.92 bar gauge at 21°C). The cylinder valve assembly is equipped with a safety burst
disc in compliance with DOT requirements. Each cylinder has an integral liquid level indicator
to help with determining agent remaining.
In addition, each cylinder/valve assembly is provided with a safety cap and a protection cap
which is a safety feature to prevent uncontrolled, accidental discharge. (See Figure 3-6 and
Tables 3-4 and 3-5.)
The safety cap must be installed on the discharge valve outlet whenever a
cylinder valve assembly is not connected to the system piping. Failure to install
WARNING the safety cap could result in serious bodily injury, death or property damage in
the event of inadvertent and unexpected cylinder discharge.
Table 2-5. Part Numbers for Cylinders filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Part Number Nomenclature Filled With
45-500201-90X 200 lb Cylinder Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent

Note: -X01 denotes factory filled cylinder; -X03 denotes first fill site cylinder.
Table 2-6. Part Numbers for Cylinders filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Part Number Nomenclature Filled With
45-500201-00X 200 lb Cylinder 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Failure of a First Fill facility to fill a cylinder with the specified agent could lead
WARNING to an incorrect suppression concentration and failure to suppress the fire.
06-237256-001 2-7 December 2022

SAFETY CAP CYLINDER VALVE
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR

LIFTING LUGS
CYLINDER
C B
CYLINDER
NAMEPLATE
Figure 2-6. 200, 350, 450, 600, and 900 lb. Cylinder and Valve Assemblies, Vertical Mount Only
Table 2-7. Dimensions, Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Height Diameter Valve Height

(C) (A) (B)
Part Number
inches mm inches mm inches mm
45-500201-X01 52.75 1340 12.8 324 47.5 1207

45-500351-X01 58.36 1482 16.0 406 53.1 1349
45-500451-X01 70.8 1798 16.0 406 65.5 1664
45-500601-X01 58.5 1486 22.0 559 50.3 1278
45-500901-X01 70 1778 24.0 610 61.8 1570
Note: -901 denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent; -001 denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire
Protection Fluid
Table 2-8. Fill Range Agent Cylinder/Valve Assemblies for Vertical Installation Only
Fill Range Empty Weight Volume

Part Number
lb. kg lb. kg ft.3 m3
45-500201-X01 100-200 45.4-90.7 136 62 2.885 0.0817

45-500351-X01 175-350 79.4-158.8 206 93 5.0654 0.1434
45-500451-X01 260-450 117.9-204.1 269 122 6.429 0.1820
45-500601-X01 300-600 136.1-272.2 370 168 8.68 0.246
45-500901-X01 455-910 206.4-412.8 505 230 13 0.368
Note: -901 denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent; -001 denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
The ADS system equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature range of
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
December 2022 2-8 06-237256-001

Table 3-7 shows the container pressure-temperature relationship based on a maximum fill
density of 70 lb./ft.3 (1121.3 kg/m3). The latest version of the flow calculation software
program is designed for a 70°F (21°C) container operating/storage temperature (for more
information see latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-237256-004).
Therefore, the container operating and storage temperature must be in the range of 60°F to
80°F (16°C to 27°C) for a single unbalanced system protecting two or more separate hazards.
If the container operating and storage temperature is outside this range, an insufficient
quantity of agent may be discharged from one or more discharge nozzles. Figure 2-7 and
Figure 2-8 represent the 2” and 3” valve arrangements.
See Table 2-9 for discharge valve equivalent lengths.
Table 2-9. Discharge Valve Equivalent Lengths (for 200, 350, 450, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders)
Equivalent Length
Discharge Number of Driver Part
Part Number Nomenclature w/o Flex Hose
Outlet Drivers Number
ft. m
45-500201-X01 200 lb. Cylinder 2” 50 15.2 1 85-102300-001
45-500351-X01 350 lb. Cylinder 2” 50 15.2 1 85-104070-001
45-500451-X01 450 lb. Cylinder 2” 50 15.2 1 85-104890-001
45-500601-X01 600 lb. Cylinder 3” 50 15.2 1 or 2* 85-104070-001
45-500901-X01 900 lb. Cylinder 3” 50 15.2 1 or 2* 85-104890-001

Note:
-901 denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent; -001 denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
* 600 and 900 lb. agent cylinders can use either one or two nitrogen drivers, for more information see Section 3-11.1
PRO CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
OUTLET
PROTECTION
CAP
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 2-7. 2” Valve General Arrangement
06-237256-001 2-9 December 2022

PROTECTIVE
CAP
ACTUATION
PORT
VICTAULIC
FITTING AND PLUG
SAFETY
CAP
Figure 2-8. 3” Valve General Arrangement

To ease installation of supervisory pressure switches on ADS systems, the supervisory
pressure switch port was shifted 45° on all 3” Valves manufactured after December 2019.
Supervisory Pressure
Switch Port
Figure 2-9. Newer 3” Valve Supervisory Pressure Switch Port Location
Table 2-10. Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

(based on an agent cylinder fill density of 70 lb./ft.3 [1121.3 kg/m3])
Temperature Agent Cylinder Pressure Nitrogen Driver Pressure

(°F)
PSIG Bar PSIG Bar
32 333 23.0 1670 115.2

40 339 23.4 1697 117.1
50 346 23.9 1732 119.4
60 353 24.3 1766 121.8
70 360 24.8 1800 124.1
80 367 25.3 1834 126.5
90 374 25.8 1868 128.9
100 381 26.3 1903 131.2
110 399 26.8 1937 133.6
120 396 27.3 1971 135.9
130 403 27.8 2005 138.3
December 2022 2-10 06-237256-001

2-3.1.5 Agency Cylinder Valve Rebuild Kits
2-3.1.5.1 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit

P/N: 85-150200-000
For all 2” valves, use the 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, P/N: 85-150200-000. All
2” Valves must be serviced after a discharge, including replacing the safety burst disc located
on the cylinder. This rebuild kit includes the Safety Disc Assembly.
Note: This kit includes parts for servicing valves manufactured before May 2014. These com-
ponents do not apply to any ADS system cylinder.
Table 2-11. 2” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit Contents
Description Part Number
2"Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:

• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Assembly, Safety Disc which includes:
– Retainer, Safety Disc
– Disc, Safety
– Washer, Safety Disc
– Holder, Safety Disc Assembly
– O-ring, Packing
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
85-150200-000
– Piston
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
• Installation Tools which includes:
– Cap O-Ring Installation tool
– Piston Insertion Tool
– Cylinder Neck O-ring Installation Tool
• Safety Disc Bag (for use on valves manufactured before May
2014 which does not apply to ADS systems.
06-237256-001 2-11 December 2022

2-3.1.5.2 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit
P/N: 85-170200-000
The 3” Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit should be used to rebuild all 3” Valves after a
discharge, including replacing the safety burst disc located on the cylinder. This rebuild kit in-
cludes a Safety Disc Assembly for cylinders with 3” valves.
Table 2-12. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents
Kit, 3" Valve Maintenance. Includes 1 of each of the following:

• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
– Disc, Safety
– O-ring, Packing
• O-ring, Inner Piston
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve) 85-170200-000
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
• Installation Tools which include:
December 2022 2-12 06-237256-001

2-3.1.6 Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N: 06-118262-001 and 06-118537-001
Note: Kidde Fire Systems offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple product lines. The
switches have a colored band to help differentiate them. When ordering and installing
these switches, please select the appropriate switch. Agent Cylinders with a pressure of
360 psi use a silver band. For more information, see Section 2-3.1.3.1.
In order to have a mistake proof positive actuation, Kidde Fire Systems advises that all
agent cylinders have a supervisory pressure switch or pressure monitoring switch in-
stalled. The switch should be wired to the control panel to ensure a trouble signal is dis-
played if a loss in pressure of the agent is detected.
The Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch is intended to detect a fall in pressure in the ADS
system agent cylinder (see Figure 2-10). The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be wired
for either normally-open or normally-closed operation, depending on installation requirements.
The cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be installed on any capacity ADS system agent
cylinders. If the pressure inside the cylinder falls below 305 psig (21 bar gauge), the switch
contacts will transfer and invoke a “trouble” signal at the control panel.
1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
CAUTION LABEL

(105 mm)
O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.

WITH VALVE CORE
Figure 2-10. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting

Table 2-13. Supervisory Pressure Switch Approvals
06-118262-001 UL, FM
06-118537-001 UL, FM, ATEX
2-3.1.6.1 Hazardous Location Classifications for ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch

P/N 06-118537-001
North America Classification:
• Class I, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C and D
• Class II, Divisions 1 & 2, Groups E, F, and G
• Class III
• 32°F (0°C) ≤ Tamb ≤ 130°F (54°C)
ATEX & IECEx Classifications
• II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb
• II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db
• IP66
• 32°F (0°C) ≤ Tamb ≤ 130°F (54°C)
06-237256-001 2-13 December 2022

2-3.1.7 Liquid Level Indicator
P/N: 85-235000-0XX
The liquid level indicator consists of a hollow metal tube inserted into a special fitting in the top
of the agent cylinders (see Figure 2-11 and Table 2-14). The indicator is provided with a
graduated tape that senses the position of a toroidal magnet encased within an internal float
riding on the liquid surface. The graduations on the tape indicate the liquid level within the
cylinder. The agent quantity is determined using calibration charts (see Section 6-6.3.1).
A Black colored protective cap covers the tape under normal circumstance to prevent damage.
This differs from the white colored protective cap used on the legacy LLIs shipped prior to 2022.
See Table 2-14 for part number information.
Figure 2-11. Liquid Level Indicator

Note: Legacy LLIs use a brass tube instead of stainless steel and have a white colored cap
instead of black.
Table 2-14. Liquid Level Indicator Part Numbers
Legacy Liquid Level Part

Cylinder Capacity Liquid Level Part Number
Number
200, 350, and 600 85-235000-037 WK-283894-000
450 and 900 85-235000-042 06-118266-00
Use the parts listed in Table 2-15 to order a replacement tape for an LLI:
Note: These spare tapes are not compatible with the legacy LLIs with the white cap.
Table 2-15. Spare Tape Part Numbers
Part Number Description
06-237764-037 Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-037

06-237764-042 Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-042
December 2022 2-14 06-237256-001

2-3.2 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment
For 200 and 350 lb. cylinders, the cylinders and drivers can be mounted using a combine strap
or individually. For 450, 600, and 900 lb. cylinders, the Agent cylinders are mounted with their
own strap. The drivers may be mounted using their own strap or using a strap to contain both
drivers depending on need.
Note: The 450, 600, and 900 lb cylinders requires 2 straps.
2-3.2.1 Combined Cylinder Straps for 200 and 350 lb. Systems
P/N: 06-236127-001 and 06-236126-001
The agent cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinders can be secured in place using a combined
cylinder strap. The strap is to be bolted to a solid wall or a strut assembly in three locations:
left, right and center. Use 1/2” threaded rod and/or 1/2” diameter nuts, bolts and washers to
secure the mounting strap to a vertical surface. After the containers are securely mounted,
they can then be connected to the discharge piping per the system drawings. The Combined
Cylinder Strap is available for the 200 lb. cylinder (P/N 06-236127-001) and for the 350 lb.
cylinder (P/N 06-236126-001). See Figure 2-12 and Table 2-16 for more information.
B B
F F
D E
D E G
G
H
8.625 DIA.
(hole diameter) H 10.875 DIA.
(hole diameter)
12.905 DIA. C
C 16.156 DIA.
A
A
Combine Cylinder Strap for 200 lb. Agent Cylinder Combine Cylinder Strap for 300 lb. Agent Cylinder
Figure 2-12. Combined Cylinder Straps
Table 2-16. Combined Cylinder Strap Dimensions
Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E F G H
Size
06-236127-001 200 11.9 in. 27 in. 7.9 in. 8.2 in. 6.1 in. 11.1 in. 1.8 in. 0.6 in.
303 mm 686 mm 200 mm 208 mm 154 mm 282 mm 44 mm 14 mm
06-236126-001 350 15.2 in. 32.3 in. 9.9 in. 9.8 in. 7.2 in. 13.1 in. 1.8 in. 0.6 in.
385 mm 820 mm 251 mm 250 mm 183 mm 333 mm 44 mm 14 mm
06-237256-001 2-15 December 2022

2-3.2.2 Single Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
P/Ns: WK-270014-000, WK-270157-000, and 38-109879-001
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical position. Single cylinder
straps are available for all nitrogen drivers. See Figure 2-13 and Table 2-17.
F (hole size)
Figure 2-13. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap,

P\N WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000
Table 2-17. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps,

P\N WK-270014-000 and WK-270157-000
Part Number Cylinder Size A B C D E
WK-270014-000 2300 7.94 in. 11.5 in. 10.4 in. 1 in. 3.5 in.
202 mm 292 mm 264 mm 25 mm 89 mm
WK-270157-000 4070 10 in. 14 in. 12.4 in. 1.75 in. 4.5 in.
254 mm 356 mm 315 mm 44 mm 114 mm
38-109879-001 4890 See Figure 2-14
14.00
1.00 12.00
7.00
12.32
0.88
1.75
Figure 2-14. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Strap, P\N 38-109879-001
December 2022 2-16 06-237256-001

2-3.2.3 Combined Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps for 600 and 900 lb. Systems
P/N: 06-236173-001 and P/N 06-236174-001
These straps are used to secure two Nitrogen drivers. These drivers could in turn be connected
to one or two agent cylinders. These steel straps are used to mount the cylinders in a vertical
position. Cylinder straps (P/Ns 06-236173-001 and 06-236174-001) are available for both the
4070 cu. in. and the 4890 cu. in. drivers. See Figure 2-15, Figure 2-16 and Table 2-18.
C
D
F (hole size)
Figure 2-15. Cylinder Straps for the 4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
C
D
F
Figure 2-16. Cylinder Straps for the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver
Table 2-18. Dimensions-Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Mounting Straps
Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E F
Size
06-236173-001 4070 21.4 in. 10.9 in. 13.6 in. 1.75 in. 15.75 in. 0.625 in.
544 mm 277 mm 345 mm 44.4 mm mm 15.9 mm
06-236174-001 4890 22.4 in. 11.4 in. 14.1 in. 1.75 in. 16.5 in. 0.625 in.
569 mm 290 mm 358 mm 44.4 mm mm 15.9 mm
06-237256-001 2-17 December 2022

2-3.2.4 Agent Cylinder Mounting Equipment
P/Ns 06-235317-001, WK-281866-000, WK-294651-000 and 06-236125-001
Steel straps and brackets are used to mount the agent cylinders in a vertical position.
Cylinder strap are available for all size cylinders. See Figure 2-17 and Table 2-19.
F (hole size)
Figure 2-17. Agent Cylinder Mounting Straps
Table 2-19. Dimensions-Cylinder Mounting Straps
Cylinder
Part Number A B C D E F
Size
06-235317-001 200 12.2 in. 16.2 in. 14.6 in. 1 3/4 in. 5.6 in. 5/8 in.
310 mm 412 mm 371 mm 44.5 mm 142 mm 16 mm
WK-281866-000 350 15.5 in. 19.5 in. 17.9 in. 1 3/4 in. 7.3 in. 5/8 in.
394 mm 495 mm 455 mm 44.5 mm 185 mm 16 mm
WK-281866-000* 450 15.5 in. 19.5 in. 17.9 in. 1 3/4 in. 7.3 in. 5/8 in.
394 mm 495 mm 455 mm 44.5 mm 185 mm 16 mm
WK-294651-000* 600 21.6 in. 25.8 in. 24.1 in. 1 3/4 in. 10.3 in. 5/8 in.
549 mm 655 mm 612 mm 44.5 mm 262 mm 16 mm
06-236125-001* 900 23.8 in. 27.8 in. 26.0 in. 1 3/4 in. 12.1 in. 5/8 in.
605 mm 706 mm 660 mm 44.5 mm 307 mm 16 mm
Note: For the cylinder outer diameter, see Table 2-7.
*The 450, 600, and 900 lb. cylinders requires two straps for each cylinder.
December 2022 2-18 06-237256-001

2-3.3 Control Heads
A suitable control unit, specifically Listed and Approved as a releasing device for use with the
following electric control heads shall be provided for the supervision of releasing circuits per
NFPA requirements. In addition, a 24-hour back-up power source shall be provided per NFPA
requirements.
Note: Do not use any of the Stackable Electric Control Heads (P/N: 82-486500-010,
85-486500-010, and 85-486500-020 on the ADS system.
2-3.3.1 Electric Control Head

P/N WK-890181-200
Note: P/N 85-890181-200 includes the control head and the Control Head Monitor,
P/N 85-100000-100.
Note: The ADS system equipment listed herein is designed for an operating temperature
range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
The electric control head provides for electric actuation of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve. It
is operated electrically from a detection and control system or a remote manual station, or
locally with a manual lever on the electric control head. See Figure 2-18 and Table 2-20.
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric control head must be under placement
supervision such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be
initiated at the control panel indicating system impairment. To accomplish this, Kidde Fire
Sytems is offering a Control Head Monitor suitable for mounting between the electric control
head and the corresponding discharge valves included in the Electric Control Head Kit. The
Electric Control Head kit includes the following items:
85-890181-200 Kit, Includes:

• Control Head Monitor, P/N 85-100000-100
• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head
monitoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
Table 2-20. Electric Control Head Specifications
Part Number Voltage Current
WK-890181-200 24 VDC 2.0 A momentary
2.31in.
Connection for Flexible

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
36.00 in. 36.00 in.
ELECTRIC
CONTROL HE
PATENT NO. 2466750
6.36 in. VOLTS DC 6.36 in.

AMPS
PART NO. R
FM
TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
SET RELEASED
MADE IN USA
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.
2.31in.
4.00"
Figure 2-18. Electric Control Head
06-237256-001 2-19 December 2022

2-3.3.2 Explosion Proof Electric Control Head
P/N: WK-897494-000
Note: Kit P/N 85-897494-000 includes the control head and the Control Head Monitor,
P/N 85-100000-100.
The explosion proof control head is designed to operate the agent cylinder valves (see
Figure 2-19 and Table 2-21). The explosion proof control head has a continuous current draw,
which must be accounted for at the control panel. The actuating pin latches in the released
position and must be mechanically reset prior to rearming the system. The explosion proof
control head is designed and rated for use in the following hazardous areas:
• Class 1, Division 1 Group C and D
• Class 1, Division 2 Group E, F and G.
CONNECTION FOR FLEXIBLE OPERATING SOLENOID
ELECTRIC CONDUIT 1/2" NPT UL LISTED FOR USE IN
FEMALE THE FOLLOWING HAZARDOUS
LOCATIONS:
CLASS GROUP OP. TEMP.
I C -13 TO +150F
CONNECTING WIRES (-25 TO +65C)
36" (914 mm) LONG I D -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
II E,F,G -40 TO +150F
(-40 TO +65C)
7.375” LOCKING PIN
(187 mm)
PU
SEAL WIRE
INSTRUCTIONS
MAINTENANCE
PART NO.
SEE
FOR
INDICATOR AND
KIDDE-FENWAL, INC.
ASHLAND, MA 01721
400 MAIN STREET
SET
MADE IN U.S.A.
USE SCREWDRIVER
RESET STEM CONNECTION FOR

CONTROL HEAD
TO RESET
ELECTRIC
REMOTE PULL BOX

HZ AMPS
CABLE
VOLTS
PULL
RELEASED
PIPE OR CONDUIT
3/8" NPS MALE
LOCAL MANUAL
RELEASE LEVER
4.937”
(125 mm) SWIVEL NUT
1.500 (38 mm) HEX
CONNECTION FOR CABLE 1.250-18 NF-3 THREAD
HOUSING TO SECOND
CONTROL HEAD IF USED
3/8" NPS FEMALE.
USE PNEUMATIC CONTROL
HEAD CABLE HOUSINGS
Figure 2-19. Electric Control Head, Explosion Proof
Table 2-21. Electric Operated Control Head, Explosion Proof
Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating
WK-897494-000 Explosion Proof 24 Vdc 0.27 Continuous 18 Vdc @ 0.2 A to 30 Vdc @ 0.5 A
December 2022 2-20 06-237256-001

2-3.3.3 Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
P/N: 81-895630-200
Note: Kit P/N 85-895630-200 includes the control head and the Control Head Monitor,
P/N 85-100000-100.
The electric/cable operated control head mounts directly on the nitrogen driver of the agent
cylinder valve, and provides for both electric actuation or remote cable operation. The control
head is operated remotely by an electrical signal from a detection system or electric manual
pull station. The control head can also be operated mechanically from a remote cable operated
manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head.
36.00 in.
2.40 in.
7.64 in.
7.64 in. Connection for Flexible 2.40 in.

Electrical Conduit -
3/4 in. NPT Female
CONTROL HE
PART NO.
AMPS
VOLTS DC
ELECTRIC
PATENT NO. 2466750
SET
MADE IN USA
TO RESET
USE SCREWDRIVER
5.44 in.
Ashland, MA 01721 U.S.A.
400 Main Street
Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
R
RELEASED
FM
36.00 in.
Figure 2-20. Electric/Cable Operated Control Head
Table 2-22. Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
Part Number Type Voltage Amps Rating
81-895630-200 Standard 24 Vdc 2.0 momentary N/A
06-237256-001 2-21 December 2022

2-3.3.4 Control Head Monitor with Explosion Proof Assembly
P/N: 85-100000-100
To comply with NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, all electric control heads must be under placement
supervision such that, if an electric actuator is removed, an audible and visual signal will be
initiated at the control panel indicating system impairment. The explosion-proof control head
monitor (CHM) provides this supervision for control head placement in normal and potentially
explosive environments in one easy to install component.
Note: Systems installed after January 1st, 2016 that do not include electric control head mon-
itoring are not UL Listed or FM Approved.
The following specifications apply to the CHM:
• Rated Voltage: 42 VDC maximum
• Resistive Load: 0.5A maximum
.
WHITE WIRES
BLUE WIRES
5.85
Figure 2-21. Control Head Monitor (CHM) Dimensions

This CHM can be placed between the items listed below and one of the following Electric or
Electric/Cable operated control heads (P/N: WK-890181-000, WK-897494-000,
82-486500-010, and 81-895630-000):
• 1-1/2”, 2”, and 3” cylinder discharge valve
• Nitrogen Pilot Valve
• Nitrogen Driver Valve
• Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head (with special spacer)
Important: Do not use a CHM with a round front on a Nitrogen pilot cylinder that uses a non-
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch (P/N: 06-129773-001, -002, -003, and -004).
In this case, use a CHM with a flat front manufactured after October 2019 (Date
code: 10-19), to avoid interference with supervisory pressure switch.
CHM with CHM with

Flat Front Round Front
Date Code
Figure 2-22. CHM Comparison
December 2022 2-22 06-237256-001

For US and Canada explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
WARNING inches from the end of the component.
2-3.3.4.1 Standards for US Explosion Proof Approval
Number Issue Date
FM 3600 2011
FM 3615 2006
FM 3616 2011
FM 3810 2005
ANSI/ISA 60079-0 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-1 2013
ANSI/ISA 60079-31 2013
US Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, AEx tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C
2-3.3.4.2 Standards for Canadian Explosion Proof Approval
Number Issue Date
CSA C22.2 NO. 0.4 2013

CSA C22.2 NO. 0.5 2012
CSA C22.2 NO. 25 2014
CSA C22.2 NO. 30 2012
61010-1 2012
CAN/CSA 60079-0 2011
CAN/CSA 60079-1 2011
Canada Hazardous Location Markings:

• Class I, Div 1, Groups CD
• Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB T6
• Class II, III, Div 1, Groups EFG
• Zone 21, Ex tb IIIC T85°C
• Ta = -40°C to 60°C
06-237256-001 2-23 December 2022

2-3.3.5 Cable Operated Control Heads
P/N: 81-979469-000
The cable operated control head is used for systems designed for manual operation only. It
mounts directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder valve and is operated remotely from
a cable manual pull station or locally using the manual lever on the control head. The cable
operated control head is self-venting to prevent accidental system discharge in the event of a
slow build up of pressure (see Figure 2-23).
LOCAL MANUAL RELEASE LEVER
SEAL WIRE
LOCKING PIN
DIRECTION OF THREADED NUT -

CLOSURE PULL 3/8" NPS FOR PIPE
DISC
1/16" CABLE
4.25"
(108 mm)
3/8" PIPE (OR 1/2" EMT
SWIVEL WITH ADAPTER
NUT P/N WK-843837-000)
1.50"
(38 mm)
5.25"
(133 mm)
1-1/4"-18 NF-3
FEMALE
CABLE CLAMP AND WHEEL ASSEMBLY
Figure 2-23. Cable Operated Control Head
2-3.3.6 Lever Operated Control Head

P/N: WK-870652-000
The lever operated control head has an operating lever that is secured in the closed position
by a safety pull pin. By removing the safety pin, the lever can be manually rotated to the open
position, thereby activating the cylinder or valve on which it is installed (see Figure 2-24).
Figure 2-24. Lever Operated Control Head
December 2022 2-24 06-237256-001

2-3.3.7 Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head
P/N: 82-878751-000
The lever/pressure operated control head allows manual or pressure actuation of several
system components, including nitrogen driver cylinder valves and nitrogen actuators (see
Figure 2-25).
LEVER ALLOW APPROX. 2 in. (51 mm)

SAFETY PIN CLEARANCE FOR OPERATION OF LEVER
SEAL WIRE
1/8 in.NPT PRESSURE

4-1/2 in. INLET
(114 mm)
PISTON BODY
SET
OPERATED
1-1/4 in. -18 UNEF-3B
3 in.
(76 mm)
Figure 2-25. Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head
Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
WARNING Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
When attaching the Lever/Pressure operated control head to the valve, the
swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55ft·lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
nut may result in leakage during actuation.
06-237256-001 2-25 December 2022

2-3.3.8 Pressure Operated Control Head
P/N: 82-878737-000 and 82-878750-000
The pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878737-000) allows for pressure actuation of
nitrogen driver cylinders, and is mounted directly on the side of the nitrogen driver cylinder
valve (see Figure 2-26). Pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000) offers a
stackable design and is used where an electric/mechanical control head actuation is also
required on the same cylinder (see Figure 2-27).
1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)
Figure 2-26. Pressure Operated Control Head
1.250-18 UNEF-3A
CAP RETAINER
0.125-27 NPT
3.48" PRESSURE INLET
(88.4 mm)
PISTON
BODY
SET
OPERATED
1.250-18 UNEF-3B STEM
Figure 2-27. Stackable Pressure Operated Control Head
December 2022 2-26 06-237256-001

2-3.4 Actuation Accessories
2-3.4.1 Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit

P/N: 06-129882-001
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent cylinder valve in order to actuate
the valve. When using only one driver per agent cylinder, actuation is done by using the Single
Driver Actuation Assembly Kit (P/N 06-129882-001). See Figure 2-28 and Table 2-23 for more
details. The kit consists of:
• (1) 3/4” Nitrogen Transfer Fitting, P/N 06-118220-001
• (2) 1/8” NPT x 1/4” flare, P/N 06-118191-001
• (1) 1/8” branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
• (1) 3/16” flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
• (1) 1/8” Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000
• (1) 1/4” flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000
• (1) Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000
3 6 7
Figure 2-28. Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit
Table 2-23. Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit
Item No. Qty. Part Number Description
1 1 06-236124-001 Nitrogen transfer fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure operated control head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8” x 1/4”
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16” flexible actuation hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8” branch tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8” Schrader valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8” Schrader valve cap
06-237256-001 2-27 December 2022

2-3.4.2 Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit
P/N: 06-129985-001
Note: 200, 350, and 450 lb. ADS system can only use one nitrogen driver per agent cylinder,
so should never use the Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit.
Gas pressure from the nitrogen cylinder is routed to the agent cylinder valve in order to actuate
the valve. When using only two drivers per agent cylinder, actuation is done by using the Dual
Driver Actuation Assembly Kit (P/N 06-129985-001). See Figure 2-29 and Table 2-24 for more
details. The kit consists of:
• (1) Nitrogen transfer “Y” fitting, P/N 06-236260-001
• (2) 1/8” NPT x 1/4” flare, P/N 06-118191-001
• (1) 1/8” branch tee, P/N 06-118193-001
• (1) 3/16” flexible loop, P/N 06-118192-001
• (1) 1/8” Schrader valve, P/N WK-263303-000
• (1) 1/4” flare Schrader cap, P/N WK-263304-000
• (1)Pneumatic control head, P/N 82-878737-000
3 6 7
4
1
8
3
Figure 2-29. Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit
Table 2-24. Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit
Item No. Qty. Part Number Description
1 1 06-236260-001 Nitrogen transfer “Y” fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure operated control head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting flared 1/8” x 1/4”
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16” flexible actuation hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8” branch tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8” Schrader valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8” Schrader valve cap
8 1 06-118330-001 3/4” Nipple
December 2022 2-28 06-237256-001

2-3.4.3 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose
P/N: 06-118207-00X
Nitrogen is routed from the driver cylinder's discharge head to the 3/4” transfer fitting (located
on the agent cylinder) by a flexible 1” rubber covered hose with wire-braided reinforcements
(see Figure 2-30and Table 2-25).
Note: When connecting the hose, torque to 60-80 ft-lbs. Over or under torquing could result
in leakage.
3/4-14NPT
1.375 HEX (REF) 1.375 HEX (REF)
1.500
1.000 DIA
DIA MIN.
1.625 DIA.
1.250 HEX (REF) 3/4-14NPSM
Figure 2-30. 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose
Table 2-25. 1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose Data
Part Number Description Dimension A
06-118207-001 For use with 350 lb. system 18.00”

06-118207-002 For use with 200 lb. system 14.75”
06-118207-003 For use with 450, 600 and 900 lb. systems 23.62”
06-237256-001 2-29 December 2022

2-3.4.4 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kits
P/N: 85-877940-101 and 85-877940-201
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder is used in multiple cylinder and main/reserve systems. When
activated by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the pilot cylinder to pressure operated
control heads mounted on each agent cylinder, resulting in a complete system discharge (see
Figure 2-31 and Table 2-27). They may also be used to drive a single siren or discharge delay.
These Nitrogen pilot cylinders kits include the Nitrogen pilot cylinder and either a standard or
ATEX approved supervisory pressure switch. For switch details, see Section 2-3.1.3.
Pressurized (charged) cylinders are extremely hazardous and, if not handled

properly, are capable of violent discharge. This could result in death, personal
injury or property damage. Always handle charged cylinders according to the
instructions in this manual and applicable federal codes.
108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders are factory-equipped with a safety cap
threaded securely over the control head connection port and a plastic cap for
WARNING the outlet port. These devices are safety feature and provides protection during
shipping and handling. The safety cap must be installed at all times, except
when the cylinder is connected into the system piping or is being filled. Do not
move or handle a cylinder unless the safety cap is installed. Ensure that the
safety cap is retained in a safe place close to the installed cylinder.
Table 2-26. Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket

OUTLET PORT SAFETY OUTLET and Adapter Specifications
1/8 in. NPT FEMALE
ATTACH
ADAPTER HERE Description Standard Metric
Cylinder
SUPERVISORY
PRESSURE SWITCH
PORT
GAUGE
Capacity 108 in3 1770 cm3
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3
FOR
CONTROL HEAD 2650 psig to
CONNECTION Safety Outlet 183 bar to 207
3000 psig @
Burst Range bar @ 21°C
70°F
Nitrogen BB-n- Nitrogen BB-n-
Cylinder 411b, Grade A, 411b, Grade A,
Contents Type 1 1800 Type 1 124 bar
psig @ 70°F @ 21°C
Table 2-27. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit

Order Information
16.0 in Description Part Number
(406 mm)
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit,
Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for
Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-877940-101
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder,
P/N: 85-877940-001
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit
with ATEX Approved Supervisory
Presssure Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory
Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot 85-877940-201
and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N
3.56 in.
(90 mm) 85-111540-100
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder,
Figure 2-31. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder P/N: 85-877940-001
December 2022 2-30 06-237256-001

2-3.4.5 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
P/N WK-877845-000
P/N WK-877845-000 is a steel mounting bracket used to secure the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot
cylinder (see Figure 2-32). The bracket includes the clamp to secure the cylinder.
4x Ø 0.517
10.6
ISOMETRIC VIEW
CLAMP NOT SHOWN
1.5 SCALE 1:2
2.9 0.75
4.4
Figure 2-32. Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
06-237256-001 2-31 December 2022

2-3.4.6 Nitrogen Cylinder Kits, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.
P/N: 85-101040-001 and P/N 85-102300-001)
For ADS system, the legacy 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen cylinder (P/N 90-981574-001)
may only be used to operate sirens. It may not be used to operate discharge
CAUTION delays or to actuate agent cylinders.
The 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in. pilot Nitrogen system cylinders are comprised of seamless
steel cylinders manufactured to Department of Transportation (DOT) requirements. The dis-
charge valve is forged brass and has a nominal 5/8 in. discharge path. The assembly does not
use a siphon tube. The nominal charge pressure is 1800 psig at 70°F (124 bar gauge at 21°C).
These Nitrogen cylinders come as kits which include the cylinder and either a standard or ATEX
approved supervisory pressure switch. For switch details, see Section 2-3.1.3.
The valve is fitted with a safety burst disc to protect against over-pressurization. A horizontal
axial threaded connection on the side of the valve is used for filling and actuation. Install the
discharge gead on the threaded portion of the upper valve (see Figure 2-33 and Table 2-28).
Note: Use these cylinders in conjunction with the Plain Nut Discharge Head, see
Section 2-3.1.2 for more details.

Pilot Nitrogen cylinders (1040 and 2300 cu. in.) are factory-equipped with a
protection cap threaded securely over the valve assembly. The device is a safety
WARNING feature and provides protection during shipping and handling. The cap must be
installed at all times, except when the cylinder is connected into the system
piping or is being filled. Do not move or handle a cylinder unless the protection
cap is installed. Ensure that the protection cap is retained in a safe place close
to the installed cylinder on the vessel.
Discharge Head
Connection Port
TYPE "I”
CYLINDER VALVE
THREAD FOR
PROTECTION CAP
CYLINDER
Supervisory Pressure Valve Safety

Switch Port (Schrader) Outlet Burst Disc
Pressure
Cap Gauge Assembly
MATERIALS:
CYLINDER: STEEL
SIPHON TUBE: ALUMINUM
Figure 2-33. Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder and Valve Assemblies
Table 2-28. Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinder Dimensions
Dimension A Dimension B
Cylinder Size
in. mm in. mm
1040 cu. in. 30 760 8.5 215

2300 cu. in. 55 1390 8.5 215
December 2022 2-32 06-237256-001

Table 2-29. 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder Kits Ordering Information

1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001 85-101040-101
• 1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver), P/N: 85-101040-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit, Includes:
• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-001 85-102300-101
• 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder, P/N: 85-102300-001
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure
Switch, Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, 85-101040-201
P/N 85-111540-100
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch,
Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders, 85-102300-201
P/N 85-111540-100
2-3.4.7 Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder
P/N WK-270014-000 and WK-241219-000
P/N WK-270014-000 is a single loop steel strap used to support a single cylinder in a vertical
position. P/N WK-241219-000 is a double strap unit that can be used for two cylinders. For
dimensions, see Figure 2-34.
11.5 in.
22.8 in.
(292 mm) (579 mm)
3.5 in. 2.88 in.

(89 mm) (73 mm)
8.0 in. 7.8 in.

(202 mm) (197 mm) 4.6in.
4.3 in. (118 mm)
(108 mm)
1.0 in. (25.4 mm) 1.75 in. (44 mm)
10.4 in. 21.5 in.

(546 mm)
(264 mm)
Singel Cylinder Strap Double Cylinder Strap
Figure 2-34. Cylinder Straps for 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder
06-237256-001 2-33 December 2022

2-3.4.8 Nitrogen Discharge Hoses, 3/4 in.
P/N 06-118207-00X
The 3/4 in. flexible hose is used to connect the plain nut discharge head with the distribution
manifold or piping. The hose is manufactured from reinforced rubber and is supplied with
crimp-on 3/4 in. NPT fittings, a fixed male and swivel female connector (see Figure 2-35 and
Table 2-30).
16.38 (ref)
SWAGED OR CRIMPED
HOSE
MALE COUPLING
FEMALE SWIVEL COUPLING
3/4 in. NPT 3/4 in. NPS
Figure 2-35. Flex Hose, 3/4 in.
Table 2-30. Flex Hose Dimensions
Dimension A
Part Number
in. mm
06-118207-002 14.75 375

06-118207-001 18.00 457
2-3.4.9 Nitrogen Manifold "Y" Fitting

P/N 81-207877-000
The manifold “Y” fitting is a three-way fitting made of galvanized malleable iron. This "Y" fitting
allows for the connection of two pilot Nitrogen cylinders into one point in the manifold or piping
(see Figure 2-36).
3/4 in. NPT FEMALE

207877
U
L
3/4 in. NPT FEMALE
3/4 in. NPT FEMALE
Figure 2-36. Manifold "Y" Fitting
December 2022 2-34 06-237256-001

2-3.4.10 Nitrogen Discharge Delays,
P/N: See Table 2-31
Discharge delays use Nitrogen pressure from a pilot cylinder to provide a pneumatic (automatic
mechanical) means to delay the release of pilot media by a predetermined period following the
initial actuation event. The discharge delay consists of a metering tube, a cylinder and a dif-
ferential pressure-operated valve with a control port. The control port allows the connection of
a lever operated control head that can be operated to bypass the delay.
Four versions are available with factory preset (non-adjustable) delay. See Figure 2-37 and
Table 2-31 for more details.
1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 MALE

FOR ATTACHMENT
OF CONTROL HEAD
4.43 in. TO OVERRIDE
OUTLET
3/4 in. NPT
(113 mm) DISCHARGE DELAY
FEMALE
INLET
VALVE 3/4 in. NPT
FEMALE
OUT
IN
FILTER
INLET AND OUTLET MAY 17.87 in.

BE REDUCED WITH
TYPICAL (454 mm)
BUSHING OR BELL
METERING TUBE
REDUCER AND NIPPLE TO
½ in. NPT IF NECESSARY.
NAMEPLATE
PRESSURE
ACCUMULATOR
3.56 in.
(90 mm)
DIA.
Figure 2-37. Discharge Delays (30/60 sec.)
Table 2-31. Discharge Delays
Nominal Delay Time Type of

Part Number For Use With
Approx. Metering Tube
81-871072-001 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 34 sec. Curled

06-237256-001 2-35 December 2022

2-3.4.11 Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren
P/N 90-981574-001
The pressure operated siren is connected into the Nitrogen manifold and provides a high-pitch,
high-decibel sound during discharge as the internal rotor is spun by Nitrogen flowing through
the unit. The unit is primarily used as a pre-discharge alarm to warn personnel to evacuate the
protected space. See Figure 2-38 and Table 2-32 for more details.
FILTER
UNION NOZZLE
2-7/16 in. 3.75 in.

(11 mm) (95 mm)
MOUNTING
HOLES 1.56 in.
(40 mm)
ROTOR
5.75 in.
4.62 in. (146 mm)
(117 mm) 6.87 in.
(175 mm)
5.00 in.
(127 mm) PERFORATED HOOD
PIPE NIPPLE, 3 in. (76 mm) LONG

TYPICAL
PIPE CAP DIRT TRAP
Figure 2-38. Pressure Operated Siren

Table 2-32. Nitrogen Pressure Operated Siren Nominal Flow Rate
Type of Agent Nominal Flow Rate at 70°F (21°C)
Nitrogen 0.5 to 0.9 lb./min. (0.23 to 0.4 kg/min.)
Table 2-33. Siren Driver Cylinder Actuation Limits
Pilot Number of Sirens Maximum Length of Maximum Length of Maximum Length of 5/16
Cylinder Size per Siren Driver 1/4 in. Sch. 80 Pipe 1/4 in. Sch. 40 Pipe in. x 0.035 in. Wall Tubing
108 cu. in. 1 90 ft. 90 ft. 90 ft.

1040 cu. in. 4 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
2300 cu. in. 10 500 ft. 500 ft. 500 ft.
2-3.4.12 Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent

P/N WK-284051-000
The Nitrogen vent is a 1/4 in. NPT fitting that is installed in closed or partially closed sections
of Nitrogen actuation circuits. The small orifice allows pressure to bleed from the circuit over
time without affecting operation of the system.
0.84 in. 0.63 in.
(21 mm) (16 mm)
0.031 in.
(0.79 mm)
DIA
1/4-18 NPT
Figure 2-39. Nitrogen Actuation Circuit Vent
December 2022 2-36 06-237256-001

2-3.4.13 Flexible Actuation Hoses
P/N: WK-264986-000, WK-264987-000, and 06-236215-001
The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure-operated control head on each agent cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch actuation hose
(see Figure 2-40 and Table 2-34).
A
0.625 in. HEX SWIVEL
1.375 in.
NUT (BRASS)
5/16 in. TUBING COUPLING HOSE - 1/4 in. I.D.

(BOTH ENDS)
Figure 2-40. Flexible Actuation Hose (P/N WK-264986-000 and P/N WK-264987-000)
1.63 in.
±.37 A
.250 I.D. HOSE
1/4 in., 45° FLARE

FEMALE SWIVEL NUT
Figure 2-41. Flexible Actuation Hose, Heavy Duty (P/N 06-236215-001)
Table 2-34. Dimensions, Flexible Actuation Hose
Dimension A
Part Number
in. mm
WK-264986-000 30 762
06-236215-001* 34 864
WK-264987-000 22 559
* Note: For heavy-duty applications, use P/N 06-236215-001 which is
constructed of corrugated stainless steel.
06-237256-001 2-37 December 2022

2-3.4.14 Dual-Loop Bleed Kit
P/N 06-129978-001
Where dual-actuation loops are required, a dual-loop bleed kit is required at each cylinder lo-
cation. The kit is comprised of a four-way fitting, a bleed valve, two 1/4 in. check valves, a
bleed with cap and the necessary adapters to allow the connection of the dual-lines at the
agent cylinder location. This assembly allows for the connection of two pilot lines to a single
pressure operated control head. The check valves isolate the circuits from each other, and the
bleed allows safe relief of pressure from the fittings following discharge. The contents of the
kit are illustrated in Figure 2-42; refer to Table 2-35 for individual components.
1
6 5
4
5 6
3
7
7
8
9 3
Figure 2-42. Dual-Loop Bleed Kit, Full Kit Contents
Table 2-35. Dual-Loop Bleed Kit Components
Item Qty. in Kit Description Part Number
1 1 Cap 7/16 in. (1/4 in. SAE Flare) 1/4 in. Tube WK-263304-000
2 1 Bleed Fitting 1/8 in. NPT x 7/16 in. (1/4 in. Tube) WK-263303-000
3 3 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/8 in. NPT F 06-118318-001
4 1 4-Way 1/4 in. F 06-118319-001
5 2 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/4 in. NPT M 06-118320-001
6 2 1/4 in. Check Valve WK-264985-000
7 2 1/8 in. NPT x 7/16 in. (1/4 in. Tube) 06-118191-001
8 Not Included 1/4 in. Actuation Hose, H. Duty, 34 in. Long 06-236215-001
9 1 1/4 in. NPT M x 1/8 in. NPT M 06-118321-001
December 2022 2-38 06-237256-001

2-3.4.15 Tees, Elbows and Adapters
P/N: See Figure 2-43 and Figure 2-44
Tees, elbows and adapters connect actuation hoses to pressure operated control heads in
multiple cylinder system installations (see Figure 2-43 and Figure 2-44).
The adapters can also be used to connect 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders to the Nitrogen
pilot actuation lines.
MALE CONNECTOR
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N WK-699205-010
MALE ELBOW MALE BRANCH TEE
1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING 1/8" NPT X 5/16" TUBING
P/N WK-699205-030 P/N WK-699205-050
Figure 2-43. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Nitrogen Pilot Actuation
1/8” FLARE ADAPTER

1/8” NPT X 3/16 “ TUBING
P/N 06-118191-001
1/8” ELBOW 1/8” BRANCH TEE
1/8” NPT X 3/16” TUBING 1/8” NPT x 3/16” TUBING
P/N 06-118284-001 P/N 06-118285-001
Figure 2-44. Tees, Elbows and Adapters for Manifolded Cylinder Actuation
2-3.4.16 Flexible Actuation Hose

P/N: 06-118193-00X
The flexible actuation hose is used in multiple cylinder systems. Pilot pressure is directed to a
pressure operated control head on each nitrogen driver cylinder valve using a 1/4-inch
actuation hose (see Figure 2-45 and Table 2-36).
STAINLESS STEEL
BRAID
0.250-45° SAE SWIVEL - BRASS EXTRUDED
7/16-20 (0.437- 20) THREAD TEFLON INNERCORE
Figure 2-45. Flexible Actuation Hose
Dimension A
Part Number
(inches) (mm)
06-118193-001 16 406
06-118193-003 22 559
06-118193-002 46 1168
06-237256-001 2-39 December 2022

2-3.4.17 Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface
P/N: 81-871403-000
The surface type remote cable manual pull station is a cable operated device. To actuate the
ADS system nitrogen driver, break the glass plate on the box using the attached hammer and
pull the handle (see Figure 2-46).
2 - NAMEPLATE
BRACKETS -
(SUPPLIED WITH
OPTIONAL
NAMEPLATE PULL BOX)
(BY INSTALLER) 4-COVER
SCREWS
FOR FIRE
3/8” PIPE
PULL
5.87" HANDLE
(149 mm) PULL HARD
KIDDE-FENWAL
400 Main Street - Ashland, MA 01721-2150
Tel(508)881-3000 FAX(508)881-0020 1/16” CABLE
HAMMER
P/N
WK-800450-000
5.00" 2.25"
(127 mm) (57 mm)
BREAK GLASS
P/N WK-928103-000 PULL HANDLE
CABLE FASTENER FOR 1/16” CABLE
2 - HOLES FOR 1/4”

3/8” NPT FEMALE
MOUNTING SCREWS
SECTION VIEW (SCREWS NOT SUPPLIED
WITH PULL BOX)
Figure 2-46. Cable Manual Pull Station
December 2022 2-40 06-237256-001

2-3.4.18 Corner Pulleys
P/N: 81-803808-000 and WK-844648-000
Corner pulleys change the direction of cable lines without binding to ensure smooth operation.
P/N 81-803808-000 is used for all watertight applications; P/N WK-844648-000 is used for all
industrial applications (see Figure 2-47 and Figure 2-48).
1.75"
(45 mm) GASKET
COVER SCREW BODY
0.62"
2.13" (54 mm) DIA (16 mm)
COVER
3" -18 NPS FEMALE 0.81"

8 (21 mm)
Figure 2-47. Corner Pulleys, Watertight Applications
0.62"
COVER SCREW (16 mm)
ID D
K
UL
2 - ½” E.M.T. CONNECTIONS
COMPRESSION TYPE
2.75"
(70 mm)
approx.
Figure 2-48. 1/2” E.M.T. Corner Pulley, General Applications
06-237256-001 2-41 December 2022

2-3.5 Discharge Accessories
2-3.5.1 3/4” Orifice Fitting for Nitrogen Driver Cylinders

P/N: 85-194129-XXX
The 3/4” Orifice Fittings are designed to provide the proper regulated flow rate of nitrogen to
the agent cylinder (see Figure 2-49 and Table 2-37).
1.500 in.
(38 mm)
HEX.
0.750-14 NPT 2.21 in.

(56 mm)
3.05 in.
(77.5 mm)
1.000-16 UN-2A
Figure 2-49. Orifice Fitting
Table 2-37. Orifice Fitting Data
Part Number Diameter (in.) Area (in.2)
85-194129-107 0.107 0.009
85-194129-111 0.111 0.0097
85-194129-116 0.116 0.0106
85-194129-120 0.12 0.0113
85-194129-129 0.129 0.0131
85-194129-136 0.136 0.0145
85-194129-144 0.144 0.0163
85-194129-156 0.156 0.0191
85-194129-170 0.17 0.0227
85-194129-182 0.182 0.026
85-194129-199 0.199 0.0311
85-194129-213 0.213 0.0356
85-194129-234 0.234 0.043
85-194129-261 0.261 0.0535
85-194129-281 0.281 0.062
85-194129-316 0.316 0.0784
85-194129-348 0.348 0.0951
85-194129-391 0.391 0.1201
85-194129-438 0.438 0.1507
85-194129-484 0.484 0.184
December 2022 2-42 06-237256-001

2-3.5.2 3/4” Check Diffuser for Agent Cylinders
P/N: 06-129854-001
The 3/4” check diffuser has two specific purposes: it acts as a check valve to allow the
container to be shipped with agent, however, primarily it is used to distribute the nitrogen in
a horizontal pattern within the vapor space of the agent cylinder. The nitrogen then acts as a
gas piston pushing the agent out of the cylinder, up through the siphon tube. The check diffuser
is installed into the agent cylinder at the factory and shipped with a safety cap (see
Figure 2-50).
VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001
COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N WK-326420-000
P/N 06-129860-001
SPRING
RETAINING RING
SPRING SEAT
O-RING
P/N WK-566109-160
3/4” CHECK
DIFFUSER BODY
Figure 2-50. 3/4” Check Diffuser
06-237256-001 2-43 December 2022

2-3.5.3 Flexible Discharge Hose
P/N: WK-283899-000 and 06-118225-001
agent is routed from the storage cylinders to the discharge piping by a flexible rubber covered
hose with wire braided reinforcements. These hoses come in 2” and 3” sizes. The hose is
connected to the discharge outlet of the agent cylinder valve and terminates at the system
piping or discharge manifold (see Figure 2-51 and Figure 2-52 and Table 2-38).
HOSE
AGENT CYLINDER VALVE SYSTEM PIPE CONNECTION,
CONNECTION, SWIVEL NUT MALE NPT THREAD
Figure 2-51. 2” Flexible Discharge Hose
CONVOLUTED HOSE WITH

STAINLESS STEEL BRAID OVERLAY
3" MALE SCHEDULE 40
GROOVED FITTING TYP.
Figure 2-52. 3” Flexible Discharge Hose
Table 2-38. Dimensions, Flexible Discharge Hoses
Dimension A Min Bend Radius

Part Number Size (in)
in. mm in. mm
WK-283899-000 2 31 787 25.5* 648*
06-118225-001 3 54 1372 24 610
*2" Hoses manufactured prior to January 2020 had a smaller bend radius of 13.5".
Please ensure when replacing a legacy hose with a new one that the bend radius
conforms to the new minimum limit.
December 2022 2-44 06-237256-001

2-3.5.4 Valve Outlet Adapters
P/N: WK-283905-000
A valve outlet adapter connects the cylinder valve outlet to the discharge piping when a flexible
discharge hose is not used (see Figure 2-53and Table 2-39).
Note: A valve outlet adapter is not required for the 3" valve.
B (valve outlet connection)
D C
A (system pipe connection)
Figure 2-53. Valve Outlet Adapter
Table 2-39. Dimensions, Valve Outlet Adapter
C D
Part Number Size (in) A B
in. mm in. mm
WK-283905-000 2 2" 11½ NPT 2.500" 12 UNJ 3.12 79.25 3.00 HEX 76.2
2-3.5.5 Discharge Outlet Adapter

P/N: 70400133
A discharge outlet adapter is designed to be used with the 3” valve discharge port that has
Grooved Coupling to convert the grooved to threaded piping system (see Figure 2-54 and
Table 2-40).
B A
(valve outlet connection) (system pipe connection)
Figure 2-54. 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter
Table 2-40. Dimension, 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter
Dimensions
Part
Description
Number
A B C
3 in (76 mm) 3 in (80 mm) 4 in

70400133 3 in Discharge Outlet Adapter
NPT Thread Adapter Grooved (102 mm)
06-237256-001 2-45 December 2022

2-3.5.6 1/4-inch Check Valves
P/N: WK-264985-000
1/4-inch check valves are installed in the pilot manifold to ensure the proper number of
cylinders are discharged (see Figure 2-55).
DIRECTION
OF FLOW 1/4"-18NPT (TYP.)
2.00" .81"
(51 mm) (21 mm)
HEX
Note: Install the valve with the arrow pointing in the direction of flow.
Figure 2-55. Check Valve
December 2022 2-46 06-237256-001

2-3.5.7 Manifold EL-Checks
P/N: WK-877690-200 and WK-877690-300
Manifold El-Checks valves are available in 2 sizes (2 and 3 in). El-Check valves are installed at
the discharge manifold in a multiple cylinder arrangement to allow removal of any ADS system
cylinder from the manifold while still retaining a closed system.
Manifold El-checks are not intended to be used as check valves in main/reserve

CAUTION systems. Improper use of equipment can cause system malfunction.
Figure 2-56. Manifold El-Check Valve
Materials:
• Valve Body: Forging Brass per ASTM B124, UNS C37700/C38010,
CEN CW608N/CW612N/CW617N or Equivalent.
• Check: Stainless Steel
B
C
Figure 2-57. Manifold El-Checks Valve Dimensions (1.5 in Valve Shown)
Table 2-41. Dimensions, Manifold El-Checks
Dimensions
Valve
Part Number Size
Working Pressure
A B C
2” 3-15/16” 4-7/8” 2” – 11-1/2 NPT

WK-877690-200 500 psi
(50 mm) (100 mm) (124 mm) (50 mm - 292 mm)
3 in. 5.0 in 6 1/2 in. Victaulic 25.01 OGS
WK-877690-300 500 psi
(76 mm) (127 mm) (165 mm) DN80
06-237256-001 2-47 December 2022

2-3.5.8 Swing Checks
P/N: 06-118213-001 and 06-118058-001
Swing checks are installed at the discharge manifold for a multiple cylinder arrangement to
maintain a closed system. See Figure 2-58 and Figure 2-59, as well as Table 2-42 for more
information.
4.56 in.
(116 mm)
6.31 in.
(160 mm)
2” NPT
2” NPT
Figure 2-58. 2 in. Swing Check Valve
8.06 in.
(205 mm)
3" NPT
3" NPT 53°MAX. FEMALE
FEMALE SWING ANGLE
9.30 in.
(236 mm)
Figure 2-59. 3 in. Swing Check Valve
Table 2-42. Swing Check Valve Data
Part Number Description Pipe Type Equivalent Length (ft) Equivalent Length (m)
06-118213-001 2 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.4 4.08

06-118058-001 3 in. 40 T and 40 W 13.0 3.96
December 2022 2-48 06-237256-001

2-3.5.9 2-Way Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2-43
Selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple spaces are protected from the same
or multiple banks of cylinders.
All these selector valves are 2-way ball valves with full bore. They operate pneumatically, using
pressure from a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder and routed through a pressure regulator on
the back-plate manifold (see Figure 2-61). This pressure passes through the associated
solenoid on the back-plate which is opened via the control panel, allowing Nitrogen pressure
to flow to the required selector valve. Selector valves include a lever in case of power outage,
enabling the selector valve to be opened manually.
Selector valves do NOT prevent flow in the direction opposite the arrow.
CAUTION
Figure 2-60. Selector Valves

Table 2-43. Selector Valve Part Numbers
22-37140-025 1” Selector valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator

22-37140-040 1 1/2” Selector valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-050 2” Selector valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-080 3” Selector valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator
22-37140-100 4” Selector valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator
Selector valve sizes 1", 1 1/2", and 2" have BSP threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection
to the distribution piping. When using NPT pipe threads, use the following BSP to NPT adapters
to convert the connections:
Table 2-44. Selector Valve Adapter Part Numbers
01-3711-3000 1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-4000 1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
01-3711-5000 2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit)
Selector valve sizes 3" and 4" use flanges to connect to the system piping. When installing,
choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves.
To connect the actuation hose to the selector valve, the following adapters are required:
Table 2-45. Selector Valve Hose Adapter Part Numbers
15-8662-0042 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves
15-8662-0041 Selector Valve Hose Adapter For 3" and 4" Selector Valves
06-237256-001 2-49 December 2022

2-3.5.9.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for 2-Way Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2-46
Note: Do not use with the 3-Way Selector Valves.
To simplify the selector valve installation, the back-plate manifold with solenoids comes with
the pressure regulator, piping, and the required number of solenoids to provide pressure to the
appropriate selector valve. The back-plate manifold with solenoids includes one hose (P/N 01-
3273-1200) used to connect the pressure regulator on the back-plate to a Nitrogen pilot
cylinder. Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure
to open the selector valves.
Solenoid Specifications:
– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC 10W
– Current Draw: 0.42 Amps
Note: The solenoid on the back-plate manifold leading to the hazard being protected by the
discharge must be continuously powered during the system discharge.
The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, pull the pin, depress the button,
and turn clockwise to lock the solenoid open.
Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Solenoids
Pressure Regulator
Figure 2-61. 3 Area Back-Plate Manifold
Table 2-46. Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers
01-3508-0002 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar
December 2022 2-50 06-237256-001

2-3.5.9.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
P/N: 01-3273-1200
Note: Do not use with the 3-Way Selector Valves.
Use the hose (P/N 01-3273-1200) to connect the solenoid to the selector valves or to connect
the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. When connect-
ing a back-plate manifold hose to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder, adapter P/N: 85-025125-000
must be used.
(P/N 01-3273-1200)
Note: One hose is included

with Back-Plate Manifold to
connect to the pressure supply.
Seperate hoses must be
purchased for each Selector
Valve.
-Kerr
Figure 2-62. Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Table 2-47. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
01-3273-1200 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
2-3.5.9.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
P/N: 85-025125-000
Use the adapter (P/N 85-025125-000) when connecting the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the back-
plate manifold hose.
1.11in 45/64"
1/4 BSPP 1/8 NPT
Figure 2-63. Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Table 2-48. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
85-025125-000 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
06-237256-001 2-51 December 2022

2-3.5.9.4 Pressure Regulator
P/N: 01-6017-0000
The pressure regulator (P/N 01-6017-0000) reduces the incoming pressure from a Nitrogen
pilot cylinder down to the 8 bar needed to operate the selector valves. The regulator is included
with the back-plate manifold, but may be ordered separately if needed.
4.9 in.
(125mm)
2.2 in. (55mm)
Figure 2-64. Pressure Regulator
Table 2-49. Pressure Regulator Part Numbers
01-6017-0000 Pressure Regulator
December 2022 2-52 06-237256-001

2-3.5.10 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed)
P/N: 85-2200XX-X0X
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X) are not FM Approved.
The 3-Way Directional Valves (UL Listed) are used for applications where a single bank of
cylinders are used to protect multiple hazards. The directional valves have a factory installed
pneumatic, spring loaded actuator and range in sizes from 1/2 to 4 inches. The directional
valves can be installed in the network, provided that they are accounted for in the software
calculation. See Table 2-50, Table 2-51, Table 2-52 and Figure 2-65 for more information. For
installation information, see Section 4-25.1.
Figure 2-65. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X)
Table 2-50. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications
Part Number Dimensions Valve

Part Number Nominal Breakaway
with Explosion Working
with Solenoid Size Torque
Proof Solenoid A* B C* Pressure
85-220031-002 85-220031-200 1½ in. 6.00 in. 1.5 13.69 in. 400 psig 500 in-lb
85-220031-003 85-220031-300 2 in. 7.25 in. 2.0 15.66 in. 400 psig 800 in-lb
85-220032-001 85-220032-100 3 in. 11.00 in. 3.0 21.44 in. 400 psig 3000 in-lb
85-220032-002 85-220032-200 4 in. 13.38 in. 4.0 24.68 in. 400 psig 4300 in-lb
*Note: Dimensions are approximate for the entire assembly. Explosion proof variants do not alter the
specifications.
06-237256-001 2-53 December 2022

Table 2-51. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Specifications (cont.)
Part Number T-Flow L-Flow

Part Number Nominal
with Explosion Material Inlets Port Equivalent Equivalent
with Solenoid Size
Proof Solenoid Length Length
85-220031-002 85-220031-200 1½ in. ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.77 ft 12.08 ft
85-220031-003 85-220031-300 2 in. ENP Carbon Steel NPT Full 1.82 ft 13.75 ft
85-220032-001 85-220032-100 3 in. ENP Carbon Steel Grooved Full 5.00 ft 26.01 ft
85-220032-002 85-220032-200 4 in. ENP Carbon Steel Grooved Full 7.73 ft 32.42 ft
Note: Explosion proof variants do not alter the specifications.
Table 2-52. Pneumatic Actuator (UL Listed) Specifications
Part Number
Part Number Actuator Actuator Actuator Actuator Working Maximum
with Explosion
with Solenoid Mechanism Type Volume Torque Pressure Pressure
Proof Solenoid
85-220031-002 85-220031-200 Rack and Spring Return 61 in3 1877 in-lb 115 psig 145 psig
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Pinion
Note: Explosion proof variants do not alter the specifications.
December 2022 2-54 06-237256-001

2-3.5.10.1 Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid
Part of P/N: 85-220000-100
The explosion proof pneumatic solenoid is a cost-effective component that is used with the
pneumatic actuators and 3-Way directional valves (UL Listed) (P/N 85-2200XX-X0X). The
solenoid is factory set to normally closed. A signal from the panel opens the solenoid that is
attached to the appropriate pneumatic actuator. Pressure is then allowed to pass through the
solenoid and open the 3-way directional valve. See Table 2-53 for valve operating data. The
solenoid is included as part of the Retrofit kit for the 3-way directional valve,
P/N 85-220000-100.
Figure 2-66. Explosion Proof Pneumatic Solenoid
Table 2-53. Pneumatic Solenoid Specifications
Description Measurement
Pressure Range 15 to 115 psig

Voltage Rating 24 VDC
Power Consumption (DC) 7W
Power Consumption (AC) 6W
Coil CG5
Weight 0.80 lb
Ports 1/4 in. NPT
Override Locking Manual Override Button
06-237256-001 2-55 December 2022

2-3.5.11 Lockout Valves
P/N: 38-409830-0XX
A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the agent manifold and the
discharge pipe to the protected area. Lockout valves are normally open, but can be locked in
the closed position when maintenance is being carried out to prevent agent from discharging
into the protected area for the safety of the personnel. The lockout valve shall be installed at
the end of the agent manifold or, if a common manifold protects multiple hazards, downstream
of each selector valve. Lockout valves include a limit switch.
Lockout valve assemblies include a high visibility indicator and weatherproof limit switch. The
limit switch shall initiate a “Trouble” signal at the control panel when the valve is in the closed
position. All valves have a maximum pressure rating of 140 bar (2031 PSI). When using
lockout valves, a pressure relief valve shall also be installed wherever pressure could be
trapped in closed sections of pipe.
The lockout valves are available in sizes 1” through 4”.
Figure 2-67. 1”, and 2” Lockout Valves
Table 2-54. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (U.S. Customary Units)
Approximate Dimensions (inches)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J
1” 38-409830-005 1.0 4.1 2.6 6.5 ± .1 4.5 6.1 ± .1 3.0 1.1 1.4 2.9
2” 38-409830-007 1.9 7.1 3.9 8.3 ± .1 4.6 7.8 ± .1 5.0 2.1 1.5 4.2
Table 2-55. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 1” and 2” valves (SI Units)
Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
A B C D E F G H I J
1” 38-409830-005 24 103.1 66.2 164 ± 3 113 156 ± 3 75.6 28.5 36 74

2” 38-409830-007 47.5 180 100 211 ± 3 116 198 ± 3 126.1 53.3 37 107
December 2022 2-56 06-237256-001

Figure 2-68. 3”, and 4” Lockout Valves
Table 2-56. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (U.S. Customary Units)
Approximate Dimensions (inch)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B
3” 38-409830-009 Ø 3.0 6.3 23.6 4.4 11.5 9.5 5.0 1.5 9.4
4” 38-409830-010 Ø 4.0 7.5 27.4 4.9 14.3 11.1 6.0 3.2 10.9
Table 2-57. Lockout Valves Dimensions and Part Numbers for 3” and 4” valves (SI Units)
Approximate Dimensions (mm)

Valve
Part Number
Size
LW L L2 L3 H H1 H2 H3 B
3” 38-409830-009 Ø 78 160 600 111 291 238.7 127.5 38.3 238

4” 38-409830-010 Ø 100 190 696.5 123.5 364 283 151.5 81 277
Table 2-58. Lockout Valve Part Numbers
38-409830-005 Valve, 1" NPT Lockout (Isolation)

06-237256-001 2-57 December 2022

2-3.5.12 Pressure Operated Switches
P/N: 81-486536-000 and 81-981332-000
Pressure switches operate from system pressure upon discharge to energize or de-energize
electrically operated equipment. Pressure switches may be used to shut down machinery and
ventilation or to annunciate system discharge. See Figure 2-70 and Figure 2-58 on the
following page for more details.
STEM SHOWN IN SET POSITION-

PULL UP ON STEM TO MANUALLY
OPERATED OPERATED OPERATE SWITCH
SET SET
0.375" (9.52 mm)

PRESSURE OPERATED SWITCH
3P.D.T. 8 COVER SCREWS
WIRING
4.00" SCREW
(101.6 mm) TERMINALS UL TO RESET PUSH
FM
STEM TO SET
POSITION
15 AMP 125 Vac

4.00" 10 AMP 250 Vac
(101.6 mm) 3/4 HP 1-2-3 PH 125-480 Vac
FRONT VIEW
COVER REMOVED
½” SUPPLY PIPE WITH UNION
OPERATING PRESSURE = 50 PSI MIN

FRONT VIEW
PRESSURE TESTED 1000 PSI
SWITCH 3PDT
BOX - 3 - ½” CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
EACH SIDE
COVER
GASKET ½” NPT FEMALE - CONNECT TO SYSTEM PIPING
SIDE SECTION
Figure 2-69. Pressure Operated Switch
STEM IN OPERATED
POSITION
1" NPT FEMALE BOTH ENDS

FOR ELECTRIC CONNECTION STEM IN SET POSITION -
PULL UP ON STEM TO 4.37"
SWITCH SUPPLIED WITH MANUALLY OPERATE
2 - 1" NPT PIPE PLUGS (111 mm)
SWITCH
TO RESET PUSH
SET POSITION
STEM TO SET
POSITION
3 POLE
PRESSURE
CLUTCH OPERATED
EXPLOSION
PROOF
SWITCH
3 POLE
6.31"
SINGLE
THROW
9.00"
(160.27 mm)
TOGGLE (228.6 mm)
SWITCH
6 - COVER
30 AMP 250 Vac SCREWS
20 AMP 600 Vac
2 HP 100-600 V
3 PHASE AC
INLET
GAS
OPERATING HEAD
EXPLOSION PROOF 2 - 13/32"

3.50" MOUNTING HOLES UNION CONNECTION
MACHINED JOINT.
DO NOT USE GASKET (88.9 mm)
OR MAR SURFACES. 4.18"
(106.17 mm) PRESSURE INLET -
1/2" NPT FEMALE
Figure 2-70. Pressure Operated Switch, Explosion Proof
December 2022 2-58 06-237256-001

2-3.5.13 Pressure Operated Trip
P/N: 81-874290-000
Pressure trips are used to close off the hazard space upon system discharge. The trips,
operated by system pressure, are designed to release self-closing units for doors, windows and
dampers. The maximum load to be attached to a pressure trip is 100 lb. (45 kg). This is based
on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
Figure 2-71. Pressure Operated Trip
2-3.5.14 Discharge Indicator

P/N: 81-875553-000
The discharge indicator may be installed in the discharge piping to visually indicate a system
discharge. When in the SET position, the discharge indicator acts as a vent (see Figure 2-72).
2.62"
(67 mm) NORMAL POSITION
(PRE-DISCHARGE)
DISCHARGE
INDICATION
POSITION
BODY
½” NPT MALE CAP
0.93" (24 mm) HEX STEM-RED

ACROSS FLATS
Figure 2-72. Discharge Indicator
06-237256-001 2-59 December 2022

2-3.5.15 Discharge Nozzles
The 180° and 360° discharge nozzles are designed to provide the proper flow rate and
distribution of the agent to flood a hazard area. The 180° nozzle is engineered to provide a
180° discharge pattern for sidewall applications. The 360° nozzle offers a full 360° discharge
pattern for installations where nozzles are located in the center of the hazard. See Figure 2-73,
Figure 2-74, and Table 2-60 on the following page for more details.
Modification of the nozzle orifices in any manner voids the agency listings. In
addition, such modifications may cause an imbalance in agent distribution
CAUTION hindering or preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.
ORIFICE
DIAMETER
C
Figure 2-73. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 2-D
Figure 2-74. Discharge Nozzle Dimensions, 3-D
Table 2-59. Dimensions, 180° and 360° Discharge Nozzles
180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle

Nom. Size
A B C A B C
1/2 1.47 3.00 1.50 1.44 3.00 1.50

3/4 1.52 3.00 1.50 1.47 3.00 1.50
1 1.98 5.00 3.00 1.92 5.00 3.00
1 1/4 2.06 5.00 3.00 1.96 5.00 3.00
1 1/2 2.13 5.00 3.00 2.00 5.00 3.00
2 2.29 5.00 3.00 2.08 5.00 3.00
Note: Dimensions are in inches
December 2022 2-60 06-237256-001

2-3.6 Other Accessories
2-3.6.1 Main to Reserve Transfer Switch

P/N: 85-802398-001
The Main-to-Reserve Switch is installed on systems having main and reserve cylinders. Placing
the switch in either the MAIN or RESERVE position provides uninterrupted fire protection during
system maintenance or in the event of a system discharge (see Figure 2-75).
Switch Rating: 30 Amps at 120 VAC
NAMEPLATE CONDULET
BOX
SWITCH - DOUBLE
POLE DOUBLE
THROW
2-COVER 6-CONNECTION
SCREW TERMINALS
4.25 in.
(108mm)
1.75 in.
2.75 in. (45mm)
(70mm)
2.00 in.
(51mm)
Note: Dimensions are Typical Maximum to allow for adequate spacing for installation
Figure 2-75. Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switch
COMMON
A-1
L-1
B-1
A-2
L-2
B-2
WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure 2-76. Wiring Diagram
Only listed Kidde Fire Systems Main-to-Reserve Transfer Switches are to be

used on Kidde Fire Systems Fire Suppression System. Failure to comply with
WARNING this WARNING may result in unpredictable agent distribution hindering or
preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.
06-237256-001 2-61 December 2022

2-3.6.2 ‘MAIN’ and ‘RESERVE’ Nameplates
P/N: WK-310330-000 and WK-310340-000
Figure 2-77 illustrates the Main and Reserve nameplates. These nameplates should be at-
tached at the cylinder location and/or control station(s) to ensure that the individual systems
are clearly identified.
Figure 2-77. Main and Reserve Nameplates
2-3.6.3 Entrance and Exit Warning Signs

P/N: 85-909300-001 and 85-909300-002
Warning signs should be posted at entrances and exits to areas protected by clean agent fire
suppression systems. The entrance sign warns people to not enter the area when the alarm is
sounding. The exit sign warns people to leave the area when the alarm sounds. Both signs
remind occupants that the area must be purged prior to re-entry.
! WARNING ! WARNING
This area is protected by a This area is protected by a
Clean Agent Fire Suppression System. Clean Agent Fire Suppression System.
Do not enter area when alarm is sounding. Leave area immediately when alarm souns.
Area must be purged prior to re-entry. Do not enter area after
the system is discharged unless purged.
85-909300-001 85-909300-002
Figure 2-78. Entrance and Exit Warning signs

Note: Sign images are for reference only.
Alternative signs may be purchased from third party vendors so long as the signs are
accepted by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction and conform to all required regional
and national standards.
December 2022 2-62 06-237256-001

2-3.6.4 Hydrostatic Test Adapters
P/N: 82-878755-000 and 06-220259-001
The hydrostatic pressure test adapter is installed on the agent cylinder in place of the cylinder
valve when the cylinder is to be hydrostatically pressure tested. For cylinder test requirements,
see Section 6-8.4 of this manual. Use the 06-220259-001 for the 3” Valve and the 82-878755-
000 for the 2” valve.
2-3.6.5 Agent Cylinder Recharge Adapter

P/N: 82-878758-000
The agent recharge adapter is installed in the cylinder discharge outlet of the 200, 350 and 450
lb. cylinder during the cylinder charging procedure. This adapter is used for refilling the cylinder
with the agent (see Figure 2-79).
Note: The 3 in. valve and associated cylinders (new style 600 lb. and 900 lb.) do not require
a recharge adapter. Recharge of these cylinders is achieved via the 1/2 in. NPT connec-
tion on the grooved fitting plate on the outlet port.
4.06 in.
(103.12mm)
O-RING SEAL
3/8 in. - NPT - (VENT VALVE
CONNECTION)
3.25 in.
(82.55mm)
3/8 in. - 18 NPT -

(CHARGE CONNECTION) CYLINDER VALVE
OUTLET CONNECTION
Figure 2-79. Cylinder Recharge Adapters (P/N 82-878758-000)
2-3.6.6 Agent Cylinder Seating Adapter

P/N: WK-933537-000
The agent seating adapter is installed on the cylinder actuation port during the cylinder
charging procedure. This adapter is used for seating the valve assembly after charging. The
seating adapter can also be used to charge the nitrogen driver cylinder. Refer to
Paragraph 7-12.3 for further explanation.
06-237256-001 2-63 December 2022

2-3.6.7 Safety Outlets
P/N: 81-803242-000 and P/N 82-844346-000
These units are designed to protect against over-pressurization in closed sections of discharge
pipework, i.e., manifolds. The correct unit must be selected for the agent in use. See
Figure 2-80 and Table 2-60 for more information.
RETAINING NUT
SAFETY DISC
SEAL WIRE
BODY
1.78"
(45 mm)
3/4” NPT MALE
Figure 2-80. Safety Outlets
Table 2-60. Safety Outlets
Pressure Relief Operates at

Part Number Agent
PSIG Bar
81-803242-000 Nitrogen 2400 to 2800 166 to 193

82-844346-000 Agent 750 to 900 52 to 62
December 2022 2-64 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 3
DESIGN
3-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter outlines the steps needed to design a Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression
System (ADS system) total flooding fire extinguishing system including limitations imposed on
the design by the system hardware. The ADS system can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression
Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein referred to as collectively “agent”
unless called out specifically by name.
3-2 DESIGN PROCEDURE
3-2.1 General
The design of an ADS system total flooding fire extinguishing system as described herein is
based on the requirements of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 2001, latest
edition. The Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) may impose additional requirements not
specifically addressed here.
3-2.2 Application
The following steps must be taken to design an ADS system:
1. Determine which agent to use. The agent choice impacts the design concentration. Cylin-
ders containing 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid cannot be used in the same system as
Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent cylinders. All agent cylinders in a system must con-
tain the same agent.
2. Determine the classification of the fire hazard based on the type of combustible materials
contained in the protected enclosure. See Section 3-3.
3. Determine the agent design concentration required for the hazard.
4. Determine the number of nitrogen driver cylinders needed as required by the flow calcula-
tion software.
5. Determine the minimum and maximum ambient temperature for the hazard.
6. Determine the volume of the hazard.
7. Determine the integrity of the hazard.
8. Determine if any additional agent will be required to offset leakage of agent from the haz-
ard.
9. Determine Venting Requirements. Venting requirements for the hazard enclosure to avoid
damage due to excessive positive or negative pressure differentials are included in the lat-
est version of flow calculation software.
Note: Where earlier editions of NFPA 2001 are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
minimum design concentration based on the requirements of the edition. The governing
authority or authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design ap-
proach selected.
06-237256-001 3-1 December 2022

3-3 MINIMUM DESIGN CONCENTRATION
Minimum Design Concentration (MDC) values are agent dependent and are provided by NFPA,
and other listing agencies. Please consult the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to see which
values are approved for the system.
Note: All listed Minimum Design Concentrations are accurate as of the time this manual was
published. Agent Minimum Design Concentrations (MDC) may be updated by NFPA, UL,
FM, or the AHJ without notice. Please consult the latest standards, the insurance carrier,
and any AHJ to ensure the concentration selected meets the current requirements.
3-3.1 Fire Class Table

The table below outlines the classifications for fires based on the fuel. The types of fire deter-
mines the require minimum design concentration.
Table 3-1. Fire Classifications
NFPA
Description
Standard
Combustible materials (wood, paper, fabric, refuse) Class A

Flammable liquids or liquifiable solids, Flammable gas* Class B
Fire involving energized electrical equipment** Class C
**Use Class C when electrical equipement cannot be de-energized prior to
activation of the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can be
d-energized prior to activation, this can be treated as a Class A hazard.
Extinguishing a flammable-gas flame while gas continues to leak can result in

development of a flammable atmosphere in a portion of or throughout an
enclosed space, which, in turn, can ignite and cause an explosion resulting in
possible death, injury, or property damage. Flammable gases include natural
*WARNING gas, propane, and other industrial gases. A standing flame can occur at a point
where flammable-gas leaks from a pressurized source. Before discharge of a
fire extinguishing system, the cause of leaking flammable gas must be
identified and terminated.
December 2022 3-2 06-237256-001

3-3.2 Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent Concentration Values
3-3.2.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values

Per the NFPA 2001, 2022 edition the MDCs for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent are as
follows:
Note: As of 2019, UL Listing are based on the NFPA listed concentration values.
Table 3-2. NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent
Class of Fire Minimum Design Concentration
Class A 4.50
Class B (n-Heptane ) 5.85*
Class B (Ethyl alcohol) 7.02*
Class C with Voltage < 480 V 4.52
Class C with Voltage ≥ 480 V For voltages ≥480 volts that remain powered
during and after discharge, the MDC shall be
determined by testing, as necessary, and a
hazard analysis.
*For additional Class B values, contact Kidde Fire Systems Technical Support.
Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
MDCs based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The governing authority or
authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design approach se-
lected.
3-3.2.2 FM Global Class C Concentration Values

Per the FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 4-9, Interim Revision July 2021, the
Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent are
as follows:
Table 3-3. FM Global Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean
Agent
Class C* with Voltage ≤ 480 V 4.52
Class C* with Voltage > 480 V 10**
Notes:
*Use Class C when electrical equipement cannot be de-energized prior to activation of
the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can be d-energized prior to ac-
tivation, this can be treated as a Class A hazard.
** The Minimum Design Concentration for Class C fires with voltages greater than 480
volts meets or exceeds the EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL for the agent. Using this
high of an MDC requires use of the following:
• Pneumatic Discharge Delays
• Pneumatic Sirens
• Signs
• Lockout Valves
06-237256-001 3-3 December 2022

3-3.3 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid Concentration Values
3-3.3.1 NFPA Listed Concentration Values

Per the NFPA 2001, 2022 edition the MDCs for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid are as fol-
lows:
Note: As of 2019, UL Listing are based on the NFPA listed concentration values.
Table 3-4. NFPA Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Class A 4.5
Class B See Table 3-6
Class C with Voltage < 480 V 4.5
Class C with Voltage ≥ 480 V For voltages ≥480 volts that remain powered
during and after discharge, the MDC shall be
determined by testing, as necessary, and a
hazard analysis.
Note: Where NFPA 2001, 2008 ed. or earlier editions are enforced, it is acceptable to use the
MDCs based on the requirements of the accepted edition. The governing authority or
authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) must specifically approve the design approach se-
lected.
3-3.3.2 FM Global Concentration Values

Per the FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 4-9, Interim Revision July 2021, the
Class C Fires Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid are as
follows:
Table 3-5. Class C FM Global Minimum Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Class C* with Voltage ≤ 480 V 4.5
Class C* with Voltage > 480 V 10**
Notes:
*Use Class C when electrical equipement cannot be de-energized prior to activation of
the clean agent extinguishing system. If the equipment can be d-energized prior to ac-
tivation, this can be treated as a Class A hazard.
** The Minimum Design Concentration for Class C fires with voltages greater than 480
volts meets or exceeds the EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL for the agent. Using this
high of an MDC requires use of the following:
• Pneumatic Discharge Delays
• Pneumatic Sirens
• Signs
• Lockout Valves
December 2022 3-4 06-237256-001

Table 3-6. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
Acetic acid 3.80 5.85

Acetone 4.31 5.85
Acetonitrile 2.90 5.85
n-Butane 4.60 5.98
2-Butoxy ethanol 5.20 6.76
Butyl acetate 4.20 5.85
Butyl alcohol (1-butanol) 4.90 6.37
Cyclohexane 4.50 5.85
Cyclopentane 4.10 5.85
Cyclopentanone 4.60 5.98
Diesel fuel 3.44 5.85(2)
Diethyl ether 4.90 6.37
Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) 4.90 6.37
Ethane 5.60 7.28
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) 5.49 7.15
Ethyl alcohol, denatured (92.2% EtOH, 4.6% IPA and 3.1% MeOH) 5.30 6.89
Ethyl acetate 4.70 6.11
Gasoline, 87 octane, unleaded 4.50 5.85
n-Heptane 4.50 5.85
Heptane, commercial 4.50 5.85
Hexanes, commercial 4.30 5.85
Hexene 4.60 5.98
hydraulic oil 5.20 6.76
hydrogen 10.3 13.39
hydrogen sulfide 4.20 5.85
Iso-butane 4.90 6.37
Isooctane (2,2,4-trimethylpentane) 4.70 6.11
Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol) 4.90 6.37
Jet A 4.10 5.85
JP-4 4.20 5.85
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.
06-237256-001 3-5 December 2022

Table 3-6. Class B Suppression Design Concentrations for 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid (Continued)
Minimum Design
Extinguishing
Fuel Concentration
Concentration
vol.% (1)
JP-5 4.20 5.85

Methane 5.60 7.28
Methyl alcohol (methanol) 6.50 8.45
Methyl ethyl ketone 4.50 5.85
Methyl formate 5.40 7.02

Methyl isobutyl ketone 4.40 5.85
Methyl siloxane 6.10 7.93
Methyl tert-butyl ether 4.50 5.85
Nitromethane 6.90 8.97
Octane 4.40 5.85
n-Pentane 4.70 6.11
Propane 5.80 7.54
Propyl alcohol (1-propanol) 5.40 7.02
Pyrrolidine 4.70 6.11
Stoddard Solvent (White Spirits) 4.20 5.85
Tetrahydrofuran 5.00 6.50
Toluene 3.50 5.85
Transformer oil 4.50 5.85
m-Xylene 3.40 5.85
Notes:
(1) MDC = Cup Burner (vol %) x 1.3 but not less than 5.85% in accordance with the UL-2166 and FM 5600 requirements that the
Class B design concentration cannot be less than that based on heptane, the fuel used in the listing and approvals test programs.
(2) UL approves an MDC of 4.47 vol % based on MEC verification by a notified body.
December 2022 3-6 06-237256-001

3-3.4 Calculate Agent Required
Calculate the quantity of agent needed to provide the required design concentration at the
lowest expected hazard temperature. Refer to Table 3-8 (U.S. customary units) or Table 3-9
(metric units) to determine the flooding factor for selected agent concentrations and
temperatures. Alternatively, the agent quantity, W, can be calculated for hazard volume V at
temperature t using the following equations
Table 3-7. Formula for Required Agent
W = (V/s)(C /(100 - C) where s = a + b * t
Variable U.S. Units Metric Units
C vol. % vol. %
W lb kg
V ft3 m3
s ft3/lb m3/kg
t °F °C
a 0.9856 0.0664
b 0.002441 0.0002741
The latest version of the flow calculation software calculates the required agent quantity for
the designer. Refer to the latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide 06-
237256-004 for more information.
06-237256-001 3-7 December 2022

Table 3-8. Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Imperial
Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (lb./ft.3)a

Temp
Vapor Design Concentration (% per Volume)d
T
b
Volume
(°F)
(ft.3/lb.)c 4.5 4.52 4.75 5 5.5 5.85 6 6.11 7 8 9 10
0 0.9856 0.0478 0.0480 0.0506 0.0534 0.0591 0.0630 0.0648 0.0660 0.0764 0.0882 0.1003 0.1127
10 1.0100 0.0467 0.0469 0.0494 0.0521 0.0576 0.0615 0.0632 0.0644 0.0745 0.0861 0.0979 0.1100
20 1.0344 0.0456 0.0458 0.0482 0.0509 0.0563 0.0601 0.0617 0.0629 0.0728 0.0841 0.0956 0.1074
30 1.0588 0.0445 0.0447 0.0471 0.0497 0.0550 0.0587 0.0603 0.0615 0.0711 0.0821 0.0934 0.1049
40 1.0832 0.0435 0.0437 0.0460 0.0486 0.0537 0.0574 0.0589 0.0601 0.0695 0.0803 0.0913 0.1026
50 1.1077 0.0425 0.0427 0.0450 0.0475 0.0525 0.0561 0.0576 0.0588 0.0680 0.0785 0.0893 0.1003
60 1.1321 0.0416 0.0418 0.0441 0.0465 0.0514 0.0549 0.0564 0.0575 0.0665 0.0768 0.0874 0.0981
70 1.1565 0.0407 0.0409 0.0431 0.0455 0.0503 0.0537 0.0552 0.0563 0.0651 0.0752 0.0855 0.0961
80 1.1809 0.0399 0.0401 0.0422 0.0446 0.0493 0.0526 0.0541 0.0551 0.0637 0.0736 0.0838 0.0941
90 1.2053 0.0391 0.0393 0.0414 0.0437 0.0483 0.0516 0.0530 0.0540 0.0624 0.0721 0.0821 0.0922
100 1.2297 0.0383 0.0385 0.0406 0.0428 0.0473 0.0505 0.0519 0.0529 0.0612 0.0707 0.0804 0.0904
110 1.2541 0.0376 0.0377 0.0398 0.0420 0.0464 0.0495 0.0509 0.0519 0.0600 0.0693 0.0789 0.0886
120 1.2785 0.0369 0.0370 0.0390 0.0412 0.0455 0.0486 0.0499 0.0509 0.0589 0.0680 0.0774 0.0869
130 1.3029 0.0362 0.0363 0.0383 0.0404 0.0447 0.0477 0.0490 0.0499 0.0578 0.0667 0.0759 0.0853
140 1.3273 0.0355 0.0357 0.0376 0.0397 0.0438 0.0468 0.0481 0.0490 0.0567 0.0655 0.0745 0.0837
150 1.3518 0.0349 0.0350 0.0369 0.0389 0.0431 0.0460 0.0472 0.0481 0.0557 0.0643 0.0732 0.0822
160 1.3762 0.0342 0.0344 0.0362 0.0382 0.0423 0.0452 0.0464 0.0473 0.0547 0.0632 0.0719 0.0807
a The manufacturer’s listing specifies the temperature range for operation.

b
W/V [agent weight requirements (lb./ft.3)] = pounds of agent required per cubic foot of
protected volume
to produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c T [temperature (°F)] = the design temperature in the hazard area
d s [specific volume (ft.3/lb.)] = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be
approximated by the formula:
s = 0.9856 + 0.002441 T
where T = temperature (°F)
e C [concentration (%)] = volumetric concentration of agent in air at the temperature
indicated.
December 2022 3-8 06-237256-001

Table 3-9. Agent Fluid Total Flooding Concentration Factors (W/V), Metric
Specific Weight Requirements of Hazard Volume, W/V (kg/m3)a

Temp Vapor
Design Concentration (% per Volume)d
T Volume
(°C)b s
(m3/kg)c 4.5 4.52 4.75 5 5.5 5.85 6 6.11 7 8 9 10
-20 0.0609 0.7735 0.7771 0.8186 0.8640 0.9554 1.0200 1.0478 1.0683 1.2356 1.4274 1.6235 1.8239
-15 0.0623 0.7565 0.7600 0.8006 0.8450 0.9344 0.9975 1.0247 1.0448 1.2084 1.3960 1.5878 1.7838
-10 0.0637 0.7402 0.7436 0.7834 0.8268 0.9143 0.9761 1.0027 1.0223 1.1824 1.3660 1.5536 1.7454
-5 0.0650 0.7246 0.7280 0.7669 0.8093 0.8950 0.9555 0.9816 1.0007 1.1575 1.3372 1.5209 1.7086
0 0.0664 0.7096 0.7129 0.7510 0.7926 0.8765 0.9358 0.9613 0.9801 1.1336 1.3096 1.4895 1.6734
5 0.0678 0.6953 0.6985 0.7358 0.7766 0.8588 0.9168 0.9419 0.9602 1.1106 1.2831 1.4594 1.6395
10 0.0691 0.6815 0.6847 0.7213 0.7612 0.8418 0.8987 0.9232 0.9412 1.0886 1.2577 1.4304 1.6070
15 0.0705 0.6683 0.6714 0.7072 0.7464 0.8254 0.8812 0.9052 0.9229 1.0675 1.2332 1.4026 1.5758
20 0.0719 0.6555 0.6586 0.6938 0.7322 0.8097 0.8644 0.8880 0.9053 1.0471 1.2097 1.3759 1.5457
25 0.0733 0.6433 0.6463 0.6808 0.7185 0.7945 0.8482 0.8714 0.8884 1.0275 1.1871 1.3501 1.5168
30 0.0746 0.6314 0.6344 0.6683 0.7053 0.7799 0.8327 0.8554 0.8721 1.0087 1.1653 1.3253 1.4890
35 0.0760 0.6201 0.6229 0.6562 0.6926 0.7659 0.8176 0.8399 0.8563 0.9905 1.1443 1.3014 1.4621
40 0.0774 0.6091 0.6119 0.6446 0.6803 0.7523 0.8031 0.8251 0.8412 0.9729 1.1240 1.2784 1.4362
45 0.0787 0.5985 0.6013 0.6334 0.6685 0.7392 0.7892 0.8107 0.8265 0.9560 1.1044 1.2561 1.4112
50 0.0801 0.5882 0.5910 0.6225 0.6570 0.7266 0.7757 0.7968 0.8124 0.9396 1.0855 1.2346 1.3871
55 0.0815 0.5783 0.5810 0.6121 0.6460 0.7143 0.7626 0.7834 0.7987 0.9238 1.0673 1.2139 1.3637
60 0.0828 0.5688 0.5714 0.6019 0.6353 0.7025 0.7500 0.7705 0.7855 0.9085 1.0496 1.1938 1.3412
65 0.0842 0.5595 0.5621 0.5921 0.6250 0.6911 0.7378 0.7579 0.7727 0.8938 1.0325 1.1744 1.3194
70 0.0856 0.5506 0.5531 0.5827 0.6149 0.6800 0.7260 0.7458 0.7604 0.8794 1.0160 1.1556 1.2982
a
The manufacturer’s listing specifies the temperature range for operation.
b W/V [agent weight requirements (kg/m3)] = kilograms of agent per cubic meter of protected
volume to
produce indicated concentration at temperature specified.
W = (V/s) X [c/(100-c)]
c T [temperature (°C)] = the design temperature in the hazard area
d s [specific volume (m3/kg)] = specific volume of superheated agent vapor can be
approximated by the formula:
s = 0.0664 + 0.0002741 T
where T = temperature (°C)
e C [concentration (%)] = volumetric concentration of agent in air at the temperature
indicated.
06-237256-001 3-9 December 2022

3-4 DETERMINE THE TYPE, SIZE, AND QUANTITY OF COMPONENTS
REQUIRED
• Agent and Nitrogen driver cylinder size, quantity and fill requirements
Note: 200, 350 and 450 lb agent cylinders require one nitrogen driver per agent cylinder. 600
and 900 lb. agent cylinders can use either one or two nitrogen drivers, for more infor-
mation see Section 3-11.1.
• Cylinder framing, mounting brackets, etc
• Detection and control equipment required
• Other system requirements, such as reserve supply, pressure switches, etc
3-5 LOCATE NOZZLES

Locate nozzles based on the following:
• Ceiling height (18.5 ft. [5.64 m] maximum, 1.0 ft. [0.305 m] minimum)
• Nozzle area coverage
• Special hazard area layout considerations
3-6 LOCATE CYLINDERS

Locate cylinders based on the following:
• Number of cylinders required (include nitrogen driver)
• Storage temperature: In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal,
the agent cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C). In unbal-
anced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent cylinder
storage temperature range is 60°F to 80°F (16°C to 27°C).
• Environmental considerations, such as weather, area classification and corrosive
environment
• Accessibility
• Floor loading
3-7 LOCATE PIPING

Locate piping based on the following:
• Nozzle location
• Structural members for bracing the pipe
3-8 PIPE SIZE AND LAYOUT

Determine pipe size and layout for the following factors:
• Draw piping isometric
• Dimensions of all pipe sections
• Locate all fittings
• Note all elevation changes
The preceding information will be entered into the flow calculation program.
December 2022 3-10 06-237256-001

3-9 USING THE AGENT CONCENTRATION FLOODING FACTORS
To find the total quantity of the agent required at a specific temperature and concentration,
multiply the hazard volume by the multiplier from Table 3-8 or Table 3-9 that correspond to
the design temperature and required concentration.
Note: NFPA 2001, latest edition, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Significant
New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) provide specific guidelines for using the agent. The min-
imum use concentration for total flooding applications when using hardware is 4.5
vol%, unless a higher concentration is required for the specific hazard being protected.
The agent quantity required must be based on the lowest expected ambient tempera-
ture in the protected space. Care must be taken that the calculated concentration for
normally occupied spaces at the highest expected ambient temperature in the space
does not exceed the value of 10% per NFPA 2001, latest edition.
Per NFPA 2001, latest edition, agent systems with use concentrations below the NOAEL (10
vol%) are permitted for use in occupied areas. The agent can be designed between 4.5 vol%
and 10.5 vol% for a five minute exposure using the PBPK model.
3-9.1 Adjusting for Altitude or Pressure

The procedure for determination of the agent quantity assumes that the protected enclosure
is at sea level or has an internal pressure of 14.7 psia (101.4 kPa). The design agent quantity
must be adjusted where the protected enclosure is at an altitude or pressure that differs by
more than 11% from sea level values. Table 3-10 lists "Atmospheric Corrections Factors" as a
function of attitude or pressure. Calculate the adjusted (altitude-corrected) agent quantity as
follows:
Adjusted quantity = (Sea-level quantity) x (Atmospheric Correction Factor)
Note: Use the value of Atmospheric Correction Factor corresponding to the highest possible
enclosure pressure where the pressure can be varied, by design, from the prevailing
barometric pressure at the altitude of the installation. This procedure assures that the
agent concentration will not be less than the design concentration at the highest achiev-
able enclosure pressure.
Table 3-10. Atmospheric Correction Factors
Altitude Above Sea Level Enclosure Pressure

Atmospheric Correction
Factor
ft. m psia kPa
-3000 -920 16.25 112.1 1.11

-2000 -610 15.71 108.3 1.07
-1000 -300 15.23 105 1.04
0 0 14.70 101.4 1.00
1000 300 14.18 97.8 0.96
2000 610 13.64 94.1 0.93
3000 920 13.12 90.5 0.89
4000 1,210 12.58 86.8 0.86
5000 1,520 12.04 83 0.82
6000 1,830 11.53 79.5 0.78
7000 2,130 11.03 76.1 0.75
8000 2,440 10.64 73.4 0.72
9000 2,740 10.22 70.5 0.69
10000 3,050 9.77 67.4 0.66
06-237256-001 3-11 December 2022

3-10 MANIFOLDS
When multiple cylinders are needed, they may be connected to the same set of distribution
piping through a manifold. This is necessary in two circumstances:
• A connected reserve supply of the agent is required.
• The quantity of agent required is greater than the maximum fill of a single cylinder.
In accordance with standards set by NFPA 2001, latest edition:
• All cylinders on the same manifold must be the same size, pressure, and agent.
• Each cylinder must have an El-check or swing-check or straight check to prevent back flow
of agent through the discharge hose in case the system is discharged while a cylinder is
removed for maintenance.
• Each agent cylinder must have the correct nitrogen driver connected directly to that agent
cylinder. Nitrogen drivers are not connected to the manifold, only the agent cylinders.
Standard check valves MUST be installed and modeled in the calculation software whenever
any of the following conditions exist:
• Multiple cylinders connected to a manifold.
• A connected reserve supply is required.
3-11 DESIGN CRITERIA

The complexity of agent flow formulas does not allow for any simple method of manual agent
calculation. For this reason, the flow calculations and design criteria described in this manual
have been programmed into a computer software program.
The latest version of the Flow Calculation Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-
237256-004, is the only calculation method to be used with ADS system
CAUTION equipment. No other calculation method is acceptable.
The system designer must become familiar with the latest version of the Flow Calculation
Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004, to determine the proper procedures for applying
the input parameters to the computer program. There are a number of limitations to these
input parameters that must be observed if accurate results are to be obtained. Most of these
limitations are in the program. However, there are certain restrictions that must be addressed
by the system designer before applying the input data. The following sections describe the
essential design parameters and design limitations which must be considered.
3-11.1 Driver Quantity

For the 600 lb. and 900 lb. agent cylinders, either one or two nitrogen driver cylinders are
required. To determine the quantity of drivers needed, run the flow calculation software and
select the single driver option first. Test the calculation, and if warnings or errors occur that
cannot be corrected through other options, try the two nitrogen driver option.
The 200, 350, and 450 lb. agent cylinders may only use a single nitrogen driver. The 200 lb.
agent cylinder uses the 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver. The 350 lb. agent cylinder uses the 4070 cu. in.
Nitrogen Driver. 450 lb. agent cylinder uses the 4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver.
Table 3-11. Agent Cylinder Nitrogen Driver Quantity
Part Number Nomenclature Number of Drivers Driver Part Number

45-500201-X01 200 lb. Cylinder 1 85-102300-001
45-500351-X01 350 lb. Cylinder 1 85-104070-001
45-500451-X01 450 lb. Cylinder 1 85-104890-001
45-500601-X01 600 lb. Cylinder 1 or 2* 85-104070-001
45-500901-X01 900 lb. Cylinder 1 or 2* 85-104890-001
Note:
-901 denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent; -001 denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
* 600 and 900 lb. agent cylinders can use either one or two nitrogen drivers, for more information see Section 3-11.1
December 2022 3-12 06-237256-001

3-11.2 Requirements for Tee Flow Splits
1. All tee splits must be in the horizontal plane.
2. Elbows before or after a tee that split the flow of agent going to separate hazards must be
located a minimum distance of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) before the tee (see Table 3-12).
3. Tee splits going to separate hazards from a common supply line must be spaced a minimum
of 6 pipe diameters (nominal) apart.
4. Pipe reducers, where used, must be the concentric reducer type.
5. Side-tee flow, where flow enters a tee along the run:
a. side-branch flow must be at least 10% and at most 35% of total flow;
b. through-branch flow must be at least 65% and at most 90% of the total flow.
6. Bullhead tee flow, where flow enters the tee through the side branch:
a. flow out of either branch must be at least 25% and not more than 75% of the total flow;
b. a "balanced" flow split occurs when 50% of the flow exits each outlet port.
BULL TEE FLOW BULL TEE FLOW

BULL TEE
SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
OUT OUT OUT - 50% OUT - 50% OUT - 75% OUT - 25%
BULL TEE BULL TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
IN IN - 100% IN - 100%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE FLOW SIDE TEE FLOW

SPLIT LIMITS SPLIT LIMITS
Horizontal Feed Horizontal Feed
IN OUT
IN - 100% OUT - 65% IN - 100% OUT - 90%
SIDE TEE SIDE TEE

MINIMUM MAXIMUM
UNBALANCE UNBALANCE
OUT OUT - 35% OUT - 10%
HAZARD A
HAZARD A
HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE HAZARD B
DIAM. MINIMUM
6 NOM PIPE
DIAM. MINIMUM
Horizontal Feed
HAZARD A HAZARD A
HAZARD B
6 NOM PIPE
6 NOM PIPE HAZARD B DIAM. MINIMUM
DIAM. MINIMUM
Figure 3-1. Acceptable Tee Flow Splits for ADS system Series
06-237256-001 3-13 December 2022

Table 3-12. 6 X Pipe Diameters
Pipe Diameters
Pipe Size
ft. inches mm
1/2” 0.25 3 76
3/4” 0.375 4.5 110
1” 0.5 6 150
1¼” 0.625 7.5 190
1½” 0.75 9 230
2” 1 12 300
2½” 1.25 15 380
3” 1.5 18 460
4” 2 24 610
3-11.3 Duration of Discharge

In accordance with Section 7.5.1.1 of NFPA 2001, 2022 Edition, the liquid agent discharge time
shall be 10 seconds or less as determined by the flow calculation software. Discharge times
shorter than 10 seconds are desirable to minimize production of breakdown products.
Discharge times as short as six seconds should be considered when circumstances permit.
3-11.4 Nozzle Selection and Placement

The ADS system nozzle are available in two types and two body diameters. Each nozzle has
NPT threads for attachment to six pipe sizes.
Nozzles are available in nominal pipe sizes of ½", ¾", 1", 1¼", 1½" and 2".
Use the ADS system flow calculation software to determine the required nozzle orifice area and
part number.
Maximum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
• The ratio between the nozzle orifice area for a 360° nozzle at the given node and the pipe
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.8, or 80%.
Minimum orifice area to pipe area ratio:
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for ¾”, 1”,
1¼”, 1½”, 2” and 0.15, or 15% for ½”.
cross sectional area for the pipe segment preceding that nozzle is 0.20, or 20% for ¾”, 1”,
1¼”, 1½”, 2” and 0.15, or 15% for ½”.
The flow calculation software selects pipe diameters in compliance with the above area ratio
requirements.
December 2022 3-14 06-237256-001

3-11.5 Nozzle Placement
There are certain coverage and height limitations which must be observed with each nozzle
configuration to ensure proper agent distribution.
42.5' 42.5'
(12.95 m) (12.95 m)
d = 47.5' d = 30.0'
(14.48 m) (9.14 m)
42.5' 42.5'
(12.95 m) (12.95 m)
180° Nozzle 360° Nozzle
Figure 3-2. Nozzle Placement and Coverage

• Orientation-Nozzles must be mounted perpendicular to the ceiling or subfloor surface.
Nozzles are to be mounted in the pendent position unless the enclosure height is 12 inches
(305 mm), in which case, pendent or upright is permitted.
• Nozzle Clearance-For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., noz-
zles must be a maximum of 15 inches from the ceiling (measured from the ceiling to the
outlet of the nozzle) for 360° nozzle, 12 inches for the 180° nozzle.
For subfloor spaces of 1 ft in height, nozzles must be installed a maximum of 3 inches (76.2
mm) below the top of the enclosure, regardless of orientation.
• Maximum Height-The maximum protected height for a single row of nozzles is 18.5 ft.
(5.64 m).
Nozzles may be tiered to accommodate enclosures with ceiling heights greater than 18.5
ft. (5.64 m).
• Minimum Ceiling Height-The minimum ceiling height for UL Listed/FM Approved systems
is 12 in. (305 mm).
• 180° Nozzles- For enclosures greater than 1 ft. and equal to or less than 18.5 ft., 180°
nozzles must be located a maximum of 10 inches (254 mm) from a wall, with the orifices
directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be located as close to the center of the wall
as possible.
For 1 ft. enclosures, 180° nozzles must be located a maximum of 15 inches (381 mm) from
a wall, with the center of the outlet slot directed away from the wall. The nozzle shall be
located as close to the center of the wall as possible.
180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as a square that is 42.5 ft. x 42.5 ft.
(12.95 m x 17 m).
In accordance with UL Listing, 180° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any
rectangle that can be inscribed in a semicircle with a radius of 47.5 ft. (14.48 m) from the
nozzle with a maximum area coverage of 1806 sq. ft. (167.78 sq. m).
180° nozzles may be used in a back-to-back configuration. The nozzles should be place 1
to 2 feet (0.3 m to 0.6 m) apart.
• 360° Nozzles-360° nozzles must be located as close to the center of the coverage area
as possible. 360° nozzles have a maximum coverage area defined as any rectangle that
can be inscribed in a circle of radius 30 ft. (9.14 m) (diagonal of a rectangle 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft.). See Figure 4-3 for further information.
• Multiple Nozzles-Nozzles whose discharge patterns will intersect must be placed at least
6 ft. (1.8 m) apart to assure adequate agent distribution.
06-237256-001 3-15 December 2022

• Walls and Obstructions-Agent discharged from the nozzle requires a certain length from
the nozzle to vaporize into a gas. If the agent comes into contact with a surface before the
agent is fully atomized, frosting can occur. As a result, the concentration throughout the
enclosure will be less than required to appropriately protect the space. Therefore, nozzles
must be located with at least 4 ft. (1.2 m) of clearance from walls and/or significant ob-
structions (ex. high-rise racking and columns). If this requirement cannot be met, addition-
al agent may be discharged to compensate for this agent "loss". Please consult Kidde Fire
Systems for assistance.
For subfloor areas, consideration should be given to reducing nozzle spacing when obstruc-
tions that would impede the uniform distribution of the agent throughout the area are pres-
ent. Nozzle coverage area for 12 inch high subfloors must be reduced from 42.5 ft. x 42.5
ft. to 21.25 ft. x 21.25 ft. in such obstructed conditions.
• Subfloor Reduced Coverage Area-Nozzle coverage area must be reduced to 21.25 ft. x
21.25 ft. for enclosure heights 6 to less than 12 inches (6.48 m x 6.48 m for heights 0.15
to less than 0.3 m). Any system designed for a space less than 12 inches (305 mm) in
height is not a UL Listed or an FM Approved design.
3-11.5.1 Limits on Nozzle Conditions

• Minimum average nozzle pressure-The nozzle pressure must be a minimum of 118 psig
(8.1 bar gauge) for the nozzle to effectively disperse the agent and mix the agent into the
air of the enclosure being protected.
• Maximum arrival time imbalance-The difference between liquid arrival times at two of the
nozzles not to exceed the allowed 1.3 seconds.
• Maximum run-out time imbalance-The difference between nozzle liquid run-out times at
two of the nozzles not to exceed the allowed 2.2 second maximum.
3-11.5.2 Maximum Elevation Differences in Pipe Runs

• If nozzles are only located above the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are only located below the container outlet, then the maximum elevation differ-
ence between the container outlet and the furthest horizontal pipe run or discharge nozzle
(whichever is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
• If nozzles are located both above and below the container outlet, then the maximum ele-
vation difference between the furthest horizontal pipe runs or discharge nozzles (whichever
is furthest) shall not exceed 40 ft. (12.19 m).
Note: If you have a system design that violates these limits, the factory must be consulted to
determine what course of action should be taken (see Figure 3-3 for further clarifica-
tion).
System With A System With A System With Ceiling

Single Row of Nozzles Multiple Row of Nozzles and Subfloor Nozzles
40’ Max 40’ Max
40’ Max
Figure 3-3. Nozzle Limitations
December 2022 3-16 06-237256-001

3-11.6 Pipe Sizing
The following table may be used as an estimating guide for sizing distribution piping.
Table 3-13. Pipe Size vs. Flow Rate
Schedule 40 Pipe Schedule 80 Pipe
60% of Flow Rates 60% of Flow Rates

Minimum Flow Rate Minimum Flow Rate
Pipe Size for All Sections for All Sections
for All Sections for All Sections
Nominal Ending With a Ending With a
Leading to a Tee Leading to a Tee
Nozzle Nozzle
lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec. lb./sec. kg/sec.
1/4 in. (9 mm) 0.68 0.31 0.41 0.19 0.30 0.14 0.18 0.08
3/8 in. (10 mm) 1.55 0.70 0.93 0.42 1.06 0.48 0.64 0.29
1/2 in. (15 mm) 2.58 1.17 1.55 0.70 1.95 0.88 1.17 0.53
3/4 in. (20 mm) 4.53 2.05 2.72 1.23 3.68 1.67 2.21 1.00
1 in. (25 mm) 7.29 3.31 4.37 1.98 6.08 2.76 3.65 1.65
1¼ in. (32 mm) 12.67 5.75 7.60 3.45 10.83 4.91 6.50 2.95
1½ in. (40 mm) 17.46 7.92 10.48 4.75 15.06 6.83 9.04 4.10
2 in. (50 mm) 29.82 13.53 17.89 8.12 25.96 11.78 15.58 7.07
2½ in. (65 mm) 44.06 19.99 26.44 11.99 38.51 17.47 23.11 10.48
3 in. (80 mm) 71.34 32.36 42.80 19.42 62.96 28.56 37.78 17.13
3½ in. (90 mm) 98.32 44.60 58.99 26.76 87.46 39.67 52.48 23.80
4 in. (100 mm) 129.28 58.64 77.57 35.18 115.87 52.56 69.52 31.53
5 in. (125 mm) 205.71 93.31 123.43 55.99 187.31 84.96 112.39 50.98
6 in. (150 mm) 286.54 129.97 171.92 77.98 262.77 119.19 157.66 71.51
Note: The pipe friction factor embodied in the energy conservation equation used to calculate pressure drop
for two-phase flow in fire protection systems is based on the premise that highly turbulent flow is
present in the pipeline. Also, a high degree of turbulence must be maintained in pipe sections that
approach dividing points. The pipe size that can be used for a given flow rate is thus based upon the
minimum flow rate required to maintain complete turbulence.
This limitation is tabulated in the table and is automatically taken into consideration when the com-
puter selects pipe sizes for the system. Flow rates as low as 60% of the tabulated minimum rates may
be used in branch lines that lead directly to nozzles with no intervening flow division.
This table is intended for use as a guide only. The latest version of the flow calculation software
must be used for the final design (for more information see latest version of the Flow
Calculation Software User’s Guide, P/N: 06-237256-004).
06-237256-001 3-17 December 2022

3-12 OTHER CONDITIONS
3-12.1 Operating Temperature Range Limitations

The operating temperature range for all components used in the ADS system is 32°F to 130°F
(0°C to 54°C). The components are tested within this range and may not perform as specified
outside this range.
3-12.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

The temperature of the location for the agent storage containers depends on the design of the
system.
3-12.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In balanced systems, where agent flow through each nozzle is equal, the agent cylinder and
nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 54°C).
3-12.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

In unbalanced systems, where agent flows through the nozzles at varying rates, the agent
cylinder and nitrogen driver cylinder storage temperature range is 60°F and 80°F (16°C and
27°C). The latest version of the flow calculation software is written and tested for a 70°F
(21°C) agent cylinder storage temperature (for more information see latest version of the Flow
If the agent cylinder storage temperature is outside of this range, a minor variation from the
calculated results should be expected. The agent concentrations listed in this DIOM adds a
safety factor that should compensate for this variation.
3-12.2.3 System Operating Pressure

The nominal pressure of the agent cylinder is 360 PSIG @ 70°F (24.8 bar gauge @ 21°C).
The nominal pressure of the nitrogen driver cylinder is 1800 PSIG @ 70°F (124.1 bar gauge @ 21°C).
During actuation, the agent cylinder pressure is dependent on the controlling N2 orifice, but is
not greater than 400 PSIG @ 70°F (27.6 bar gauge @ 21°C).
December 2022 3-18 06-237256-001

3-12.3 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Single Driver Systems
Four modes of pressure actuation of the ADS system cylinders are available.
Note: When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall all be the
same size and have the same fill density.
3-12.3.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver

Note: See Figure 3-4.
For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one primary nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen secondary cylinders, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen ADS system
sets in a group [one set is equal to a nitrogen driver and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated
by that one primary cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the secondary cylinders.
The secondary cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
Secondary Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Actuation Hose Nitrogen Tee Wall Mounting
Transfer Hose
Nitrogen Driver
With Primary
Elbow Control Head
Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.)
14 Secondary Sets of Agent and Primary
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set
Note: Each Agent Cylinder will be connected to the distribution piping

either through a valve outlet adapter or a flexible discharge hose.
Each agent cylinder is capable of activating 1 pressure trip and/or 1 pressure switch.
Figure 3-4. Pressure Actuation using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Secondaries (Fifteen Sets Total), Close-coupled
06-237256-001 3-19 December 2022

3-12.3.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one primary nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen secondary cylinders (maximum fifteen cylinders in a
group) can be actuated by that one primary cylinder, using pressure operated control heads
on the secondary cylinders. The secondary cylinder operation will be through a 5/16” O.D. x
0.035” wall stainless steel tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244
m) or 400 ft. (122 m) of 1/4” Schedule 40 pipe.
800 ft. (243.8 m) Max. Length 400 ft. (121.9 m) Max. Length
of 5/16” Stainless Steel Tubing of 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Secondary Nitrogen Driver (Typ.) Nitrogen Transfer Hose

Tee
with Pneumatic Control
Head (P/N 82-878737-000)
Nitrogen Driver
5/16" O.D. X 0.035" Wall With Primary
Steel Tubing or Control Head
1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe Tee 5/16" O.D. X 0.035" Wall
Elbow Agent Cylinder
Steel Tubing or
Actuation Assembly 1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe
Kit (Typ.)
14 Secondary Sets of Agent and Primary
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Cylinder Set

Figure 3-5. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Driver Cylinder to Actuate a
Maximum of Fourteen Secondaries (Fifteen Sets Total), Not Close-coupled
December 2022 3-20 06-237256-001

3-12.3.3 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen ADS system sets (one set is equal to a nitrogen driver and an agent
cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads
on the secondary cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless steel tubing actuator
line having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
• The maximum length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen driver cyl-
inder #1 is up to 100 ft. (31 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from ADS system cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken from
the line between the secondary cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen cyl-
inder and secondary cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does
not exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge).
Figure 3-6. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of ADS System Cylinders, Not Close-coupled
06-237256-001 3-21 December 2022

3-12.3.4 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder (see
Figure 3-8), from one to fifteen secondary ADS system cylinder sets can be actuated from one
pilot nitrogen cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the nitrogen driver cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 1/4” Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the
following limitations:
• Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first ADS system cylinder is 100
feet (30.5 m).
• All ADS system cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Nitrogen Transfer Hose
Secondary Nitrogen Driver (Typ.)

with Pneumatic Control Head
(P/N 82-878737-000) Flare
Actuation Hose Primary
Control Head
Tee (Typ.) Agent Cylinder

Primary Nitrogen
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.) Nitrogen Driver Pilot Driver
Elbow With Pneumatic with primary
Control Head Control Head
(P/N WK-878737-000) 250 ft. (76.2 m) Max. Length
15 Secondary Sets of Agent and of 1/4” Sch. 40 Pipe
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders
500 ft. (152.4 m) Max. Length
5/16” Stainless Steel Tubing

Figure 3-7. Pressure Actuation Using Pressure from 1 Primary Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Actuate a Maximum
of Fifteen Sets of ADS System Cylinders, Close-coupled.
December 2022 3-22 06-237256-001

3-12.3.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Single Driver ADS Systems
(P/N 06-129944-X0X)
Manifold actuation arrangement kits are convenient and easy to install. Kits are available in
two, three, four and five system manifolds. See Figure 3-4 and Table 3-14 for a listing of
hardware included in the kit.
"X" ± 0.187
06-118193-00X
06-118285-001
06-118284-001
878737
82-878737-000
KIT
P/N 06-129882-001
Figure 3-8. Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with Single Driver ADS System
Table 3-14. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Single Driver ADS System
Number of Pieces Included
3/16” Flare Elbow x 1/8” NPT

3/16” Flare Tee x 1/8” NPT
P/N 06-129882-001
P/N 06-118193-003
P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 82-878737-000
P/N 06-118285-001
P/N 06-118284-001
Actuation Assembly
Pneumatic Actuator
22” Flex Hose
36” Flex Hose
Number of
Cylinders
Kit P/N
2 Cylinder Set 06-129944-002 2 1 0 1 1 1

System Manifold
3 Cylinder Set 06-129944-003 3 1 1 2 2 1
System Manifold
4 Cylinder Set 06-129944-004 4 1 2 3 3 1
System Manifold
5 Cylinder Set 06-129944-005 5 1 3 4 4 1
System Manifold
Plus 1 Cylinder Set 06-129944-101 1 0 1 1 1 0
Manifold
06-237256-001 3-23 December 2022

3-12.4 Pressure Actuation Limitations for Dual Driver ADS System Cylinders
Four modes of pressure actuation of the ADS system cylinders are available.
When agent cylinders are all connected to a common manifold, they shall be at the same size,
same fill density, and same orifice fitting.
3-12.4.1 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver

For cylinders close-coupled using pressure from one primary nitrogen driver cylinder, a
maximum of fourteen secondary sets, close-coupled (maximum of fifteen ADS system sets in
a group [one set is equal to two nitrogen drivers and an agent cylinder]), can be actuated by
that one primary cylinder using pressure operated control heads on the secondary cylinders.
The secondary cylinder operation will be through pilot flexible hoses.
Plain Nut Discharge Head, Manifold Arrangement Kits

(Typ.) 1/4" Sch 40 or
(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Stainless steel tubing
3" Valve
Control Head
Actuation Assembly
Kit (Typ.), P/N 06-129985-001
Figure 3-9. Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver for Use with Large Single
Hazard Arrangements
3-12.4.2 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver
For cylinders not close-coupled using pressure from one primary nitrogen driver and agent
cylinder set, a maximum of fourteen secondary sets (maximum fifteen sets in a group) can be
actuated by that one primary cylinder, using pressure operated control heads on the secondary
cylinders. The secondary cylinder operation will be through a 5/16” O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless
steel tubing actuator line having a maximum total length of 800 ft. (244 m) or 400 ft. (122 m)
of 1/4” Schedule 40 pipe.
1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Plain Nut Discharge Head

(Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 3" Valve Control Head
Actuation Assembly Kit

(Typ.)
Figure 3-10. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Primary Nitrogen Driver for Use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements
December 2022 3-24 06-237256-001

3-12.4.3 Cylinders Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
For cylinders close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from one pilot nitrogen cylinder, from one
to fifteen secondary ADS system cylinder sets can be actuated from one pilot nitrogen driver
using pressure operated control heads on the secondary nitrogen driver cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 1/4” Schedule 40 steel pipe actuator line having the
following limitations:
• Maximum length between nitrogen pilot cylinder and the first ADS system cylinder is 100
feet (30.5 m).
• All ADS system cylinders must be located adjacent to one another.
Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000 Control

Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.) Pneumatic Control Head (Typ.),

3" Valve P/N 82-878737-000
Figure 3-11. Close-coupled Manifold Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure for Use with Large Single Hazard
Arrangements
06-237256-001 3-25 December 2022

3-12.4.4 Cylinders Not Close-coupled Using Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder Pressure
For cylinders not close-coupled using nitrogen pressure from a pilot nitrogen cylinder, a
maximum of fifteen ADS system sets (one set is equal to two nitrogen drivers and an agent
cylinder) can be actuated by one pilot nitrogen driver using pressure operated control heads
on the secondary nitrogen driver cylinders.
Secondary operation will be through a 5/16 O.D. x 0.035” wall stainless steel tubing actuator
line having the following limitations:
• Maximum total length of tubing is 500 feet (152 m).
• Maximum length of tubing between cylinder #1 and the last cylinder is 400 feet (122 m).
• The nominal min./max. length of tubing between the nitrogen pilot cylinder and nitrogen
driver cylinder #1 is up to 100 feet (31 m).
• If required, the nitrogen pilot cylinder can be located at a distance greater than 100 feet
(30.5 m) from ADS system cylinder #1. In this instance, tubing length can be taken from
the line between the secondary cylinders and added to the line between the nitrogen cyl-
inder and secondary cylinder #1, provided that the maximum total length of tubing does
not exceed 150 feet (45.7 m).
• The tubing actuation line must be designed for a minimum working pressure of 1800 PSIG
(124 bar gauge)
Maximum 500 ft. of

5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall
1/4" Sch 40 or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall Control
Stainless steel tubing Head
Nitrogen Pilot
with Control Head
3" Valve
Plain Nut Discharge Head (Typ.), P/N WK-872450-000
Actuation Assembly Kit (Typ.)
Figure 3-12. Not Close-coupled Manifold Using Pressure from a Pilot Nitrogen Driver for Use with Large
Single Hazard Arrangements
December 2022 3-26 06-237256-001

3-12.4.5 Manifold Arrangement Kits for Use with Dual Driver ADS Systems
(P/N 06-129986-X0X)
Manifold Arrangement Kits for use with the Dual Driver ADS systems are available in two, three
and four system manifolds. See Figure 3-13 and Table 3-15 for a listing of hardware included
in the kit.
"X" ± 0.187
06-118193-00X
06-118285-001
06-118284-001
82-878737-000
KIT
P/N 06-129882-001
Figure 3-13. Manifold Arrangement Kit for Use with Dual Driver ADS System
Table 3-15. Manifold Arrangement Kit Contents for Dual Driver ADS System
Number of Pieces Included
3/16” Flare Elbow x 1/8” NPT

3/16” Flare Tee x 1/8” NPT
P/N 06-118193-001
P/N 06-118193-002
P/N 82-878737-000
P/N 06-129985-001
Pneumatic Actuator
Actuation Assembly
P/N 06-118285-001
P/N 06-118284-001
16” Flex Hose
36” Flex Hose
Number of Kit Part

Cylinders Number
2 Cylinder Manifold 06-129986-002 1 1 2 2 1 2

Plus One Cylinder 06-129986-101 — 1 1 1 — 1
06-237256-001 3-27 December 2022

3-12.5 Selector Valves
Standard EN12094-5 requires that selector valves be opened within a maximum time span of
3 seconds. Use the following rules for designing all selector valve systems:
• 3-Way and 2-Way selector valves must not be mixed in a system. A system may use only
2-way or 3-way selector valves, not both.
• Always confirm the duration for which the solenoid valve will be kept energized by the con-
trol panel. The solenoid must be energized for the full discharge time.
• A handle shall always be provided with selector valves for manual opening or closing.
Figure 3-14. Typical Distribution Manifold Design for 2-Way Selector Valves
December 2022 3-28 06-237256-001

3-12.5.1 Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves
The solenoid valves with manual override are used for controlling the opening of the selector
valves and are supplied as part of a back-plate manifold with solenoids. This back-plate holds
the required numbers of solenoid valves. It receives pressure from a Nitrogen pilot cylinder via
a pressure regulator reducing the supplied pressure to approx. 8 bar. Use one 108 cu. in.
Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves.
Figure 3-15. Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement
06-237256-001 3-29 December 2022

3-12.5.2 Manifold Arrangement with 3-Way Directional Valves (Multi-Hazard
Arrangements for all Systems)
Note: 3-Way Directional Valves, P/N 85-2200XX-00, are UL Listed, but not FM Approved.
The ADS system offers the use of 3-way directional valves for protection of multiple hazards
from one central storage bank of agent and Nitrogen driver cylinders. For more information on
the valves, see Section 4-25.1.
Since only one system (i.e., distribution piping and nozzles) can be entered and calculated at
one time, it is necessary to create separate projects (.fc4 files) for each configuration. With
respect to the 3- way directional valves, separate objects are used for a given valve size
depending on the orientation of the valve. An “open” valve is used to allow agent to flow
through the side (branch) outlet of the valve, and a “closed” valve would be used to allow agent
to flow through the run outlet of the valve. When working with multiple files, the user should
ensure that the type, diameter and length of any pipes common to more than one project file
are identical. The pipe locking feature is useful here. In addition, the agent quantity per
cylinder and area of the Nitrogen restrictor orifice should be identical.
Note: Per NFPA 2001, latest edition – In sections where a valve arrangement introduces sec-
tions of closed piping, such sections shall be equipped with pressure relief devices, or
the valves shall be designed to prevent entrapment of liquid. For pressure relief of man-
ifold arrangements using directional valves, use a safety outlet (P/N 82-844346-000).
The Nitrogen pilot line is connected to each 3-way directional valve. An electric control head is
installed on each Nitrogen pilot cylinder to actuate and release the Nitrogen, which, in turn,
pneumatically opens the valve. The Nitrogen pilot line must be installed with a pressure
regulator. The Nitrogen line is then installed into the pneumatic solenoid that is attached to the
pneumatic actuator. The pneumatic solenoid acts as a gate valve; when the signal is received
from the panel to open the pneumatic solenoid, the pressure is then allowed to pass through
the pneumatic actuator, which thereby turns the valve to the 90° “Open” orientation.
Table 3-16. 3-Way Ball Valve
Maximum Number from Maximum Tubing Maximum

Ball Valve Size
One Pilot Cylinder 5/16” x 0.035” Weight 1/4” Schedule 40 Pipe
4” 3 200 ft 100 ft
3” 3 200 ft 100 ft
2” 8 200 ft 100 ft
1 1/2” 8 200 ft 100 ft
1 1/4” 8 200 ft 100 ft
1 8 200 ft 100 ft
3/4” 8 200 ft 100 ft
1/2” 8 200 ft 100 ft
December 2022 3-30 06-237256-001

Figure 3-16 illustrates an arrangement where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A single Nitrogen pilot cylinder is used to provide the actuating force for the
3-way directional valves. Each 3-way directional valve is actuated by a 24 VDC solenoid.
PIPING TO PIPING TO PIPING TO

HAZARD A HAZARD B HAZARD C
SOL Pneumatic Solenoid
(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Valve
Panel
Swing Check or Check
Valve
E Electric Control Head

Swing Check
Channels Needed = # of Pressure Regulator
Directional Valves + 1
or Check Valve S/O (P/N 06-118334-001)
Sol. Sol. Discharge Manifold
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)
VALVE 1 VALVE 2
Electric
Control Head
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe
• Nitrogen pilot line connected to each
3-way ball valve.
1/4" Sch 40 Pipe or
5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall • Electric control head and one pilot
Nitrogen Pilot cylinder feeds all the ball valves.
Agent Agent Agent • Each 3-way ball valve is with a solenoid
Tank Tank Tank pneumatic actuator (rotates 90°).
#3 #2 #1
• All cylinders must be of the same size
and fill density.
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
Figure 3-16. 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Controlled by 24 VDC
Figure 3-17 illustrates an arrangement where three hazards are protected using two 3-way
directional valves. A Nitrogen pilot actuation is used for each 3-way ball valve.
PIPING TO PIPING TO PIPING TO
HAZARD A HAZARD B HAZARD C
SOL Elec. Pneumatic Solenoid

(P/N 06-118329-001)
3-Way Ball
Panel Valve
Swing Check or Check

Discharge Manifold Valve
E Electric
Channels Needed = Swing Check Control Head
# of Directional Valves or Check Vavle S/O Pressure Regulator
(P/N 06-118334-001)
Factory Set to 116 PSI (8 bar)
3-Way Ball 3-Way Ball
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 S/O Safety Outlet (P/N 82-844346-000)
Electric Control E E E
Head
Flex Hose or
Hard Pipe • Nitrogen pilot line connected to
each 3-way ball valve.
1/4 inch Sch 40 pipe or
Nitrogen Pilot 5/16 O.D. X 0.035" wall • Electric control heads on each
Electric Control Stainless steel tubing nitrogen pilot cylinder to control
Head Agent Agent Agent the directional valves.
Tank N2 Tank N2 Tank N2
• Each pilot cylinder could also be
#3 #2 #1 manually actuated.
• All cylinders must be of the same size and fill density.
Nitrogen Pilot • All nitrogen drivers must be of the same size and pressure (1800 PSIG).
Note: Two 3-way ball valves are shown for reference.
General usage is not limited to two 3-way valves.
Figure 3-17. 3-Way Ball Valve with Pneumatic Actuator Dedicated for Each Directional Valve
06-237256-001 3-31 December 2022

3-12.6 Using Multiple Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
Two or more remotely located pilot nitrogen cylinders can be used to actuate the ADS system
described in Paragraph 3-12.3.3 and Paragraph 3-12.3.4, provided that:
• 1/4” check valves (P/N WK-264985-000) shall be installed at the intersection of each pilot
line to the main actuator line (see Table 3-18).
• The total length of actuator line, from each nitrogen pilot cylinder to the nitrogen driver
cylinders shall not exceed the limitation established.
N2 PILOT
CYLINDER
¼” CHECK VALVE
P/N WK-264985-000
N2 PILOT
CYLINDER NITROGEN
DRIVER
Figure 3-18. Multiple Pilot Nitrogen Actuation Cylinders
3-12.7 Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations

Refer to Table 3-17 for corner pulley and cable length limitations.
Table 3-17. Corner Pulley and Cable Limitations
Control Head Part Pulley Max. Cable

Type Number P/N 81-803808-000 P/N WK-844648-000 Length (ft.)
Cable Operated 81-979469-000 15 30 100

Electric/Cable 81-895630-200 6 30 100
Electric/Cable, XP WK-897494-000 6 30 100
3-12.8 Pressure Trip Limitations

The maximum load to be attached to pressure trip (P/N 81-874290-000) is 100 lb. (45 kg).
This is based on a minimum pressure of 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge) at the pressure trip.
3-12.9 Venting Requirements for the Hazard Enclosure

The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the Working Plans
requirements of NFPA 2001, Edition 2018 Section 5.1.2.2(28) as relate to design of means for
enclosure pressure relief to be in effect at the time of system discharge. The system designer
is referred to the GUIDE to Estimating Enclosure Pressure and Pressure Relief Vent Area for
Applications Using Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, published by the Fire Suppression
Systems Association, 3601 East Joppa Road, Baltimore, MD 21234 (https://www.fssa.net/).
The latest flow calculations provided by Kidde Fire Systems do include the calculations of
pressure venting required for the hazard as a part of the flow calculations.
3-12.10 Post-Discharge Ventilation Requirements

The installer of a clean agent fire extinguishing system shall meet the requirements of NFPA
2001, Edition 2018 Section 1.5.1.5.1 as relate to design, installation, and operation of means
for exhausting an enclosure of agent and combustion products gases but not before the
conclusion of the duration of protection as described in NFPA 2001, Edition 2018 Section 5.6.
The design of an air extraction system for this purpose shall consider the enclosure volume,
the time required to clear the enclosure of unwanted gases, and the location at which gases
are discharged to the ambient. In particular, means shall be provided to ventilate locations
where forced air circulation is absent such as in underfloor spaces.
December 2022 3-32 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 4
INSTALLATION
4-1 GENERAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

All Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System (ADS system) equipment must be
installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing, manual operation, recharging and any other
required maintenance as may be necessary. Equipment must not be subject to severe weather
conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other damage that could render the equipment
inoperative. Equipment must be installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 2001.
The ADS system can use either Fluoro-K ™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™
Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out
specifically by name.
The ADS system cylinder and valve assemblies must be handled, installed and
serviced in accordance with the instructions contained in this paragraph and
Compressed Gas Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets
WARNING may be obtained from the Compressed Gas Association website: cganet.com.
Failure to follow these instructions can cause ADS system System cylinders to
violently discharge, resulting in severe injury, death and/or property destruction.
4-2 DISTRIBUTION PIPING AND FITTINGS
4-2.1 Threads
Threads on all pipe and fittings must be tapered threads conforming to ASME Specification
B1.20.1. Joint compound, tape or thread lubricant must be applied only to the male threads of
the joint, excluding the first two threads.
4-2.2 Pipe
Piping must be of noncombustible material having physical and chemical characteristics, such
that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability. The latest version of the flow
calculation software has only been verified for the specific types and schedule of pipe and
fittings covered in this manual. There is a risk that the system may not supply the required
quantity of agent in unbalanced systems when other pipe types and fittings are used.
4-2.2.1 Ferrous Piping

Black steel (or galvanized pipe [UL only]) must be either ASTM A-53 seamless or electric
resistance welded, Grade A or B, or ASTM A-53 furnace weld Class F or ASTM. Pipes with higher
pressure ratings than those listed are also acceptable for use.
A-106, Grade A, B or C. ASTM B-120 and ordinary cast iron pipe must not be used. The
thickness of the pipe wall must be calculated in accordance with ANSI B-31.1, Power Piping
Code. The internal pressure for this calculation must be no less than 402 PSIG at 130 °F (28
bar gauge at 54 °C).
Pipe supplied as dual stenciled A-120/A-53 Class F meets the requirements of

Class F furnace welded pipe ASTM A-53 as listed above. Ordinary cast-iron pipe,
CAUTION steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120, or nonmetallic pipe must not be used.
06-237256-001 4-1 December 2022

4-2.2.2 Piping Joints
The type of piping joint shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength per NFPA 2001, latest edition. Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 402 PSIG (28 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel. Do not exceed
the pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer. Teflon™ tape must be applied on
male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be listed/approved for
internal pressures no less than 432 PSIG (30 bar gauge).
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with NFPA
2001, latest edition.
4-2.2.3 Fittings
Class 150 and cast iron fittings must not be used. Fittings used must be minimum 300 lb. class
conforming to ASTM A-197 and have a minimum working pressure of 432 PSIG (30 bar gauge).
Flanged fittings must be 300 lb. class, American Standard, forged carbon steel.
Pressure/temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be exceeded. Teflon tape
must be applied on male threads for threaded fittings. All grooved couplings/fittings must be
listed/approved for internal pressures no less than 432 PSIG (30 bar gauge). Fittings with
higher pneumatic ratings, such as forged steel fittings, are also acceptable for use.
Concentric bell reducers are the only means for reducing pipe size. Reductions can be made
after a tee or after a union. Where reducers are used at tees, the reducers must be downstream
of each tee. Reductions made after a union are possible only if the next change in direction
(tee split) is located a minimum of six nominal pipe diameters downstream of the concentric
bell reducer. Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be neoprene impregnated or compliant with NFPA
The calculation software has only been verified for use with the piping, inside
pipe diameter and fittings specified in this manual. When unspecified piping and
CAUTION fittings are used, there is a risk that the system will not supply the required
quantity of the agent.
December 2022 4-2 06-237256-001

4-3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS
Pipe and fittings must be installed in strict accordance with the system drawings and good
commercial practices. The piping between the cylinder and the nozzles must be the shortest
route possible, with a minimum of fittings. Any deviations in the routing or number of fittings
must be approved by the design engineer before installation.
Note: Strict piping rules regarding flow splits to multiple hazards must be adhered to. Please
refer to Paragraph 3-11.2 of this manual for proper tee installations.
Piping must be reamed free of burrs and ridges after cutting, welding or threading. All threaded
joints must conform to ANSI B1-20-1. Joint compound or thread tape must be applied only to
the male threads of the joint, excluding the first two threads. Welding must be in accordance
with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Each pipe section must be
swabbed clean, using a non-flammable organic solvent.
All piping must be blown clear with dry nitrogen or compressed air before installing the
discharge nozzles.
The piping must be securely braced to account for discharge reaction forces and thermal
expansion/contraction. Care must be taken to insure the piping is not subjected to vibration,
mechanical or chemical damage. All hangers must be FM Approved or UL Listed and must
conform to general industry standards for pipe hangers and conform to ANSI B-31.1. Refer to
ANSI B-31.1 for additional bracing requirements.
4-4 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE ACTUATION PIPE

The pressure actuation pipe must be 1/4-inch Schedule 40 or 80 pipe or 5/16 in. O.D. x 0.035
in. wall stainless steel tubing. Actuation lines shall be protected against crimping and
mechanical damage (per NFPA 2001, Edition 2018 Section 4.3.4.6). The pipe or tubing must
be routed in the most direct manner with a minimum number of fittings. Pipe and fittings must
be in accordance with the requirements listed in Section 4-2. Fittings can be flared or
compression type. The pressure-temperature ratings of the fitting manufacturer must not be
exceeded.
4-5 INSTALLATION OF CHECK VALVES

Install the check valves as shown on the system drawings. Apply Teflon tape or pipe compound
to all the male threads, except the first two threads. Valves greater than two inches in size are
provided with flanged outlets. All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body
pointing in the proper direction of the flow.
All agent equipment must be installed to facilitate proper inspection, testing, manual operation,
recharging and any other required maintenance as may be necessary. Equipment must not be
subject to severe weather conditions or mechanical, chemical, or other damage that could
render the equipment inoperative. Equipment must be installed in accordance with NFPA
Standard 2001.
The agent cylinder/valve assemblies must be handled, installed and serviced in

accordance with the instructions contained in this Section and Compressed Gas
Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6 and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be obtained
WARNING from: Compressed Gas Association: http://www.cganet.com. Failure to follow
these instructions can cause agent cylinders to violently discharge, resulting in
severe injury, death and/or property destruction.
06-237256-001 4-3 December 2022

4-5.1 El-Check Valves
Install El-check valves in accordance with Figure 4-1. Ensure that the check moves freely on
the shaft and that it is seated before installing onto the manifold.
MANIFOLD 15° MAX

EL-CHECK
15° MAX
VERTICAL
Horizontal C CL
L
MANIFOLD
PIPE
15° MAX
ARROW INDICATES
FLOW DIRECTION FLEX HOSE
Figure 4-1. El-Check Valve

Note: Adjust El-check valve to achieve the correct radius in the flexible discharge hose. See
Section 4-8.
Table 4-1. El-Check Valve Specifications
El-check Valve Size Compatible Discharge Hose P/N Connection Type
2 in. WK-283899-000 NPT

3 in. 06-118225-001 Rolled Groove
Figure 4-2. Installed El-check Valve (1 1/2 in. EL-check shown)
The arrow cast into the El-check valve body indicates the direction of flow, and
must be pointing up when installed within the limits shown in Figure 4-1.
WARNING Failure to install in the correct orientation could result in unobstructed flow
through the valve in the event of system actuation.
December 2022 4-4 06-237256-001

4-6 INSTALLATION OF DISCHARGE NOZZLES
After the system piping has been blown free of debris, install the discharge nozzles in strict
accordance with the system drawings. Orient the nozzles as shown on drawings. Make certain
that the correct nozzle type, part number and orifice size are installed in the proper location.
See Paragraph 4-2.3.5 for correct nozzle placement and orientation.
A capped tee should be installed at the end of each pipe section to allow the connection
of an air or nitrogen supply for cleaning and testing of the network.
Modification of the nozzle orifices in any manner voids the agency listings. In
addition, such modifications may cause an imbalance in agent distribution
CAUTION hindering or preventing the agent from suppressing a fire.
4-7 INSTALLATION OF VALVE OUTLET ADAPTER
To avoid possible personal injury, always connect a valve outlet adapter into
WARNING system piping (union connection) before connecting to an agent cylinder.
Install valve outlet adapter (WK-283905-000) in system piping. Tighten securely and continue
with threaded rigid pipe. Install a union for ease of disconnecting the cylinder. Check valves
must be used for connecting multiple cylinders on to manifold.
Figure 4-3. Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 2 in. Valve
Table 4-2. Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 2 in. Valve
Component Description
1 Valve Outlet Adapter (P/N: WK-283905-000)
2 Hex Nipple 2 in.
3 Union 2 in.
4 Elbow 2 in.
06-237256-001 4-5 December 2022

Note: A groove-NPT (P/N 70400133) fitting is used in place of a valve outlet adapter for the
3-inch valve and associated cylinders.
Figure 4-4. Installation of Valve Outlet Adapter for 3 in. Valve
Table 4-3. Valve Outlet Adapter Components for 3 in. Valve
Component Description
1 Grooved-NPT Adapter (P/N: 70400133)

2 Elbow 3 in.
December 2022 4-6 06-237256-001

4-8 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE HOSE
Attach the flexible discharge hose from system piping or El-check in the discharge manifold to
the cylinder valve. Tighten securely (see Figure 4-5, Figure 4-6, and Table 4-4).
The 2 in. El-check valve has an NPT connection for use with discharge hose
P/N WK-877690-200. The 3 in. El-check valve has a rolled groove connection for use with
discharge hose P/N 06-118225-001.
To avoid possible personal injury, always connect the flexible discharge hose
WARNING into system piping before connecting to an agent cylinder.
Figure 4-5. Installed El-check Valve
B
FACE OF
PIPE FITTING
C (HOSE SIZE)
A
Figure 4-6. Installation of the Flexible Hose Directly into System Piping
Table 4-4. Installation of the Flexible Hose
Dimensions
Cylinder Capacity A B C*
in mm in mm in mm
200 lb. 19 483 21 3/4 552 2 51

350 lb. 19 483 21 3/4 552 2 51
450 lb. 19 483 21 3/4 552 2 51
600 lb. 33 838 36 914 3 76
900 lb. 33 838 36 914 3 76
Note: Dimensions A and B must be maintained in order to obtain a smooth radius in flexible loop.
* Flexible Hoses may require a valve outlet adapter to connect to the system piping.
06-237256-001 4-7 December 2022

4-9 INSTALLATION OF NITROGEN DRIVER AND AGENT CYLINDER/VALVE
ASSEMBLIES
Note: All cylinders in a system must use the same agent. Systems may not use a combination
of agents as this may result in an insufficient extinguishing concentration. Ensure the
agent cylinders do not contain a mix of agent types.
ADS system cylinders must be located and mounted where they will not be
accidentally damaged or moved. If necessary, install suitable protection to
WARNING prevent the cylinder from damage or movement.
The ADS system cylinder assemblies should be located in a place that is readily accessible for
manual actuation, inspection, service, and maintenance. The cylinders shall be located in an
environment protected from the weather and where the ambient temperature is between 60°F
(26°C) and 80°F (27°C). External heating or cooling may be required to maintain this
temperature range. The following installation instructions must be followed in the exact
sequence outlined below to prevent accidental discharge, bodily injury and property damage.
4-9.1 Nitrogen Driver and Agent Cylinder Placement

Position nitrogen drivers and agent cylinders next to each other such that the connecting hoses
have a smooth radius. The center to center distance between the nitrogen drivers and agent
cylinders must fall within the following range, dependent on agent cylinder size.
Table 4-5. Center to Center Distance Range
Center to Center Distance Range

Agent Cylinder Size
inches mm
200 lb. 16 to 19 403 to 479
350 lb. 18 1/2 to 21 1/2 470 to 546
450 lb. 15 1/2 to 20 394 to 508
600 lb. 21 1/2 to 24 1/2 545 to 622
900 lb. 23 to 26 581 to 657
15° 45°
Figure 4-7. Single Driver Top View
Figure 4-8. Dual Driver Top View
December 2022 4-8 06-237256-001

4-9.2 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Single Driver ADS System
1. Position ADS system agent and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and secure
in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets must
be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the ADS system cylinders
(see Figure 4-10, Figure 4-11, Figure 4-13, and Figure 4-14). Orient cylinder with valve
outlet angled toward system piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 2-inch flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter to the cylinder outlet port.
See Section 4-8 for more information.
Note: If a valve outlet adapter is used, a union must be installed in the discharge piping.
In order to prevent injury in the event of accidental cylinder discharge, the

discharge hose or valve outlet adapter must be connected to the system piping
WARNING before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.
4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-20 for installa-
tion instructions.
3 6 7
4
1. FITTING–NITROGEN TRANSFER
2. VALVE–PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
3. FITTING–FLARED 1/8" x 1/4”
4. HOSE–FLEXIBLE 3/16”
5. TEE–1/8" BRANCH
6. VALVE–SCHRADER
3
7. CAP–SCHRADER VALVE
Figure 4-9. Single Driver Actuation Kit Assembly
Table 4-6. Single Driver Actuation Kit Components
Item No. Qty. P/N Description
1 1 06-236124-001 Nitrogen Transfer Fitting

2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure Operated Control Head
3 2 06-118191-001 1/8" X 1/4" Flared Fittings
4 1 06-118193-001 1/4" Flexible Actuation Hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" Branch Tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8" Schrader Valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8" Schrader Valve Cap
06-237256-001 4-9 December 2022

5. Apply thread tape to male thread of nitrogen transfer fitting.
6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first
1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into the nitrogen transfer fitting and tight-
en.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure op-
erated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing in Step 9.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve actuation port.
The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be
in the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in
WARNING order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
16. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 2-inch valve (actuation port).
17. Attach the 1-inch transfer hose to the top of the 3/4-inch transfer fitting. Torque to 60-80
ft-lbs to prevent leakage.
21.75 in.
(552 mm)
8
5
3
6
19.00 in 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY
(483 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
300
600
PSI 900
3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
BACK VIEW 4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
0 1200
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144
1500
5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD

6. ASSY - ACTUATION
7. FITTING - ORIFICE
8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
58.75 in.
(1492 mm)
56.72 in.
7 (1441 mm)
55.50 in 51.50 in.

(1410 mm) (1308 mm)
4
45.25 in. 200 LB. 2300 CU. IN.

(1149 mm)
1
30.00 in.
(762.mm) 2
FRONT VIEW
16-19 in.
(406-483 mm)
12.75 in. Dia. 8.50 in. Dia.
(324 mm) (216 mm)
Figure 4-10. Single Cylinder Installation Dimensions, 200 lb. Cylinder
December 2022 4-10 06-237256-001

3
21.75 in.
(552 mm)
8 5
19.00 in 6 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY

(483 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
4. STRAP - TWO CYLINDER
600
300 PSI 900
0 1200
KIDDE-FENWAL
263144
1500
BACK VIEW 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD

6. ASSY - ACTUATION
65.25 in.
(1657 mm)
7 61.25 in. 63.5 in.

(1556 mm) (1613 mm)
4
58.00 in.
51.03 in. (1473 mm)
(1296 mm)
350 lb. 4070 CU. IN.
37.00 in.
(940 mm)
1
2
FRONT VIEW
18.5-21.5in.
(470-546 mm)
16.00 in. Dia. 10.50 in. Dia.
(406 mm) (267 mm)
6
5 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE AGENT ASSY
32.0 in. 8 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(813 mm)
4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
4 9
72.0 in 64 in.
(1829 mm) 450 lb 4890 (1626 mm)
cu. in. 69.22 in.
63.5 in. (1758 mm)
(1613 mm) 1 71.25 in.
(1810 mm)
55.0 in
(1397 mm)
1 in.
36.0 in (25 mm)
(914 mm) 2
15.5-20.0 in.
(394-508 mm)
16.00 in. 11.25 in.
(406 mm) (286 mm)
06-237256-001 4-11 December 2022

3
8 5

34.0 in. 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(864 mm)
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
9 8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
4 9. STRAP - NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS
60.0 in. 4070 58 in.

(1524mm) 600 lb . cu. in . (1473 mm)
63.5 in.
50.5 in.
(1283 mm) 1 (1657 mm)
65.25 in.
(1657 mm)
37.0 in.
(940 mm)
2
18.0 in.
(457 mm)
21.5-24.5 in.
(546-622 mm)
22.0 in. 10.50 in.
(559 mm) (267 mm)
6
34.0 in. 8 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(864 mm)
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
4 9
70 in. 64 in.
(1816 mm) 900 lb. 4890 (1626 mm)
cu. in. 69.5 in.
62.0 in. (1765 mm)
(1575 mm) 1 71.25 in.
(1810 mm)
44.6 in.
(1133 mm)
22 in.
(559 mm) 2
23-26 in.
(584-660 mm)
24 in. 11.25 in.
(610 mm) (286 mm)
December 2022 4-12 06-237256-001

18. Assemble the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose.
19. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
20. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
21. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the ADS system
WARNING cylinders in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
22. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
CONNECT TO NITROGEN DRIVER

USING P/N 06-118207-00X
FOR NITROGEN MANIFOLD SYSTEMS,
USE HOSE P/N 06-118324-001*
NITROGEN TRANSFER FITTING
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER
Figure 4-15. Single Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation
Components
4-9.2.1 Installation of Two Nitrogen Drivers and Two Agent Cylinders

Note: This only applies to systems using 600 or 900 lb. agent cylinders with one N2 Driver
each.
It is permissible to use the combine driver cylinder mounting straps (P/N: 06-236173-001 or
P/N 06-236174-001) and have each driver connected to a separate cylinder. Ensure all
accessibility requirements are maintained if using this approach.
Figure 4-16. Installation of Two Nitrogen Drivers and Two Agent Cylinders
06-237256-001 4-13 December 2022

4-9.3 Installation of a Single Cylinder and Two Driver ADS System
(600 and 900 lb. Systems Only)
1. Position ADS system agent and nitrogen driver cylinders in designated location, and secure
in place with cylinder strap and attaching hardware. Cylinders, straps and brackets must
be properly anchored to structural supports to adequately secure the ADS system cylinders
(see Figure 4-19 and Figure 4-20). Orient cylinder with valve outlet angled toward system
piping.
2. Remove the safety cap from the cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Connect a 3-inch flexible discharge hose or grooved piping to the cylinder outlet port. See
Section 4-8 for more information.

WARNING before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.
4. Install supervisory pressure switches (if applicable). Refer to Paragraph 4-20 for installa-
tion instructions.
5
3 6 7
4
1
8
3
Figure 4-17. Dual Driver Actuation Kit Assembly

Table 4-7. Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit Part Numbers
Item
Qty. Part Number Description
No.
1 1 06-236260-001 Nitrogen Transfer "Y" Fitting
2 1 82-878737-000 Pressure Operated Control Head
3 2 06-118191-001 Fitting Flared 1/8" x 1/4"
4 1 06-118193-001 3/16" Flexible Actuation Hose
5 1 06-118192-001 1/8" Branch Tee
6 1 WK-263303-000 1/8" Schrader Valve
7 1 WK-263304-000 1/8" Schrader Valve Cap
8 1 06-118330-001 3/4" Nipple
December 2022 4-14 06-237256-001

5. Apply thread tape to the 3/4-in. HEX nipple and thread into the “Y” transfer fitting.
6. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the first 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting, thread NPT male into
the nitrogen transfer fitting and tighten.
7. Remove the safety cap from the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
8. Install the orifice fitting to the 3/4-inch check diffuser.
9. Take the two assembled components and thread into orifice fitting attached to the nitrogen
diffuser assembly, then tighten.
10. Apply thread tape to the male end of 1/8-in. branch tee and thread into the pressure op-
erated control head (P/N 82-878737-000). Tighten the branch tee.
11. Apply thread tape to the NPT male thread of the second 1/8-in. x 1/4-in. flared fitting and
thread into one side of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Tighten the flared fitting.
12. Apply thread tape to the male end of the Schrader valve. Securely threading the male end
into the open end of the 1/8-in. branch tee. Apply Schrader cap to Schrader fitting.
13. Connect 1/4-in. actuation hose to flare fitting that was applied to the 1/8-in. branch tee.
14. Connect the other end of the 1/4-in. actuation hose into the flare fitting that was connected
in the busing previously.
15. Remove the protection cap from the cylinder valve.
16. Using a suitable wrench, assemble control head to cylinder valve and tighten swivel nut se-
curely.
The control head must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in the fully
retracted or SET position) before attaching it to an agent cylinder in order to prevent
WARNING accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
18. Install the pneumatic control head to the top of the 3-inch valve (actuation port).
19. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the bell fitting on the nitrogen transfer hose. Torque
to 60-80 ft-lbs to prevent leakage.
20. Remove the red protective cap from the nitrogen driver valve.
21. Attach the plain-nut discharge head to the valve on the nitrogen cylinder.
Note: Repeat Steps 19 through 21 when a second driver is used.
Control heads must be in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin must be in
the fully retracted or SET position) before attaching to the ADS system cylinders
WARNING in order to prevent accidental discharge and possible personal injury.
23. Install the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
TO PLAIN NUT
DISCHARGE HEAD.
CONNECTED TO
NITROGEN DRIVER (TYP.)
NITROGEN TRANSFER “Y” FITTING

3/4 in. NIPPLE
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER
Figure 4-18. Dual Driver Based Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly with Assembled Actuation Components
06-237256-001 4-15 December 2022

10.55 in.
(268 mm)
3
36.0 in.
SIDE VIEW 7
(914 mm)
8 5
6
34.0 in.
(864 mm)
FRONT VIEW
9
4
60.0 in. 4070 58 in.

(1524 mm) 600 lb . cu. in . (1473 mm)
1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE ADS ASSY
50.5 in.
63.5 in.
2. ASSY - CLY. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
1 (1613 mm)
(1283 mm)
65.25 in.
(1657 mm)
37.0 in.
(940 mm)
6. ASSY - ACTUATION
2 7. FITTING - ORIFICE
18.0 in.
(457 mm)
9. STRAP - NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER
21.5-24.5 in.
(546-622 mm)
22.0 in. 10.55 in.
(559 mm) (268 mm)
Figure 4-19. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 600 lb. Systems
11.25 in.
(286 mm)
3 36.0 in.
(914 mm)
6
34.0 in. 8 5
(864 mm)
4 9
71.5 in. 64 in.

(1816 mm) 900 lb. 4890 (1626 mm)
cu. in. 69.5 in. 1. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE ADS ASSY
62.0 in. (1765 mm) 2. ASSY - CYL. AND VALVE NITROGEN DRIVER
(1575 mm) 1 71.25 in. 3. HOSE - FLEXIBLE DISCHARGE
(1810 mm) 4. STRAP - AGENT CYLINDER
44.6 in. 5. ASSY - DISCHARGE HEAD
(1133 mm) 6. ASSY - ACTUATION
2 8. HOSE - HIGH PRESSURE
22 in.
(559 mm) 9. STRAP NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDERS
23-26 in.
(584-660 mm)
24 in. 11.25 in.
(610 mm) (286 mm)
Figure 4-20. Dual Driver Installation, Vertical Mounting for 900 lb. Systems
December 2022 4-16 06-237256-001

4-10 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC CONTROL HEADS
TO NITROGEN DRIVER ONLY
Ensure that the actuating pin of the control head is in the SET position (that is,
the actuating pin is in the fully retracted position). Failure to follow this warn
WARNING will result in accidental discharge and possible death, personal injury, and
property damage when the control head is installed on the valve.
When attaching the control head to the valve, the swivel nut must be tightened
to 55-60 ft-lb of torque. Failure to tighten the swivel nut as directed may result
WARNING in leakage during actuation or incorrect operation resulting in property
damage, injury or death.
The control head monitor supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the
proper interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure
the control head is properly seated. Failure to ensure the control head is
WARNING properly seated may result in the system not discharging fire suppressant when
called upon in the event of fire, which could result in property damage, injury
or death.
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port. Ensure the con-
trol head is in SET position (The actuating pin is in the fully retracted or SET position).
2. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the control head and the cylinder actuation port
as shown in Figure 4-21.
Control Control
Control Head Type “I” Valve
Head Monitior Control Head Head Monitior Type “I” Valve
Top View Side View
Figure 4-21. Control Head and Placements Supervision Component Installation to Type “I” Valve
3. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to
approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: When installed, the Control Head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the
valve. This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.
The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper

interlock of the actuator plunger to the pilot check assembly. Make sure the
WARNING control head is properly seated.
4. Make all electrical connections.
06-237256-001 4-17 December 2022

1
For field wiring installation applicable to ATEX and IECEx certification the
following specific conditions of use apply:
• The flameproof joints of the equipment are not intended to be repaired.
Consult the manufacturer if repair of the flameproof joints is necessary.
WARNING • A suitably certified conduit sealing device must be installed at the thread-
ed entry and connected to a certified Ex d or Ex e rated terminal box.
For US and Canada Explosion proof installations, seal all conduits within 18
inches from the end of the component.
Figure 4-22. Wiring Diagram for Electric and Electric/Cable Operated Control Heads
EOL Resistor After Last

Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position
Figure 4-23. Control Head Monitor Wiring
Note: P/N 82-486500-010 is a polarized control head. Improper wiring will cause the device
to malfunction.
December 2022 4-18 06-237256-001

0.750 NPT TO FLEXIBLE
CONDUIT ADAPTER
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
FOR MICROSWITCH
PLUS OR HOT CONNECTION (TERMINAL 2)
(TERMINAL 3)
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND CONNECTION
(TERMINAL 1)
TERMINAL STRAP
3 2
MICROSWITCH
MICROSWITCH
LEVER
SWIVEL
INDICATOR AND NUT
RESET STEM CAM
Figure 4-24. Electrical Connections for Legacy Control Head, P/N WK-890181-000
Note: Control Head P/N WK-890181-000 includes a terminal block, requiring the control head
to be opened to wire. The control head P/N 85-890181-200 is pre-wired and has a 3
core cable coming out of the control head to ease wiring and installation.
06-237256-001 4-19 December 2022

4-11 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC/CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEADS
The following procedures must be performed before attaching a control head to a cylinder valve
(see Figure 4-26).
1. Remove the four screws holding the cable housing cover on the control head. Remove the
cover.
2. Position the control head in the approximately installed position at the nitrogen driver cyl-
inder valve control port but do not assemble onto the actuation port of the nitrogen driver
cylinder valve.
3. Check that the control head is in the SET position.
4. Assemble the pull cable conduit to the conduit connection on the control head.
5. Feed the cable into the control head through the hole in the operating lever.
6. Feed the cable through the cable clamp. Pull the cable taut, allowing approximately 1/4-
inch to 1/2-inch clearance between the cable clamp and the operating lever. Tighten the
set screws in the cable clamp to secure the cable to the clamp.
7. Cut off any excess cable.
8. Verify the manual remote cable operation to ensure control head actuates and all cable
clamps are tight.
9. Pull the cable back to its normal set (non-operated) position.
10. Reset the control head.
11. Replace the control head cover.
12. Examine the seal wire at the safety pull pin. Make sure it is intact.
13. Make all electrical connections.
Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position
December 2022 4-20 06-237256-001

DIRECTION
OF PULL
1/16” CABLE
1/2" E.M.T. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
PLUS OR HOT 3/4” NPT BY FLEXIBLE

CONNECTION CONDUIT CONNECTOR
MINUS, NEUTRAL
OR GROUND
THREAD CABLE CONNECTION
THRU HOLE IN
OPERATING LEVER TERMINAL STRIP
POSITION CABLE
OPTIONAL CONNECTION
BLOCK APPROXIMATELY
FOR MICROSWITCH
AS SHOWN LEAVING
1/4” - 1/2” GAP
MICROSWITCH
SWIVEL NUT
INDICATOR AND
RESET STEM MICROSWITCH
LEVER
CAM
VIEW WITH COVER AND

NAMEPLATE REMOVED
Figure 4-26. Legacy Electric/Cable Operated Control Head

14. Insert the Control Head Monitor between the control head and the cylinder actuation port.
15. Install the electric control head on the cylinder actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to
approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: When installed, the Control Head Monitor does not sit completely snug against the
valve. This play allows for easier attachment of conduit to the component.
The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring proper

06-237256-001 4-21 December 2022

4-12 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD
(P/N: 85-544000-001)
1. Remove the protection cap from the nitrogen driver cylinder actuation port (see
Figure 4-27).
When attaching the lever/pressure-operated control head to the valve, the

swivel nut must be tightened to a torque of 55 ft-lb. Failure to tighten the swivel
WARNING nut as directed may result in leakage during actuation.
1.00" HEX
(25.4 mm) 1/8"-27 NPT
PRESSURE INLET
PISTON
2.19"
(55.6 mm) SWIVEL NUT
SET
OPERATED 1.250-18
UNEF-3B
1.50" HEX
(38 mm)
Figure 4-27. Pressure Operated Control Head

2. Install a pressure operated control head with flexible actuation hose attached to the cylin-
der actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque
Ensure that the pilot line is not pressurized and the actuating pins are in the SET
position (that is, the actuating pins are in the fully retracted or SET position).
Failure to follow this procedure will result in accidental discharge and possible
WARNING death, personal injury, and property damage when the control head is installed
on the valve.
December 2022 4-22 06-237256-001

4-13 INSTALLATION OF CABLE OPERATED CONTROL HEAD
(P/N 81-979469-000)
The following procedures must be performed before attaching the control head to the nitrogen
driver cylinder valve.
1. Remove the protection cap from the actuation port on the nitrogen cylinder valve.
2. Remove the cover from the control head and take out the wheel assembly, cable pipe lock-
nut and closure disc.
3. Make sure the plunger is below the surface of the control head body. Position the control
head at the valve control port with the arrow pointing in the direction of pull.
4. Assemble the cable pipe locknut to the cable pipe and place the cable pipe in the control
head body.
5. Slide the wheel assembly on the control cable to the SET position. Tighten the set screws
securely. Make sure the wheel assembly is at the start of the stroke.
6. Cut off any excess control cable close to the wheel assembly.
7. Insert the closure disc and replace the cover on the control head. The control head is now
armed.
To ensure the manual lever does not snag or trap the cable, make sure the local
manual release lever is in the SET position with the locking pin and seal wire
CAUTION installed before assembling the control head cover to the body.
8. Assemble control head to nitrogen valve actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approxi-
mate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
The cable operated control head (P/N 81-979469-000) must not be used with
the stackable pressure operated control head (P/N 82-878750-000). Installing
CAUTION the cable operated control head on the actuation port of the stackable pressure
operated control head will cause the device to malfunction.
If local means of operation is used to actuate the directional valves,

consideration must be given to the number of personnel necessary to locally
CAUTION operate the directional valves and cylinders in an emergency situation.
4-14 INSTALLATION OF LEVER OPERATED CONTROL HEAD (P/N 85-

521000-001)
1. Ensure the control head is in the SET position with the safety pull pin and seal wire intact.
3. Using a suitable wrench, assemble the control head to the nitrogen driver cylinder valve
actuation port. Tighten the swivel nut to approximate 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
06-237256-001 4-23 December 2022

4-15 INSTALLATION OF NITROGEN PILOT CYLINDER AND MOUNTING
BRACKET
Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001, Latest Edition
The placement supervision signal is not a substitute for ensuring the proper
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the N2 pilot cylinder
bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut® channel setup as shown in Figure 4-28. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.
Spacer
Bracket
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
Figure 4-28. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer

3. Install the CHM over the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in Figure 4-29.
Important: Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the slot on
the underside of the CHM (see Figure 4-29). The body of the CHM should
be opposite the supervisory pressure switch.
December 2022 4-24 06-237256-001

Figure 4-29. Installation Side and Isometric Views
Control Head Monitor
Supervisory Pressure Switch

Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
N2 Pilot Cylinder
Figure 4-30. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View
N2 Pilot Cylinder Control Head Monitor

Figure 4-31. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown
06-237256-001 4-25 December 2022

Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted and the arrow on the front is pointing to the SET position)
before attaching the control head to the cylinder valve. Also, ensure the
WARNING safety pin is installed and secured with a listed tamper seal. If the control
head is not in the SET position, the cylinder will discharge.
4. Attach the control head to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel until it stops.
Note: The lever on the control head used for manual operation must be positioned so it is
readily accessible.
5. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: The CHM body should not be held down tight by the swivel nut of the control head.
Some play or movement of the CHM body is acceptable, and the CHM should not touch
the supervisory pressure switch or the gauge.
6. Attach outlet adapter, connect the Nitrogen pilot lines, wire all components, and perform
necessary testing as instructed in the corresponding manual.
4-15.0.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor

Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 4-32 when wiring the CHM.
December 2022 4-26 06-237256-001

4-15.1 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Installation, 1040 cu. in. and 2300 cu. in.
Nitrogen cylinders must not be moved unless the discharge and control heads
have been removed and the protection caps are installed. Failure to follow these
WARNING instructions could result in inadvertent discharge, serious bodily injury, death
or property damage.
The Nitrogen pilot cylinders must be located as close to the hazard area as possible. The stor-
age location must be protected from the elements and maintained at a temperature between
32°F (0°C) and 130°F (54°C). External heating and/or cooling may be required to maintain
this temperature range. Cylinders should be raised at least 2 in. (50 mm) from the deck using
a suitable bracket or blocks if the area is regularly washed down or is subject to environmental
wetting.
Single cylinders should be installed using two straps, P/N WK-270014-000, installed at the
heights shown in Figure 4-33. See Table 4-8 for strap dimensions. Where two cylinders are in-
stalled, two double straps, P/N WK-241219-000 can be used. Install at the same heights de-
fined for single cylinder straps.
Figure 4-33. Typical 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation
(P/N 85-101040-001 and 85-102300-001)
Table 4-8. 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot (Driver) Cylinder Strap Installation
A B C
in. mm in. mm in. mm
85-101040-001 1040 cu. in. 21 to 22 533 to 559 6 to 8 152 to 203 10.4 263
85-102300-001 2300 cu. in. 42 to 44 1067 to 1118 12 to 14 305 to 356 10.4 263
Before connecting cylinders into the discharge pipework, tighten straps until there is clearance
enough to allow the cylinders to be rotated in place if required. Tighten fully when all
components are correctly positioned.
1040 cu. in. cylinders being installed as a pilot cylinder (in a single stage system), or as first
stage pilots, do not require add-on label(s) to be affixed. However, 1040 cu. in. cylinders being
installed as second-stage pilot cylinders, or as siren drivers, should have the add-on label P/N
06-231866-519 (second-stage) or P/N 06-231866-518 (siren driver) affixed to the area at the
center of the cylinder label (rectangle with the dotted line) to indicate the function of the unit.
Note: Both labels are supplied with the unit.
2300 cu. in. cylinders are only used as siren drivers, therefore requires no additional labeling.
06-237256-001 4-27 December 2022

4-15.2 Installation of Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure
Switches
Installation of the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely
on a pressurized cylinder, even at the site.
Discharge Head
Connection Port
Supervisory Pressure Valve Safety

Switch Port (Schrader) Outlet Burst Disc
Pressure
Cap Gauge Assembly
Figure 4-34. Nitrogen Pilot and Driver Valve used on 1040 and 2300 cu. in. Pilot and Driver Cylinders
Note: Kidde Fire Systems recommends installing a supervisory pressure switch on each Nitro-
gen driver.
Before installing the supervisory pressure switch, de-energize all electrical

WARNING components to prevent injury.
When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the Nitrogen
driver valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
CAUTION loosening the pressure switch.
Figure 4-35. Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch to Nitrogen Driver Valve
Note: The control panel must be UL Listed and/or FM Approved for releasing device service
and compatible with Kidde Fire Systems ADS system system equipment.
December 2022 4-28 06-237256-001

P
• 5A 24 Vdc (RESTITIVE)
3 1 2 • 5A 240 Vac (RESTITIVE)
N.C. COM N.O.
(BLACK) (VIOLET) (BLUE)
Figure 4-36. Supervisory Pressure Switch Connection Diagram and Electrical Rating
Table 4-9. Electrical Connections
Number Color Installed State State when Cylinder is Under Pressurized

1 Violet Common Ground Common Ground
2 Blue Normally Open (N.O.) Normally Close (N.C.)
3 Black Normally Close (N.C.) Normally Open (N.O.)
After installing the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch, check it with a Multi-meter,
before connecting to the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001 and
85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch
is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault
and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if accepted
by the AHJ.
4-15.2.1 Installation of Flexible Discharge Hose, P/N 06-118207-00X

Connect the discharge hose to the piping or manifold as shown on the system drawings. Apply
Teflon tape or pipe jointing compound to the male threads. Ensure that the manifold or system
piping is at the correct height and the cylinder is correctly positioned such that the hose, when
installed, will not be kinked or flattened when installed.
Discharge hoses must always be connected to the system piping and to the
discharge heads before attaching the discharge heads to the cylinder valves, in
WARNING order to prevent injury in the event of an inadvertent discharge.
4-15.2.2 Installation of Discharge Head, P/N WK-872450-000

and P/N 81-872442-000
Attach the discharge head to the flexible discharge hose. The hose must be already attached
to the system piping. Do not connect discharge head(s) to the cylinder valve(s) until all flex
hoses and discharge heads are installed on a common manifold. Install the discharge head to
the cylinder valve as follows:
1. Remove protective cap from cylinder valve and ensure that the sealing surfaces are clean.
2. Verify that the discharge head o-rings are correctly seated in their grooves in the swivel nut. O-
rings must be free of dirt and other contaminants. The o-rings are lightly lubricated at the factory
and should not require further lubrication.
3. Ensure that the pilot orifice, located between the inner and outer o-ring, is unobstructed.
4. Install the discharge head on the cylinder valve and tighten securely.
The discharge head must be permanently connected into the system piping.
Never install the discharge head(s) to the cylinder valves until the appropriate
brackets secure the cylinders. Under no circumstances is the discharge head to
WARNING remain attached to the cylinder valve after removal from service or during
handling, storage or shipment. Failure to follow these instructions could result
in serious bodily injury, death or property damage.
06-237256-001 4-29 December 2022

4-15.2.3 Installation of Discharge Delay, P/N 81-871072-001, 81-871072-002,
81-871072-003, and 81-871072-004
The discharge delay must be installed in either the pilot line or the discharge manifold, as
shown on the system drawings. The discharge delay must be securely mounted to a structural
member by securing the attached pipework (use channel mount pipe clamp or equivalent with
a load rating equal to or greater than 400 lb.) and by using bracket P/N WK-877845-000. Make
certain the inlet and outlet ports are properly oriented and the arrow is in the direction of flow.
Both ports have 3/4 in. NPT fittings for connection to the pipe. A lever or cable operated control
head must be installed on each discharge delay. Operation of the contro.l head will override
the timing cycle. Make certain the control heads are installed in their “SET” or non-operated
position.
Note: The discharge delay units are factory set to give the nominal rating minus zero, plus
20% per NFPA 2001, Latest Edition and UL-2166. The nominal ratings are indicated in
Table 4-10. Due to the wide operating temperature range of the units, the delay at 70°F
is greater than the nominal value. The actual delay achieved in service is dependent on
the ambient conditions.
Table 4-10. Nitrogen Discharge Delay Rating
Part Number Cylinder Nominal Rating Nominal Delay @ 70°F
81-871072-001 108 cu. in. 34 sec. 37 sec.

81-871072-002 108 cu. in. 61 sec. 68 sec.
81-871072-003 1040 cu. in. 35 sec. 40 sec.
81-871072-004 1040 cu. in. 68 sec. 74 sec.
4-15.2.4 Installation of Pressure Operated Siren, P/N 90-981574-001

The siren should be installed within the protected space connected to the siren driver using the
pipe specified in Table 3-13. Install a dirt trap and union as per Figure 4-37.
Each siren consumes approximately 0.5 to 0.9 lb. (0.23 to 0.5 kg) of Nitrogen per minute at
70°F (21°C).
FILTER
UNION NOZZLE
2-7/16 in. (11mm)

MOUNTING
HOLES
ROTOR
5.00 in.
(127 mm)
PIPE NIPPLE
TYPICAL
PIPE CAP DIRT TRAP
Figure 4-37. Pressure Operated Siren
December 2022 4-30 06-237256-001

4-16 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE SWITCH (P/N 81-486536-000)
Pressure switches must be connected to the discharge manifold or piping in an upright position
as shown on the system drawings. Both the standard and explosion-proof switches have 1/2-
inch NPT pressure inlets to connect to the system piping. The electrical connections are either
1/2-inch conduit knockouts for the standard pressure switch and 1-inch NPT fittings for the
explosion-proof pressure switch.
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before

WARNING installing the pressure switch.
4-17 INSTALLATION OF PRESSURE TRIP (P/N 81-874290-000)

Install the pressure trip on the discharge manifold or piping in the horizontal position as shown
on the system drawings. Connect the trip to the piping with 1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe. The
minimum operating pressure required is 75 PSIG (5 bar gauge). The maximum allowable load
to be attached to the retaining ring is 100 lb. (45 kg).
4-18 INSTALLATION OF MANUAL PULL STATION (P/N 81-871403-000)

1. Locate the remote pull boxes as shown on the system installation drawings (per NFPA 2001,
Edition 2018 Section 4.3.3.7).
2. Connect the pull boxes to the control heads using 3/8-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or 1/2” EMT,
depending on application. Do not run more than one cable in each pipe run.
3. Install a corner pulley at each change in pipe direction. Do not bend the pipe. A dual-pull
equalizer (P/N 81-840051-000) should be installed where one pull box operates two con-
trols. A dual-pull mechanism (P/N 81-840058-000) should be installed where two pull box-
es operate one control.
4. Beginning at the pull boxes, remove the covers of the first corner pulley. Feed the cable
through the pulley into the 3/8-inch pipe. Connect one end of the cable to the cable fastener
in the pull box, allowing the short end to project at least 1/2-inch. Seat the cable in the
groove by pulling on the long end. Screw the fastener and cable into the handle. Route the
other end to the control heads, taking up as much slack as possible. Attach the end of the
cable to the fastener in the control head.
5. Reattach the corner pulley covers.
6. Check that control head is in SET position. Install the control head to the nitrogen cylinder
valve.
06-237256-001 4-31 December 2022

4-18.1 Corner Pulley Installation
The following procedure must be performed when installing corner pulleys.
1. Install conduit from the control head to the remote pull station, using corner pulleys (P/N
WK-844648-000) at all changes in direction.
2. Remove screws and covers from the corner pulleys and set aside for reuse later.
Note: No bends or offsets are permitted in conduit lines. Be sure the system is adequately
supported.
Not
Acceptable
Figure 4-38. Unacceptable Cable Configuration

3. Run the 1/16-inch control cable from the pull stations, through 1/2-inch EMT conduit, to
the control head.
4. Once the cable is run through the pulley and before testing the actuation, replace the cov-
ers on the corner pulley.
4-19 INSTALLATION OF DISCHARGE INDICATOR (P/N 81-875553-000)

The discharge indicator must be installed on the discharge manifold, either in a vertical or
horizontal position. The indicator has a 3/4-inch NPT male connection. Make certain the
indicator stem is in the normal position.
December 2022 4-32 06-237256-001

4-20 INSTALLATION OF SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH (P/NS 06-
118262-001)
Installation of the supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely on a pressurized
cylinder.
Note: In order to have a mistake proof positive actuation, Kidde Fire Systems advises that all
agent cylinders need to be installed with a supervisory pressure switch or pressure
monitoring switch. The switch should be wired to the control panel to ensure a trouble
signal is displayed if a loss in pressure of the agent is detected.
To prevent personal injury, de-energize all electrical components before

WARNING installing the pressure switch.
When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the cylinder
valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
VALVE
WRENCH FLATS
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE
SWITCH FITTING
PRESSURE SWITCH
ELECTRICAL CABLE
FOR SWITCH CONNECTION
Figure 4-39. Installation of Supervisory Pressure Switch

and compatible with ADS system equipment.
3 BLUE: N.O. (N.C. UNDER PRESSURE)

2 BLACK: N.C. (N.O. UNDER PRESSURE)
1 VIOLET: COM.
FACTORY SEALED
LEADWIRES 36 in. LONG ± 1 in.
0.500 -14 NPT
CAUTION LABEL
4.125 in. NAMEPLATE LABEL

(10.48 cm)
O-RING
0.250 in. SAE 45° FLARE

(CONNECTION FOR
06-118262-001
SHOWN)
06-237256-001 4-33 December 2022

Figure 4-40. Supervisory Pressure Switch Electrical Connections
3 1 2
• 5A 24 Vdc (Resistive)
• 5A 240 Vac (Resistive)
Note: When cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 06-118262-001) is connected to a su-
pervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired NC under pressure, it is not pos-
sible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of container pressure. This
configuration should only be used if accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
December 2022 4-34 06-237256-001

4-21 INSTALLATION OF NITROGEN DRIVER AND PILOT CYLINDER
SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCHES,
P/N 85-111540-001 AND P/N 85-111540-100
Installation of the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch can be accomplished safely
on a pressurized cylinder, even at the site.
Note: Kidde Fire Systems recommends installing a supervisory pressure switch on each nitro-
gen driver.
Before installing the supervisory pressure switch, de-energize all electrical

WARNING components to prevent injury.
When attaching or removing the supervisory pressure switch from the nitrogen
driver valve, attach a wrench to the fitting and hold securely while tightening or
Figure 4-42. Installation of Nitrogen Driver Supervisory Pressure Switch to Nitrogen Driver Valve
and compatible with Kidde Fire Systems ADS System equipment.
3 1 2
• 5A 24 Vdc (Resistive)
• 5A 240 Vac (Resistive)
Table 4-11. Electrical Connections
Number Color Installed State State when Cylinder is Under Pressurized
1 Violet Common Ground Common Ground

2 Blue Normally Open (N.O.) Normally Close (N.C.)
3 Black Normally Close (N.C.) Normally Open (N.O.)
After installing the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch, check it with a Multi-meter,
before connecting to the control panel.
When the Nitrogen driver supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001 and 85-
111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the switch is wired
N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wiring fault and a loss of
cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if accepted by the AHJ.
06-237256-001 4-35 December 2022

4-21.1 Installation of 2- Way Selector Valves
Note: Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
Kidde Fire Systems recommends installing union fittings before and after the valves to
facilitate future service work.
4-21.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the valves to verify the threads are not damaged.
2. If needed, use the BSPT to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000, 01-3711-4000, and
01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve to standard NPT piping.
3. Apply Teflon tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.
Do not drip sealant into the internal part of the valve.

CAUTION
4. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers prior to installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, Nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
by the arrow on the valve body.
All valves must be installed with the arrow on the valve body pointing in the
CAUTION direction of flow.
4-21.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 inch Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
1. Inspect the gaskets and valve assemblies for damage.
2. Choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves
3. Weld the flange connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
4. Align the valve body with the flanges, insert gaskets between the valve body and each
flange and insert the bolts through the bolt holes.
5. Tighten the hex nuts.
a. Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
b. All valves must be checked to ensure installation in the proper flow direction.
c. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers and pedestal support prior to
installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, Nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
December 2022 4-36 06-237256-001

4-21.1.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold
Note: Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide pressure to open the selector
valves. Use one 108 cu. in. pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold.
1/4” BSPP Male x 1/8” NPT Male

Straight Adapter
108 or 1040 cu. in.

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder

P/N 01-3273-1200
Pressure Regulator
included on Back-Plate
Manifold
Note: Image not to scale.
Figure 4-44. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in Section 4-15.1.
2. Apply a stripe of an anaerobic liquid pipe sealant around the male threads leaving the first
two threads uncovered. If no liquid sealant is available, wrap Teflon tape (or equivalent) 2-
1/2 turns in a clockwise direction, viewed from the pipe end, leaving the first two threads
uncovered (only use tape suitable for gas applications).
3. Thread the 1/8” NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
4. Connect the Back-Plate Manifold hose to the BSPP end of the adapter.
5. Install all necessary control heads and control head monitors to the pilot cylinder as out-
lined in Section 4-15.
06-237256-001 4-37 December 2022

4.22 Lockout Valves
Note: Lockout valves are required when the agent concentration is at or above the LOAEL.
The lockout valve with limit switch must be installed in the discharge pipe network, down-
stream of all cylinders, check valves, and selector valves. All valves must be easily accessible.
Lockout valves can be installed in either the vertical or horizontal position using good pipe fit-
ting practices. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe. A union is rec-
ommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. If needed, use the BSPT
to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000 and 01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve
to standard NPT piping for the 1” and 2” lock out valves. For Larger valves, Weld the flange
connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The
valve should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 4-63 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.
NC Brown 1
Switch
#1 Purple 2
C
Upper NO Yellow 3
NC Orange 4
Switch
#2 Blue 5
Upper C Red
NO 6
7
8
GND
Figure 4-45. Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position
December 2022 4-38 06-237256-001

4-23 MAIN TO RESERVE TRANSFER SWITCH INSTALLATION
The main to reserve transfer switch is used in the system to toggle the connection between the
electrical release units installed on the main or reserve cylinders. For electrical wiring with a
single electrical release unit, refer to Figure 4-46 and for two electrical release units, refer to
Figure 4-47. The transfer switch is generally installed at the cylinder bank.
However, should the cylinder banks be installed within the risk, then the main and reserve
switch must be installed outside. For EU applications the switch will be of a key type and the
key to be kept adjacent to the switch within an emergency "break-glass" key holder
M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
+
+
MAIN -
- +
RELEASE
RESERVE CIRCUITS
-
Figure 4-46. Wiring Diagram with Single Solenoid (Main and Reserve)
+ M/R TRANSFER
SWITCH
MAIN
+
-
RESERVE
-
+
MAIN
+
-
RESERVE -
+
RELEASE
CIRCUITS
Figure 4-47. Wiring Diagram with Dual Solenoid (Main and Reserve)
06-237256-001 4-39 December 2022

4-24 INSTALLATION OF 2- WAY SELECTOR VALVES
4-24.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch selector valves by following the steps listed below:
2. If needed, use the BSPT to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000, 01-3711-4000, and
01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve to standard NPT piping.
3. Apply Teflon tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.

CAUTION
5. Use high pressure air, nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
4-24.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 inch Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
2. Choose correct mating flanges to match with the flanges of the Selector Valves
3. Weld the flange connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pres-
sure Vessel Code.
4. Align the valve body with the flanges, insert gaskets between the valve body and each
flange and insert the bolts through the bolt holes.
5. Tighten the hex nuts.
a. Valves can be installed horizontally or vertically.
b. All valves must be checked to ensure installation in the proper flow direction.
c. Ensure the piping is properly supported with pipe hangers and pedestal support prior to
installing the valves.
5. Use high pressure air, nitrogen, or CO2 to verify the valves allow flow in the direction shown
December 2022 4-40 06-237256-001

4-24.3 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Back-Plate Manifold

Straight Adapter
108 or 1040 cu. in.


P/N 01-3273-1200
Pressure Regulator
Manifold
Figure 4-48. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Back-Plate Manifold

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in Section 4-15.
3. Thread the 1/8” NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
lined in Section 4-15.
06-237256-001 4-41 December 2022

4-25 INSTALLATION OF 3-WAY DIRECTIONAL VALVES WITH PNEUMATIC
ACTUATORS AND SOLENOIDS
Note: Directional Valves are only UL Listed for use with ADS system, not FM Approved.
Flanged fittings are to be installed per ANSI B16.5.
1. Gather the required parts for the chosen directional system based upon the number of 3-
way valves needed and the actuation scheme desired.
– Single pilot cylinder actuation requires one pilot cylinder, actuation hoses (number of
hoses equals two times the number of directional valves), electric control head, the di-
rectional valves with solenoid pneumatic actuators and a pressure regulator. See
Figure 3-16 for more detail.
– Multiple pilot actuation requires pilot cylinders (number of pilot cylinders equals one
times the number of directional valves), actuation hoses (number of hoses equals one
times the number of directional valves), electric control heads (number of control heads
equals one times the number of directional valves), directional valves with pneumatic
actuators and a pressure regulator. See Figure 3-17 for more detail.
Note: The pressure regulator must be located within 12 in of the solenoid and pneumatic ac-
tuator.
2. Ensure that all directional valves are in the “straight through” position before installation
(the T-port in the valve should be open on both ends with the side port closed). See
Figure 4-49.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
Riser
Straight through position;
Closed to pipe network.
Next In
3-Way
VALVE
Figure 4-49. Straight Through Orientation

The directional valve must be installed so that the 90° turn of the actuator brings the T-port
open on the side branch and the end of the valve that faces the agent source. The arrow on
the valve must be pointed in the direction of the flow. See Figure 4-50.
PIPING TO
HAZARD A
PIPING TO
HAZARD B
(In Alarm)
Riser
90° counterclockwise
turn to Hazard B.
Direction of
Agent Flow
Next In
3-Way
VALVE
Figure 4-50. 90° Orientation
December 2022 4-42 06-237256-001

3. Connect the actuators on the directional valves to the pneumatic source in one of two ways
(see Figure 3-16 for piping and wiring diagrams):
For pilot cylinder actuation, all directional valves must have a 24 VDC solenoid (for UL List-
ed 3-Way Directional Valves, use P/N 06-118384-001, and a 24 VDC connection from the
control panel.
– Connect the pilot cylinder to the second pressurization port of the solenoid actuator us-
ing the actuation line.
– Connect each of the solenoids and the electric control head to the control panel so that
the electric control head fires and the correct directional valve operates for the desired
hazard.
– Test each hazard with the control panel by listening for the solenoid click at each direc-
tional valve.
– Reconnect all electrical connections.
– Attach an electric control head to the pilot cylinder (being sure it is set before installa-
tion).
Red
White
White
Red
Black
Black
Green
End-of-Line Resistor
after last Device
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Earth Ground
Control
Control Panel
Panel
Supervision
Release
Circuit
Circuit
Figure 4-51. 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram
Red
Black
Black
Red
Black
Black
Green
End-of-Line Resistor
after last Device
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Earth Ground
Control
Control Panel
Panel
Supervision
Release
Circuit
Circuit
Figure 4-52. 3-Way Directional Valve Wiring Diagram with Explosion Proof Supervision Switch
06-237256-001 4-43 December 2022

4. Set the control panel to provide a delay between the firing of the pilot cylinders for the di-
rectional valves and the firing of the ADS system. The delay depends on the 3-way Direc-
tional Valve used. For the 3-Way Directional Valves set the value to 17 seconds (see
Table 4-12). This delay provides sufficient time for the valves to fully open before the sys-
tem is discharged.
Table 4-12. 3-Way Directional Valve (UL Listed) Data
Part Number with Solenoid Description Discharge Delays Required to Open

85-220030-001/-100 1/2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220030-002/-200 3/4” NPT 17 seconds
85-220030-003/-300 1” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-001/-100 1 1/4” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-002/-200 1 1/2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220031-003/-300 2” NPT 17 seconds
85-220032-001/-100 3” Grooved 17 seconds
85-220032-002/-200 4” Grooved 17 seconds
4-25.1 3-Way Directional Valve System Release Control Configuration

Note: Directional Valves are only UL Listed for use with ADS system, not FM Approved.
Important: The information in this section refers to circuits and wiring employed on Kidde Fire
Systems panels*; specific ADS system configurations and/or other
programmable panels may require different wiring and/or panel-to-panel
connections. A maximum of eight suppression hazards and a maximum of eight
electrically actuated Nitrogen driver cylinders are allowed per system. Multiple
panels may be employed to control and release the system. The smallest ADS
system configuration would require a minimum of four release circuits.
Regardless of configuration, the following sequence of activation must be

adhered to:
1. When a call for suppression is received by the panel for a specific suppression
zone, the appropriate selector valve solenoid and Nitrogen pilot control head
must activate within 0.5 seconds of each other.
WARNING
2. Six to ten seconds after the selector valve solenoid and Nitrogen pilot control
head actuates, the appropriate Nitrogen driver control heads must activate.
After any hazard activates, no other activation is allowed until the system is
serviced. Failure to follow these sequence could result in system malfunction.
Kidde Fire Systems or other

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel
PEGAsys or other
S
Release
FM Approved/UL Listed Selector Valve
Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Release Selector Valve
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)
S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
Circuit Control Head (see note 2)
S
Release Nitrogen Driver
S
S Denotes Supervised Circuit
Figure 4-53. Typical Single Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
December 2022 4-44 06-237256-001

programmable FM Approved
(for FM insured installations) S
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
suppression control panel Circuit
fire alarm suppression Solenoid (see note 1)
control panel
S
Circuit
Circuit Solenoid (see note 1)
S
Release Nitrogen Pilot
S
Release + Release
Circuit _ Control Relay (see note 3)

programmable FM Approved Panel 1
(for FM insured installations)
/UL Listed compatible fire alarm
suppression control panel PEGAsys or other
FM Approved/UL Listed
fire alarm suppression S
control panel
Initiating EOLR
Circuit
Circuit
S
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)
S
Circuit Control Head (see Note 2)
Panel 2
S Denotes Supervised Circuit
Figure 4-54. Typical Multiple Panel System Release Circuit Wiring (see Notes below)
Notes:
1. Must use Pneumatic Solenoid (P/N 06-118329-001). Ratings: 24 VDC, 11.0 W; 2.0 VDC
minimum dropout.
2. Must use 24 Volt DC control head. The fire alarm suppression panel release circuit must be
capable of supplying a minimum of 24 VDC @ 2.8 Amps for 30 milliseconds for control head
P/N WK-890181-000 and a minimum of 24 VDC @ 0.5 Amps continuous for control head
P/N 81-100000-001.
3. Release control relays are only required if the Nitrogen driver solenoids are released by a
separate panel. Relays employed must be electrically compatible with the release circuit
output characteristics for both pull-in and dropout voltages.
4. A means of manual release of the system shall be provided. Manual release shall be accom-
plished by a mechanical manual release, or by an electrical manual release, when the con-
trol equipment monitors the battery voltage level of the standby battery supply and will
provide a low battery signal. The release shall cause simultaneous operation of automati-
cally operated valves controlling agent release and distribution.
*Refer to the Detection and Control panel Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual for
complete details.
The referenced control heads and solenoids are compatible with Kidde Fire
Systems panels. The use of other panels to operate these control heads and
WARNING solenoids has not been verified and could result in system malfunction.
4-25.2 Installing Directional Valve Placement Supervision Retrofit Kit

Placement Supervision Retrofit Kits allow adding placement supervision of the solenoid to 3-
way directional valves that are all ready in service. Retrofit Kits are only need to add
supervision to 3-way directional valves installed prior to January 1st, 2016. 3-way directional
valves purchased after January 1st, 2016 already include placement supervision.
The potential scenarios when installing the retrofit kit to a valve are as follows:
• Clean Agent 3-way Directional valve plus standard placement supervision
• Clean Agent 3-way Directional valve plus explosion proof placement supervision
06-237256-001 4-45 December 2022

4-25.2.1 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Standard Placement Supervision
1. Remove the two bolts holding the Solenoid to the 3-Way Directional valve.
Note: There is no need to remove the Solenoid from the Directional valve.
2. Attached the lower bracket to the Solenoid using the hex bolts and spacers provided with
the retro-fit kit.
Hex Bolts
Spacers Solenoid
Lower Bracket
Figure 4-55. Lower Bracket Installation

3. Install the conduit adapter to the upper bracket.
Conduit Adapter
Retaining Nut
Upper Bracket
Figure 4-56. Conduit Adapter Installation

4. Thread the wires from the micro switch and solenoid through the conduit adapter attached
to the upper bracket.
5. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bracket bolts included with the retro fit kit, en-
suring that the supervision switch is depressed.
December 2022 4-46 06-237256-001

Bracket Bolts Lower Bracket/
(x3) Solenoid Assembly
Upper Bracket
Figure 4-57. Upper Bracket Installation

6. Connect the supervision wiring to the control panel as specified in the control panel’s man-
ual.
4-25.2.2 3-Way Directional Valve Plus Explosion Proof Placement Supervision

1. Remove the two bolts holding the old Solenoid to the 3-Way Directional valve.
2. Remove the old Solenoid including the associated O-rings.
3. Attach the new Solenoid with the target magnet and the lower bracket to the 3-Way Direc-
tional valve using the spacers and hex bolts provided in the kit. (See Figure 4-58.)
Note: Make sure the O-rings are in place before installing the new solenoid.
Hex Bolts
Spacers O-rings
Lower Bracket (x2)
Solenoid
P/N 06-118384-001
Figure 4-58. Explosion Proof Solenoid and Lower Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve
4. Thread the solenoid wires through the upper bracket. The wires must pass through the
larger hole in the top of the upper bracket.
5. Thread the solenoid wires through the conduit adapter.
6. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bolts included with the retro fit kit.
06-237256-001 4-47 December 2022

Bracket Bolts
(x3) Lower Bracket/
Solenoid Assembly
Upper Bracket
Figure 4-59. Upper Bracket Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve

7. Install the conduit adapter, making sure it goes through the larger hole in the upper bracket
and screws into the solenoid.
Conduit Adapter
Upper Bracket
Figure 4-60. Conduit Adapter Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve

8. Install the Go switch into the smaller hole on top of the upper bracket. Lock the switch in
place by tightening the bottom nut till it is wrench tight.
December 2022 4-48 06-237256-001

GO Switch
GO Switch Retaining Nut
GO Switch Target
Figure 4-61. GO Switch Installation on 3-Way Directional Valve
Figure 4-62. Fully Installed Explosion Proof Placement Supervision Switch on 3-Way Directional Valve
9. Connect the supervision wiring to the control panel as specified in the control panel manual.
06-237256-001 4-49 December 2022

4-26 LOCKOUT VALVES
ting practices. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe. A union is rec-
ommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. If needed, use the BSPT
to NPT adapters (P/N 01-3711-3000 and 01-3711-5000) to adapt the BSPT piping on the valve
to standard NPT piping for the 1” and 2” lock out valves. For Larger valves, Weld the flange
connections to the piping in accordance with the ASME B31 Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code. The
valve should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 4-63 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.
NC Brown 1
Switch
#1 Purple 2
C
Upper NO Yellow 3
NC Orange 4
Switch
#2 Blue 5
Upper C Red
NO 6
7
8
GND
Figure 4-63. Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position
December 2022 4-50 06-237256-001

4-27 SYSTEM PRESSURE TEST
Per NFPA 2001, 2018 Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those
separated by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested
in all applicable states.
Note: A calibrated gauge must be used when monitoring the pressure during the test.
To perform a pressure test of the piping system, follow these steps:
1. Disconnect all actuation lines and electrical control heads.
2. Disconnect the discharge hose or valve outlet adapter from each agent cylinders.
3. Ensure all nozzles are removed with plugs in their place and there are no other openings in
the system piping.
4. Pressurize the pipe system to at least 40 psi using Nitrogen or other dry gas, ensuring all
section see this pressure. Pressure should be applied to one end of the agent manifold
through to the pipe network. This ensures each check valve is also covered by the test.
Remove the source of pressure, ensuring the system remains closed and that the pressure
inside can be monitored.
5. Monitor the pressure for 10 minutes, ensuring the pressure does not drop below 80 percent
of the test pressure (32 psi if using 40 psi as the test pressure).
6. If the pressure loss is greater than 20 percent of the test pressure, locate the leak and re-
place any necessary components.
7. Return the system to full service, ensuring all nozzles are replaced in the correct location,
and all cylinders are properly connected to the system piping. Re-connect the actuation
lines and electrical control head(s).
4-28 POST-INSTALLATION CHECKOUT

After the ADS system installation has been completed, perform the following inspections and
tests.
Before performing any system test or commissioning, ensure the following:

1. Ensure that all control heads (electrical, pneumatic, and mechanical) and
Control Head Monitors are disconnected from all cylinders, including:
– Primary agent or nitrogen driver cylinders
– Pilot cylinders (if applicable)
WARNING – Secondary agent cylinders
2. Ensure that all flex-loops or hard pipings are disconnected from the cylinder
outlets of all agent cylinders.
3. Ensure that anti-recoil caps are attached to the cylinder outlet on all of the
agent cylinders.
1. Verify that the cylinders of correct weight and pressure are installed in accordance with in-
stallation drawings.
2. Verify that the cylinder brackets and straps are properly installed and all fittings are tight.
3. The piping distribution system must be inspected for compliance with the system drawings,
NFPA 2001, design limitations within this manual and the computerized hydraulic calcula-
tions associated with each independent piping and nozzle configuration.
4. Check that the discharge manifold, discharge piping and actuation piping are securely
hung. Ensure all fittings are tight and securely fastened to prevent agent leakage and haz-
ardous movement during discharge. The means of pipe size reduction and installation po-
sition of the tees must be checked for conformance to the design requirements.
06-237256-001 4-51 December 2022

5. The piping distribution system must be cleaned, blown free of foreign material and inspect-
ed internally to ensure that oil or particulate matter will not soil the hazard area or reduce
the nozzle orifice area and affect agent distribution.
6. System piping should be pressure tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA
2001.
7. Ensure that the check valves are installed in the proper location as indicated on the instal-
lation drawings and that the equipment is installed with the arrow pointing in the direction
of flow.
8. Verify the nozzles are installed in the correct locations and have the correct part numbers
and orifice sizes as indicated on installation drawings. Discharge nozzles must be oriented
such that optimum agent dispersal can be achieved. Check the nozzle orifices for any ob-
structions.
9. The discharge nozzles, piping and mounting brackets must be installed such that they will
not cause injury to personnel. The agent must not be discharged at head height or below
where people in a normal work area could be injured by the discharge. The agent must not
directly impinge on any loose objects or shelves, cabinet tops or similar surfaces where
loose objects could be propelled by the discharge.
10. For systems with a main/reserve capability, the MAIN/RESERVE switch must be clearly
identified and properly installed where it is readily accessible.
11. Manual pull stations must also be clearly identified and properly installed where they are
readily accessible. All manual stations that activate agent systems should be properly iden-
tified as to their purpose. Particular care should be taken where manual pull stations for
more than one system are in close proximity and could be confused and the wrong system
actuated. In this case, manual stations should be clearly identified as to which hazard area
they affect.
12. For systems using directional valves, it is recommended that each valve is clearly labeled,
indicating the hazard to which it is protecting. In addition, all directional valves should have
the internal flow position verified prior to system approval.
13. Warning and instruction signs at protected area entrances, as well as inside, shall be pro-
vided per NFPA 2001, Edition 2018, Section 4.3.5.5.
14. Perform the electric control head test outlined in Section 6-6.2 on all cylinders equipped
with electric control heads
15. Perform the pressure switch test outlined in Section 6-6.1 for all pressure switches in-
stalled.
16. All acceptance testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001, latest edition.
To ensure that all control solenoids and relays are in the correct position after
installing, testing or servicing a system, the following procedure must be
followed immediately before placing a system into service:
1. Remove all control head solenoids from the cylinders.
2. Completely de-energized all control panels, including removal of battery
power.
WARNING 3. Re-energize panels and verify that the panels are in normal operating
condition with no alarms or troubles.
4. Reinstall the solenoids on the cylinders.
Failure to adhere to this sequence may result in equipment malfunction when
the suppression system activates.
December 2022 4-52 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 5
OPERATION
5-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter describes the controls and indicators for the Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire
Suppression System (ADS system). The ADS system can use either Fluoro-K ™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec ™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein referred to as
collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name.
5-2 OPERATING PROCEDURES
5-2.1 Automatic Operation

When a system is operated automatically via a detection and control system, all personnel
must evacuate the hazard area promptly upon hearing the predischarge alarm. Make sure no
one enters the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
5-2.2 Remote Manual Operation

Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate remote manual pull station for the hazard.
2. Operate the manual pull station.
3. Leave the hazard area immediately.
4. Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
Note: The above instructions must be posted on display in the protected area.
5-2.3 Local Manual Operation of Nitrogen Drivers and Agent Cylinders
Local manual control is not part of the normal system actuation and should only
CAUTION be used in an emergency as a last resort.
Operate as follows:
1. Proceed to the appropriate primary nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
3. Operate the lever following instructions on the lever or control head nameplate.
06-237256-001 5-1 December 2022

5-2.4 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only be
used in an emergency. Ensure the hazard area is evacuated and emergency services are being
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate selector valve for the hazard.
2. Attach the handle to the selector valve, and turn the valve open.
1. Proceed to the appropriate primary nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the hazard.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the nitrogen cylinder control head.
5-2.5 Local Manual Operation UL Listed 3-Way Directional Valves

(P/N 85-22003X-00X)
During an emergency situation, enough people must be available and trained on

proper operation of the directional valves and cylinders. Failure to operate all
CAUTION systems in the correct order may result in an incorrect discharge leading to
injury or loss of life.
Ensure operators are properly trained on which 3-Way directional valve to override for each
hazard. Depending on the system setup and location of the fire, none, one, or multiple 3-way
directional valves may need to be operated.
Note: The local manual override operation of the solenoid for 3-Way directional valves is not
part of the normal system actuation and should only be used in an emergency as a last
resort.
Not FM Approved for use with the ADS system (UL Listed only).
1. Proceed to the appropriate Nitrogen pilot cylinder.
2. Remove the safety pull pin from the Nitrogen pilot cylinder control head.
4. Proceed to the appropriate directional valve for the zone requiring extinguishment.
5. Depress the red button on the solenoid and turn clockwise 1/4-turn to open the directional
valve.
Note: Turning the button clockwise 1/4-turn locks the solenoid in the bypass state. The sole-
noid will not exit the bypass state until the button is reset to the normal position by
turning 1/4-turn counter-clockwise. The directional valve will remain open as long as a
minimum of 40 PSI (2.75 bar gauge) remains in the line to the solenoid.
6. Proceed to the appropriate primary Nitrogen driver and the agent cylinder for the zone in
alarm.
7. Remove the safety pull pin from the Nitrogen cylinder control head.
After a discharge, ensure all solenoids are returned to the normal, non-bypass
state by turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the notch on the
CAUTION button is pointing to 0 (see Figure 5-1).
December 2022 5-2 06-237256-001

Normal, Non-Bypass Bypass State
State
Figure 5-1. 3-Way Directional Valve States
5-2.6 Lockout Valves

If applicable, it is recommended to lock-out the clean agent system when performing
maintenance on the system or there is need to perform work that could cause false alarms and
a discharge. Use the following steps to lockout the system:
1. Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position.
2. Lock the valve.
3. Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit.
4. When maintenance or test is complete, unlock the valve and place it in the Open position.
5. Lock the valve.
6. Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit.
5-2.7 Post-Discharge Service

After an agent discharge, qualified fire suppression system maintenance personnel must
perform post-discharge service, as directed in Chapter 7 of this manual. Observe all warnings,
especially those pertaining to the length of elapsed time before entering the hazard area.
Ensure that all post-discharge ventilation systems have operated in accordance with the
system working plans before entering the hazard area.
Do not enter a hazard area with an open flame or lighted smoking materials.
The possible presence of flammable vapors may cause re-ignition or explosion.
Ensure fire is completely extinguished before ventilating the hazard area.
WARNING Before permitting anyone to enter the hazard area, ventilate the area to purge
all combustion gases and agent vapors. Alternatively, use self-contained
breathing apparatus when entering the hazard area after system discharge.
5-3 CYLINDER RECHARGE

1. Recharge all agent and nitrogen driver cylinders immediately after use by returning all cyl-
inders to an authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributor or qualified refill agency.
2. Refill in accordance with procedures outlined in Chapter 7 of this manual.
06-237256-001 5-3 December 2022

5-4 SPECIAL SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
5-4.1 Systems Actuated with a Primary Cylinder

In systems where a primary agent cylinder and nitrogen driver set actuates a pressure
operated control head on additional secondary cylinder sets, the pressure in the flexible
actuation hose line is vented into the discharge manifold following the system discharge. The
pressure drop in the pilot line allows the pressure operated control head to automatically reset.
However, as a precaution before reinstating the system, ensure that the control head actuating
pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
5-4.2 Systems Actuated with a Pilot Nitrogen Cylinder

In systems where a pilot nitrogen cylinder actuates a pressure operated control head on a
secondary nitrogen driver cylinder, nitrogen pressure is trapped in the pilot manifold when the
system actuates and is not self-venting. Therefore, before reattaching a pressure operated
control head to a recharged agent cylinder, the following procedure must be performed to
ensure that the pilot manifold is vented and the pressure operated control heads have returned
to the SET position.
1. Vent any remaining pressure from the pilot line and remove the primary control head from
the nitrogen pilot cylinder(s). Reset the primary control head and remove the pressure op-
erated control head(s) from the secondary cylinder(s).
2. Recharge and reinstall the nitrogen pilot cylinders to the correct charged pressure and re-
install the primary control head.
3. Before installing a pressure operated control head on an agent cylinder, ensure that the
actuator pin is in the retracted (SET) position.
4. Follow all other procedures and cautions as detailed in Chapter 7 of this manual.
December 2022 5-4 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 6
MAINTENANCE
6-1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter contains maintenance instructions for the Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire
Suppression System (ADS system). The ADS system can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression
Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein referred to as collectively “agent”
unless called out specifically by name.
These maintenance procedures must be performed in accordance with regulations. If problems
arise, corrective action must be taken. Take note of the following precautions:
• The ADS system system must be serviced by qualified personnel only.
• Any environmental or operating condition which causes shorting or grounding of system
components can cause system malfunctions or actual discharge.
• Before servicing any component, disarm the protection system by removing all AC and DC
power from the control unit.
• Wait 45 seconds after disarming system to bleed capacitor in control unit.
• Do not check external wiring or system components with any instrument other than a blast-
ing galvanometer or device with a maximum current output of 50 mA.
6-2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
ADS system agent and nitrogen cylinder valve assemblies must be handled,
installed, inspected, and serviced only by qualified and trained personnel in
accordance with the instructions contained in this manual and Compressed Gas
Association (CGA) pamphlets C-1, C-6, and P-1. CGA pamphlets may be
WARNING obtained from Compressed Gas Association: cganet.com. Before performing
maintenance procedures, refer to the material safety data sheets and safety
bulletins in the appendix of this manual.
A regular program of systematic maintenance must be established for continuous, proper

operation of each ADS system. A periodic maintenance schedule must be followed and an
inspection log maintained for ready reference. As a minimum, the log must record:
• Inspection interval
• Inspection procedure performed
• Maintenance performed, if any, as a result of inspection
• Name of inspector performing task
If inspection indicates areas of rust or corrosion are present, immediately clean and repaint the
area. Perform cylinder hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Paragraph 6-8.4.
Before performing any system test or commissioning, ensure the following:

agent cylinders.
06-237256-001 6-1 December 2022

6-3 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Instruct all system owners to perform preventative maintenance at outline in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1. Owner Preventive Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Requirement Paragraph
Check nitrogen and agent cylinder pressure Section 6-4

Check nitrogen pilot cylinder pressures Section 6-4.3
Weekly
Perform hazard and enclosure inspection Section 6-4.4
Perform pipework and controls inspection Section 6-4.5
Perform Weekly Inspection as outlined in Section 6-4

and the following additional tasks:
Perform a General Inspection Section 6-5.1
Check Hazard and Equipment Access Section 6-5.2
Inspect Hoses Section 6-5.3
Inspect Pressure Operated Control Heads Section 6-5.4
Inspect Electric Control Heads Section 6-5.5
Monthly Inspect Agent Cylinders, Nitrogen Driver Cylinders, and Nitrogen
Section 6-5.6
Pilot Cylinders
Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware Section 6-5.7
Inspect Discharge Hoses Section 6-5.8
Inspect Actuation Line Section 6-5.9
Inspect Discharge Nozzles Section 6-5.10
Inspect Pull Stations Section 6-5.11
Inspect Pressure Switches Section 6-5.12
December 2022 6-2 06-237256-001

As an Authorized Kidde Fire Systems Distributor, perform preventative maintenance per
Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. Authorized Kidde Fire Systems Distributor Preventive Maintenance Schedule
Schedule Requirement Paragraph
Perform Monthly inspection as outlined in Section 6-5

Perform a Pressure Switch Test Section 6-6.1
Semi-Annual
Perform an Electric Control Head Test Section 6-6.2
Check the Weights of the Agent Cylinders Section 6-6.3
Test selector and lockout valves Section 6-6.4
Perform Annual inspection as outlined in Section 6-6

Every 2 Years
Blow out distribution piping Section 6-7.1
Conduct System Pressure Test Section 6-7.2
Perform 2 year Inspection as outlined in Section 6-7

Every 5 Years
Agent Cylinder and Nitrogen pilot cylinder inspection Section 6-8.1
Flexible hose hydrostatic pressure test and inspection Section 6-8.2
Every 15 Years Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves Paragraph 6-8.3
Important: Additional Hydrostatic Testing of the agent cylinders and any associated Nitrogen pilot or
driver cylinders are required per DOT and other regulations. For more information, see:
Section 6-8.4, Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements.
06-237256-001 6-3 December 2022

6-4 WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE
6-4.1 Check Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Pressure

Check the nitrogen driver cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating pressure. If the
pressure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%, it shall
be refilled. Remove and recharge the cylinder with nitrogen to 1800 PSIG at 70 °F (124 bar
gauge at 21 °C).
6-4.2 Check Agent Cylinder Pressure

Check the agent cylinder pressure gauges for proper operating pressure (refer to Table 2-10).
If the pressure gauge indicates a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%,
or loss in agent quantity shown on cylinder valve of more than 5%, it shall be refilled. Remove
and recharge the cylinder as instructed in Paragraph 7-11.
6-4.3 Check Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Pressure

If used, check the nitrogen pilot cylinder pressure gauge for proper operating pressure. If there
is a pressure loss (adjusted for temperature) of more than 10%, recharge with nitrogen to
1800 psig @ 70 °F (124 bar gauge @ 21 °C).
6-4.4 Hazard and Enclosure Inspection

Visually inspect the hazard and the integrity of the enclosure for changes which may affect the
performance of the system as per the requirements of NFPA 2001. Rerun any calculations and
make necessary adjustments if needed.
6-4.5 Pipework and Controls Inspection

Visually inspect the pipework for damage and that all operating controls and components are
properly set and undamaged. Replace any damaged components.
December 2022 6-4 06-237256-001

6-5 MONTHLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE
In addition to performing the weekly inspection, perform the following procedures every
month:
6-5.1 Perform a General Inspection

Make a general inspection of all cylinders and equipment for damaged or missing parts. If the
equipment requires replacement or cleaning, refer to Paragraph 6-9.
6-5.2 Check Hazard and Equipment Access

Ensure access to hazard areas, manual pull stations, discharge nozzles and cylinders are
unobstructed and that there are no obstructions to the operation of the equipment or
distribution of the agent.
6-5.3 Inspect Hoses

Inspect the 3/16-inch flexible actuation hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
distortion, cuts, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings, replace hoses having stripped
threads or other damage. If necessary, clean parts as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1. Inspect
adapters, couplings and tees at the agent cylinder for tightness. Tighten couplings if necessary.
Replace damaged parts.
Note: Reminder, all hoses need to be hydrostatically tested or replaced every five years as per NFPA
6-5.4 Inspect Pressure Operated Control Heads

Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder pressure operated control heads for physical damage,
deterioration, corrosion, distortion, cracks, dirt and loose couplings. Tighten loose couplings.
Replace the control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in
Paragraph 6-9.1.
Before resetting the lever/pressure operated control head, all pressure must be
relieved from the cylinder and actuation lines.
Pressure can be relieved from unvented actuation tubing by loosening the
WARNING fitting on the control head slightly and allowing the line to bleed out completely.
Failure to perform this action can result in damage to the control head.
6-5.5 Inspect Electric Control Heads

Inspect nitrogen driver cylinder electric control heads for physical damage, corrosion or dirt.
Check the control heads flexible electrical line for wear and damage. Check the control head
for loose coupling. If necessary, tighten coupling. Check that the indicator is in the SET
position, the pull pin is installed in the manual lever, and the seal wire is intact. Replace the
control head if damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
06-237256-001 6-5 December 2022

6-5.6 Inspect Agent, Nitrogen Driver, and Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
Inspect the agent cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as cracks,
dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc for damage. Replace damaged safety
disc per Paragraph 7-7. If damaged parts are found on the agent cylinder or cylinder valve,
replace as required. If necessary, clean the cylinder and associated parts as directed in
Paragraph 6-9.1.
Inspect the nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly for leakage, physical damage such as
cracks, dents, distortion and worn parts. Check the safety disc and pressure gauges for
damage. Replace damaged gauges or safety disc per Paragraph 7-8.3. If the gauge pressure
is not normal (1800 PSIG at 70 °F [124 bar gauge at 21 °C]), remove and recharge the cylinder
as described in Paragraph 7-12.2 and Paragraph 7-12.3. If damaged, parts are found on the
nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.
Replace damaged Nitrogen pilot or siren driver cylinder gauges or safety discs. If the gauge
pressure is not normal (1800 PSIG @ 70°F [124 bar gauge @ 21°C]), remove and recharge
the cylinder as described in Paragraph 7-12.2 and Paragraph 7-12.3. If damaged parts are
found on the Nitrogen driver cylinder and valve assembly, replace as required.
6-5.7 Inspect Brackets, Straps, Cradles and Mounting Hardware

Inspect the agent and nitrogen driver cylinder brackets, straps, cradles and mounting
hardware for loose, damaged or broken parts. Check the cylinder brackets, straps and
associated parts for corrosion, oil, grease, grime, etc. Tighten loose hardware. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
6-5.8 Inspect Discharge Hoses

Inspect flexible discharge hoses and transfer hoses for loose fittings, damaged threads, cracks,
rust, kinks, distortion, dirt and frayed wire braid. Tighten loose fittings and replace hoses with
stripped threads. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
6-5.9 Inspect Actuation Line

Inspect the nitrogen actuation assembly line (if used) and support brackets for continuity,
physical damage, loose fittings, distortion, cracks or cuts. Tighten loose fittings. Replace
damaged parts. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
Note: If discharge or actuation hoses are found to be damaged or of questionable integrity,
test hoses per NFPA 2001, Edition 2018, Section. 8.7. Replace hose(s) if required.
6-5.10 Inspect Discharge Nozzles

Inspect discharge nozzles for dirt and physical damage. Replace damaged nozzles. If nozzles
are dirty or clogged, refer to Paragraph 6-9.1.
Nozzles must never be painted. A part number is located on each nozzle.

Nozzles must be replaced by nozzles of the same part number. Nozzles must
CAUTION never be interchanged; random interchanging of nozzles could adversely affect
proper agent distribution and concentration within a hazard area.
6-5.11 Inspect Pull Stations

Inspect all manual pull stations for cracks, broken or cracked glass plate, dirt or distortion.
Inspect pull stations for signs of physical damage. Replace damaged glass. Replace the station
if other damage is found. If necessary, clean as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
6-5.12 Inspect Pressure Switches

Inspect pressure switches for deformations, cracks, dirt or other damage. Replace the switch
if damaged. If necessary, clean the switch as directed in Paragraph 6-9.1.
December 2022 6-6 06-237256-001

6-6 SEMI-ANNUAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE
6-6.1 Perform a Pressure Switch Test

Perform the pressure switch test as follows:
1. Contact the appropriate personnel and obtain authorization for shutdown of equipment in
hazard.
2. Ensure the hazard area operations controlled by pressure switch are operative.
3. Manually operate the switch by pulling up on the plunger and verify that hazard area oper-
ations controlled by pressure switch shut down.
4. Return the pressure switch to the SET position.
5. Reactivate all systems shut down by pressure switch (power and ventilation systems, com-
pressors, etc.).
6-6.2 Perform an Electric Control Head Test

Electric control heads must be tested semi-annually for proper operation. This test can be
performed without discharging the nitrogen pilot or driver cylinder. Test one hazard area at a
time before proceeding to the next, as follows:
All control heads must be removed from the nitrogen driver cylinders and
nitrogen pilot cylinders before testing to prevent possible personal injury,
WARNING death, or property damage in the event of accidental cylinder discharge.
1. Remove all electric control heads from all cylinders and nitrogen pilot cylinders serving the
hazard area being tested. Let the electric control heads hang freely from the flexible electric
conduit connections. Leave all pressure operated control heads and pilot actuation hoses
attached to the cylinders.
2. Operate the system electrically. This can be done by actuating the system at the system
control panel or from an electric pull station.
3. Ensure all electric control heads have operated, (that is, the indicator on the electric control
head has moved to the RELEASED position). If any control heads have not operated, check
the circuit for electric continuity to these particular heads and repeat the test. Replace all
damaged heads. Repeat the test if any control heads have been replaced.
Control head must be reset to the SET position (fully retracted actuation pin)
before reconnecting to a cylinder valve. Failure to follow this instruction will
CAUTION result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
4. Observe the instructions on the caution label attached to each electric control head. Re-
place any damaged heads which fail to reset properly before reconnecting to the cylinder.
Reattach all electric control heads to threaded port on cylinder valve or pressure operated
control head. Tighten the swivel nut securely. Make certain each electric control head is in
the SET position before reconnecting to the cylinders. Failure to follow this procedure will
result in accidental discharge.
06-237256-001 6-7 December 2022

6-6.3 Check the Weights of the Agent Cylinders
The weights of the agent cylinders can be checked using either the liquid level indicators or by
weighing the cylinders directly.
6-6.3.1 Weighing Cylinders Using the Liquid Level Indicator

The following procedure explains how to determine the ADS System cylinder weight of the
200, 350, 450, 600, and 900 lb cylinders equipped with an LLI. This procedure can be
performed without removing the ADS System cylinders from the system and is the same for
legacy LLIs and current models.
1. Remove the protective cap to expose the tape.
2. This step depends on the LLI on the cylinder. For cylinders equipped with the LLI with black
colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly until it reaches the top. Then lower the tape until
it latches.
For systems using the legacy LLI with white colored cap, raise the flexible tape slowly until
it latches.
3. Note the reading at the point where the tape emerges from the fitting.
To ensure an accurate reading, when the flexible tape latches, do not pull farther.
CAUTION
4. To determine the final, more precise reading, repeat the above procedure.
For the LLIs with the black colored caps, about two inches before the tape should latch,
lower the tape very slowly until it latches.
For legacy LLI with the white colored caps, about two inches before the tape should latch,
raise the tape very slowly until it latches.
5. While supporting the weight of the tape, record the liquid level measurement.
6. Check the ambient temperature where the ADS
System cylinders are stored and record the
temperature.
7. Refer to the appropriate calibration charts
and locate the level reading on the vertical
axis (labeled Flexible Tape Reading). Trace
horizontally to the right to the appropriate
temperature line. Read the weight of the
ADS System cylinder from the scale at the
bottom of the chart. Record the weight and
date on the record tag attached to the cylin-
der.
– For the LLI with black caps, see Figure 6-2
through Figure 6-6.
– For LLIs with white caps, see Figure 6-7
through Figure 6-10.
8. After taking the reading, carefully push the
tape down into the liquid level housing. Re-
place the protective cap.
If the weight loss is more than 5% of the ADS
System agent fill weight, the cylinder must be
Figure 6-1. Liquid Level Indicator
recharged.
Note: If the weight measured by the LLI indicates the cylinder should be recharged, Kidde Fire
Systems recommends the cylinder first be removed from service and the weight loss
verified using a weigh scale before recharging.
All ADS System cylinders must be filled or recharged by weight using a platform scale
or equivalent.
December 2022 6-8 06-237256-001

6-6.3.1.1 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for New Liquid Level Indicators
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ADS System
agent cylinders that use the LLIs with black colored caps.
Note: All new LLIs have a Black plastic cap and have a body made of stainless steel. If the cap
is white in color and the body is made of brass, please see Section 6-6.3.1.2
LLI CHART
200 LB CYLINDER
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI READING (IN.)
17
16
15
130°F
14
13 70°F
12 32°F
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 195 205
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
Figure 6-2. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for New LLI with Black Color Cap
06-237256-001 6-9 December 2022

LLI CHART
350 LB CYLINDER
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI READING (IN.)
14
13
12
130°F
11
10 70°F
9 32°F
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
LLI CHART
450 LB CYLINDER
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI READING (IN.)
16
15
14
13 130°F
12
70°F
11
10 32°F
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
255 275 295 315 335 355 375 395 415 435 455
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
Figure 6-4. LLI Calibration Chart for 450 lb (182 Liter) Cylinder
December 2022 6-10 06-237256-001

LLI CHART
600 LB CYLINDER
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI READING (IN.)
16
15
14
130°F
13
12 70°F
11 32°F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
LLI CHART
900 LB CYLINDER
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI READING (IN.)
17
16
15
14 130°F
13
70°F
12
11 32°F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760 800 840 880 920
AGENT WEIGHT (LB)
06-237256-001 6-11 December 2022

6-6.3.1.2 Liquid Level Indicator Charts for Legacy Liquid Level Indicators
Use these charts to calculate the weight of agent based on temperature for all ADS System
agent cylinders that use the legacy LLIs with white colored caps.
Note: All legacy LLIs have a white plastic cap and have a body made of brass. If the cap is
Black in color and the body is made of stainless steel, please see Section 6-6.3.1.1
The charts in Figure 6-7 through Figure 6-10 have been modified slightly from
those presented in past revisions of this manual. These modifications are to
increase legibility and do not impact the data points.
LLI CHART
200 lb. (91 kg) CYLINDER
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
LLI Reading (in.)
17
130 F
16
70 F
15
0F
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
85 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 185 195 205
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)
Figure 6-7. LLI Calibration Chart for 200 lb (81 Liter) Cylinder for Legacy LLI with White Colored Cap
December 2022 6-12 06-237256-001

LLI Chart
350 lb. Cylinder
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
LLI READING (in.)
14
13 130 F
12 70 F
11 0F
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 350
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)
LLI CHART
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
LLI READING (in.)
15
130 F
14
70 F
13
0F
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
255 275 295 315 335 355 375 395 415 435 455 475 495 515 535 555 575 595 615
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)
06-237256-001 6-13 December 2022

LLI CHART
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
LLI READING (in.)
16
15 130 F
14 70 F
13 0F
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
380 420 460 500 540 580 620 660 700 740 780 820 860 900
AGENT WEIGHT (lb.)
6-6.3.2 Weighing Cylinders without Using the Liquid Level Indicator

Weigh the agent cylinders as follows:
Install protection cap on agent cylinder valve actuation port and safety cap on
cylinder valve outlet port. Disconnect system actuation assembly, discharge
WARNING hoses and flexible pilot hoses to prevent accidental system discharge and
possible personal injury.
1. Remove cylinder(s) as instructed in Paragraph 6-10.

2. Place the cylinder on a scale.
3. Record the weight and date on the record card and attach it to the agent cylinder. The gross
weight and tare (empty) weight are metal stamped on the agent cylinder valve label.
Therefore, subtract tare weight from the gross weight to determine net weight of original
charge. Then, subtract tare weight from scale reading to determine net weight of the agent
remaining in the agent cylinder. If the recorded agent net weight is less than 95% of orig-
inal charge net weight, replace the cylinder with a fully charged agent cylinder (refer to
Paragraph 6-10).
4. If the cylinder weight meets requirements, reinstall the cylinder (see Paragraph 6-11).
December 2022 6-14 06-237256-001

6-6.4 Test Selector and Lockout Valves
6-6.4.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve

1. Operate the valve manually by the use of the emergency handle. The handle should move
freely when opening and closing the valve.
2. Close the selector valve and store the emergency handle in a convenient place
Should for any reason the unit fail to operate as intended or should there be any doubt about
the opening/closing of the valve, contact Kidde Fire Systems.
Never attempt to modify the actuator assembly (i.e. never open the actuator).
6-6.4.2 Semi-Annual 3-Way Direction Valve Test

The solenoid on 3-Way Directional Valves must be tested every 6 months to ensure that the
solenoid is operating properly. Use the following procedure to test the solenoid:
1. Remove the upper bracket by removing the three small bolts holding the upper bracket to
the lower bracket.
2. Remove the coil from the solenoid by loosening the large bolt holding the coil in place. See
Figure 6-11.
Coil
Bolt
Figure 6-11. Solenoid Assembly

3. Energize the coil and verify the presence of a magnetic field using a Bartol Mag-Probe® or
similar device. If there is no magnetic field, replace the solenoid.
4. Replace the coil and secure it in place.
5. Install the upper bracket using the smaller bolts.
After the test, ensure the solenoids on every 3-Way Directional valve are in the normal, non-
bypass state (see Figure 6-12).
If the solenoid is in the bypass state, turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the
notch on the button is pointing to 0 to return the solenoid to the normal state.
Normal, Non-Bypass
Bypass State
State
06-237256-001 6-15 December 2022

6-6.4.3 System Lockout Valve Operation Test (if Fitted)
The ball valve should be manually operated and the operation of the micro-switch (if fitted)
observed.
1. Signal to be initiated on control panel.
2. Replace the micro-switch if found to be defective.
6-7 2 YEAR INSPECTION PROCEDURE
6-7.1 Blow Out Distribution Piping
Do not use water or oxygen to blow out pipe lines. Using oxygen is especially
WARNING dangerous since even a minute amount of oil may cause an explosion.
1. Remove any nozzles from piping to allow any foreign matter to blow clear.
2. Remove all pressure operated control heads from cylinders.
Do not disconnect a pressure operated control head from a flexible discharge

hose. Accidental discharge of system will cause the flexible hose, without
WARNING control head attached, to whip around, resulting in possibly severe personal
injury and equipment damage.
3. Open the control valves and keep them open long enough to ensure the pipes are clean.
4. Blow out all distribution piping with air or nitrogen to ensure that it is not obstructed.
5. Reinstall the nozzles in their original locations.
6. Reconnect all control heads.
December 2022 6-16 06-237256-001

6-7.2 Conduct System Pressure Test
Per NFPA 2001, Latest Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using Nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those sepa-
rated by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Check, Lockout, Selector, and Directional
valves are tested in all applicable states.
To perform a pressure test of the piping system, follow these steps:
1. Disconnect all actuation lines and electrical control heads.
2. Disconnect the discharge hose or valve outlet adapter from each agent cylinders.
3. Ensure all nozzles are removed with plugs in their place and there are no other openings in
the system piping.
4. Pressurize the pipe system to at least 40 psi using Nitrogen or other dry gas, ensuring all
section see this pressure. Pressure should be applied to one end of the agent manifold
through to the pipe network. This ensures each check valve is also covered by the test.
Remove the source of pressure, ensuring the system remains closed and that the pressure
inside can be monitored.
5. Monitor the pressure for 10 minutes, ensuring the pressure does not drop below 80 percent
of the test pressure (32 psi if using 40 psi as the test pressure).
6. If the pressure loss is greater than 20 percent of the test pressure, locate the leak and re-
place any necessary components.
7. Return the system to full service, ensuring all nozzles are replaced in the correct location,
and all cylinders are properly connected to the system piping. Re-connect the actuation
lines and electrical control head(s).
06-237256-001 6-17 December 2022

6-8 5 YEAR INSPECTION PROCEDURE
6-8.1 Inspection and Retest Procedures for Agent and Nitrogen Cylinders
These guidelines do not apply to cylinders containing a commodity other

CAUTION than Nitrogen or the agent.
All ADS system agent cylinders are designed, fabricated, and factory tested at 1000 psig (68.9
bar gauge) in compliance with DOT CFR 49 4BA-500 or 4BW-500 as stamped on each cylinder.
Nitrogen pilot and driver cylinders conform to DOT 3AA standards.
These cylinders are governed by NFPA 2001, Latest Edition regulations. Cylinders in continuous
service without discharge require a complete external visual inspection every five years in
accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet C-6 except that the cylinders need not
be emptied or stamped while under pressure.
Record date of inspection followed by "E" on record tag attached to each cylinder. Where the
visual inspection shows damage or corrosion, the cylinder shall be emptied, requalified and
marked in accordance with 49 CFR 49 CFR 180.209 revised as of October 1, 2021.
Important: Additional Hydrostatic Testing of the agent cylinders and any associated Nitrogen
pilot or driver cylinders may be required per DOT and other regulations. For more
information, see: Section 6-8.4, Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements.
6-8.2 Flexible Hose Hydrostatic Test

Per NFPA 2001 latest edition, all flexible hoses must be hydro-tested or replaced every 5 years.
December 2022 6-18 06-237256-001

6-8.3 Inspection Procedures-15 Years
6-8.3.1 Rebuild Agent Cylinder Valves

After 15 years in service without a discharge or 15 years after the last discharge, Kidde Fire
Systems recommends that the valves on each agent cylinder be rebuilt. Use the following pro-
cess when rebuilding the valves:
1. Remove the cylinder from the service as instructed.
2. Transport the cylinder to a safe location, secure the cylinder, then discharge the cylinder,
emptying the contents of the cylinder and saving the agent in a bulk unit.
3. Disassemble the valve by follow the corresponding section outlined in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Valve Disassembly Instructions
Valve Size Instructions
2 in. Section 7-3.1, 2” Valve Disassembly

3 in. Section 7-4.1, Valve Disassembly (3 inch Valve)
4. For 3 inch valves, replace the pilot check as outlined in Section 7-4.2, Replacing 3 inch Valve
Pilot Check.
5. Rebuild the valve by follow the corresponding section outlined in Table 6-4
Table 6-4. Valve Rebuild Instructions
2 in. Section 7-3.2, 2” Valve Assembly

3 in. Section 7-4.3, Valve Assembly (3 inch)
6. Replace safety burst discs on the valve or cylinder shoulder per the corresponding section
outlined in Table 6-5
Table 6-5. Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Instructions
2 in. and 3 in. Section 7-7, Safety Burst Disc Replacement (2” and 3” Valves)
7. Refill the agent cylinder per Section 7-11, Recharging Agent Cylinders, then conduct nec-
essary leak testing as per Section 7-11.4, Agent Cylinder Leak Test.
8. Return the cylinder to service as detailed in Section 6-11, Installing an Agent Cylinder.
06-237256-001 6-19 December 2022

6-8.4 Cylinder Hydrostatic Testing Requirements
Requirements for transportation of pressurized cylinders are given in 49 CFR 173.301 revised
as of October 1, 2021. Other state or local regulations may apply.
DOT 4BA and 4BW cylinders used exclusively in ADS system for agent storage that are
commercially free from corroding components are required to be hydrostatically retested
and restamped per Table 6-6, in accordance with 49 CFR, revised as of October 1, 2021.
Table 6-6. Retest Schedule DOT Specification Agent Cylinders
First Subsequent
Inspection Method Special Marking
Retest Due Retest Due
Proof pressure test at least two times the

marked service pressure Retest Date Month/Year
12 years 7 years
Reference 49 CFR 180.209(j) revised as of Followed by "S"
October 1, 2021
External visual inspection per NFPA 2001
Retest Date Month/Year
(2022) 11.6.1.1 and 49 CFR 49 CFR 5 years 5 years
Followed by "E"
180.209(g) revised as of October 1, 2021
DOT 3AA cylinders used exclusively in ADS system for storing Nitrogen used to drive
sirens, discharge delays, and provide pilot pressure that are commercially free from
corroding components are required to be hydrostatically retested and restamped per
Table 6-6, in accordance with 49 CFR, revised as of October 1, 2021.
Table 6-7. Retest Schedule DOT Specification 108, 1040, and 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinders
First Subsequent
Inspection Method Special Marking
Retest Due Retest Due
Proof pressure test at least 5/3 times the

marked service pressure Retest Date Month/Year
10 years 10 years
Reference 49 CFR 180.209(b) revised as of Followed by "S"
October 1, 2021
External visual inspection per NFPA 2001
Retest Date Month/Year
(2022) 11.6.1.1 and 49 CFR 49 CFR 5 years 5 years
Followed by "E"
180.209(g) revised as of October 1, 2021
December 2022 6-20 06-237256-001

6-9 SERVICE
6-9.1 Cleaning
Remove dirt from metallic parts using a lint-free cloth moistened with dry cleaning solvent. Dry
parts with a clean, dry, lint-free cloth or air blow dry. Wipe non-metallic parts with clean, dry,
lint-free cloth. Remove corrosion with crocus cloth.
Note: If the system utilizes directional valves, verify that the mufflers and the bleed vent hole
at the end of the solenoid are not clogged. Air blow as required to allow for proper vent-
ing.
6-9.2 Nozzle Service

Service nozzles after use as follows:
1. Clean the outside of the nozzles with a rag or soft brush.
2. Examine the discharge orifices for damage or blockage. If the nozzles appear to be ob-
structed, unscrew the nozzles and clean by immersing them in cleaning solvent. Dry with
lint-free cloth. Replace damaged nozzles. Nozzles must be replaced with the same part
number in the same location. See Paragraph 3-11.5 for the correct nozzle placement and
orientation.
6-9.3 Repairs
Replace all damaged parts found during inspection. Replacement procedures for ADS system
cylinders are provided below. Since replacement for other system components are similar,
refer to installation drawings and ADS system assembly drawings for guidance.
ADS system cylinders must be refilled or replaced when a cylinder indicates a loss in weight in
excess of 5% of the original charged net weight, or immediately after discharge.
6-10 REMOVING AN AGENT CYLINDER AND NITROGEN DRIVER

Remove an agent cylinder as follows:
Do not disconnect the flexible discharge hose or valve outlet adapter prior to
removing a pressure-operated or electric control head from a nitrogen driver
WARNING cylinder. Before replacing a ADS system cylinder in a hazard area group, ensure
the pilot line is completely vented of all pressure.
6-10.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Disconnect the swivel nut on the control head from the cylinder valve actuation port. Re-
move the control head from the driver cylinder.
2. Install a protection cap on the nitrogen driver cylinder valve actuation port.
3. Disconnect the discharge head and transfer hose from the nitrogen hose from the nitrogen
driver cylinder.
4. Remove the valve outlet adapter, or loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible dis-
charge hose from the discharge outlet port adapter from the agent cylinder.
5. Immediately install a safety cap on the cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove the cylinder strap. Remove the agent cylinder from the bracket.
06-237256-001 6-21 December 2022

6-10.2 Multiple Cylinder System
1. Remove all control head and discharge heads from the nitrogen driver cylinders. Immedi-
ately install the protection caps.
2. Disconnect the swivel nut on the pressure operated control heads from the agent cylinder
valve actuation ports. Leave the flexible actuation hose or tubing attached to the pressure
operated control heads.
3. Immediately install the protection cap on the agent cylinder valve actuation port and the
nitrogen driver actuation ports.
4. Loosen the swivel nut and remove the flexible discharge hose from the discharge outlet port
of the agent cylinders.
To prevent possible injury to personnel, each cylinder must have its safety cap
WARNING installed immediately upon disconnecting the discharge hose or valve adapter.
5. Immediately install the safety cap on the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
6. Remove attaching hardware or cylinder straps. Remove the cylinders from there bracket.
Weigh the cylinders using a platform scale, if applicable.
6-11 INSTALLING AN AGENT CYLINDER

Install agent cylinders as follows:
6-11.1 Single Cylinder System

1. Position the ADS system cylinders in the designated location. Secure in place with cylinder
straps or wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinder with the valve outlet
angled toward the cylinder discharge piping (refer to installation drawings).

CAUTION before attaching to the cylinder valve outlet.
2. Remove the safety cap from the agent cylinder valve outlet port.
3. Immediately reconnect the valve outlet adapter or flexible discharge hose to the agent cyl-
inder outlet port and connect to system piping.
4. Remove the protection cap from the agent cylinder actuation port.
WARNING result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
5. Install the pressure operated control head to the top of the agent cylinder valve.
6. Connect associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fitting and transfer hose.
7. Connect transfer hose to discharge head.
8. Attach discharge head to nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
9. Install control head to nitrogen driver.
December 2022 6-22 06-237256-001

6-11.2 Multiple Cylinder System
1. Position the agent cylinders in designated location. Secure in place with cylinder straps or
wall brackets and mounting hardware. Orient the cylinders with the valve outlets angled
towards the cylinder discharge piping. (Refer to system installation drawings.)
Discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters must be connected into system piping
CAUTION (union connection) before attaching to cylinder valves.
2. Remove the safety caps from the agent cylinder valve outlet ports.
3. Immediately reconnect flexible discharge hoses or valve outlet adapters to the cylinder
valve outlet ports. Connect all agent cylinders to system piping.
4. Remove the protection caps from all agent cylinder actuation ports and connect the pres-
sure operated control heads to the top of all the agent cylinder valves.
WARNING result in cylinder discharge when attempting to install the control head.
5. Install all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on the
agent cylinder valve actuation ports. Tighten the swivel nuts.
6. Connect all associated actuation hoses, transfer fittings, orifice fittings and transfer hoses.
7. Connect the discharge heads to the transfer hoses.
8. Reinstall all pressure operated control heads with flexible actuation hoses or tubing on all
the nitrogen driver cylinders (refer to Paragraph 4-9.2 for the 200, 350, and 450 lb. cylin-
ders; refer to Paragraph 4-9.3 for the 600 and 900 lb. cylinders).
9. Connect the discharge heads to the nitrogen driver cylinders.
10. Connect the control head to the actuation port of the primary nitrogen driver cylinder.
06-237256-001 6-23 December 2022

6-11.3 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
1. Install nitrogen cylinder in mounting bracket. Rotate cylinder until valve outlet is in desired
position.
2. Tighten mounting bracket strap.
3. Remove pipe plug and connect adapter (Part No. WK-699205-010) to cylinder valve outlet
port. Attach flexible actuation hose to outlet port adapter.
4. Remove protection cap from cylinder valve control head port.
Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in the
fully retracted or SET position) before attaching it to the cylinder valve.
IF THE CONTROL HEAD IS IN THE ACTUATED POSITION, THE CYLINDER VALVE
WARNING WILL DISCHARGE ON ATTEMPTING TO PLACE THE CONTROL HEAD ON THE
VALVE ACTUATION PORT.
5. Install control head to cylinder valve.

6. Tighten the control head to the valve. Tightening the control head to the valve requires that
a wrench be used to hold the valve while the control head hex nut is tightened. The outlet
fitting (1/8 NPT to 5/16 tube connector) must be removed to expose the two flats on the
valve body (new cylinders are supplied with plastic shipping plug in this outlet).
7. Both the valve body and the control head hex nut are 1-1/2” across the flats. Hold the valve
body using a 1-1/2” wrench (preferred) or a suitable smooth jawed adjustable wrench.
8. Position the control head in the desired orientation and hand tighten the hex-nut. Using a
torque wrench1 fitted with a 1-1/2” crowfoot wrench, tighten to a minimum torque of 60
ft. lb.2.
9. Reinstall outlet fitting and connect to system hose, tubing or pipe (as appropriate).
1 Recommended 10-100 ft. lb. 1/2” drive torque wrench. Other ranges are acceptable pro-
vided 40-60 ft. lb. is within optimum tolerance for the tool.
2 Set wrench to a minimum setting of 55 ft. lb. (most styles of crowfoot will increase the
actual torque value by approximately 10% since a typical 1-1/2” crowfoot wrench has a
center-to-center dimension of 2”. Actual minimum torque value is 60 ft. lb. Calculate effect
of crowfoot using tool manufacturer’s data.
December 2022 6-24 06-237256-001

6-12 REPLACING A LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
Do not replace the LLI on a filled or pressurized agent cylinder. The cylinder
must be discharged and de-pressurized prior to removing the LLI. Failure to
WARNING follow this warning may result in injury or death due to the release of
pressurized agent.
Replacing the LLI is only required if the existing LLI is damaged or broken. Follow these steps
to replace an LLI:
1. Ensure the cylinder is fully de-pressurized and emptied.
Before removing the LLI, make sure that all residual pressure has been relieved
from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining residual pressure, depress the
WARNING pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved. Failure to do so
could result in injury or death due to release of the pressurized agent.
2. Unscrew and remove the old LLI assembly.

3. Apply lubricant to the o-ring of the new LLI assembly. Use Parker Super-O-Lube or equiv-
alent.
4. Install the new LLI with o-ring in place and tighten.
Table 6-8. LLI Replacement Part Numbers Conversion
Legacy LLI with White Cap P/N Cylinder LLI with Back Cap P/N
WK-283894-000 200 lb 85-235000-037

WK-283894-000 350 lb 85-235000-037
Not Applicable 450 lb 85-235000-042
WK-283894-000 600 lb 85-235000-037
06-118266-001 900 lb 85-235000-042
06-237256-001 6-25 December 2022

6-13 REPLACING AN I-VALVE
Follow these instructions when replacing an I-valve:
Never assume that a cylinder is empty. Ensure the cylinder is fully

WARNING depressurized before removing the valve. Failure to do so may result in injury
1. Secure the cylinder and ensure the cylinder has been discharged of contents.
2. Remove the old I-valve.
3. Ensure there is no tread tape left on the cylinder neck. Make sure the cylinder is clean and
dry inside.
4. Wrap the new I-valve’s thread with 10-12 rounds of PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape 0.057
mm or equivalent). Apply the tape in a clockwise direction on the tapered thread in an even
pattern, starting 2 mm from the start of the thread and ending approximately 2 mm from
end of the thread.
5. Screw the valve into an empty, clean and dry cylinder.
6. Screw the valve into an empty, clean and dry cylinder. Install until hand tight, then tighten
to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.
7. Remove excess tape material after the valve has been screwed into the cylinder.
8. Wrap the thread of the pressure gauge with 2-3 rounds of PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape
0.057 mm or equivalent).
9. Install the pressure gauge on the available port facing the label. Install until hand tight,
then tighten to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.
10. Wrap the thread of the supervisory pressure switch port Schrader valve with 2-3 rounds of
PTFE sealing tape (PFTE-Paktape 0.057 mm or equivalent).
11. Install the pressure gauge on the available port opposite the label. Install until hand tight,
then tighten to 2 - 3 turns past hand tight.
December 2022 6-26 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 7
POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
7-1 INTRODUCTION
Follow these procedures after the Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System (ADS
system) has been activated and discharged agent.
The ADS system can use either Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230
Fire Protection Fluid, herein referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by
name.
7-2 AGENT VALVE INSPECTION AND SERVICE

After each discharge, the agent valve must be rebuilt as follows:
Important–Because the agent tends to dissolve and wash out lubricant, certain components
in the agent valve assembly will have to be inspected and serviced before recharging the
cylinder/valve assembly. Part numbers for items which may require replacement are listed in
Table 7-1.
Note: Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced along with
the O-rings.
Before removing any cylinder from the system, ensure the following:
agent cylinders.
7.3 2” Valve Post Discharge Maintenance
7-3.1 2” Valve Disassembly
Before removing the valve, make certain all pressure has been relieved from the
cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, make sure the cylinder is secure,
WARNING then depress the pressure switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.
Note: Replace O-rings when rebuilding the valve. Never reuse old O-rings.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring (Item 2 in Figure 7-1) and discard the O-ring.
3. Remove the valve cap and spring. Remove the Cap O-ring (Item 1) and discard the O-ring.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. How-
ever, if there is excessive friction at the piston, the siphon tube may have to be removed
and the piston assembly pushed out the valve body from the bottom.
4. Remove the piston assembly (Item 3).
06-237256-001 7-1 December 2022

5. Examine the Schrader valve core pin (Item 4) for any evidence of bending or other damage.
Depress the pin and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace the valve core if necessary
using a standard Schrader core wrench. When reinstalling a new Schrader core element,
torque to 1½ to 3 in· lb (0.17 to .34 N-m).
After reinstalling a Schrader core, the distance from the top of the core pin to
the control head seating surface must fall between the dimensions of 0.515 in
CAUTION to 0.565 in (13 mm to 14 mm) when in the “shut” or non-actuated position (see
Figure 7-1).
Gauging Dimension:
.515 - .565 in.
Valve Cap
Schrader Core
Cap O-ring
Spring
Piston
Assembly
Neck O-ring
Siphon Tube
Figure 7-1. Valve Assembly
Table 7-1. Valve Components
Figure Item No. Description 2” Valves Part Number

1 O-ring, cap Included in Rebuild Kit
2 O-ring, neck Included in Rebuild Kit
3 Piston Assembly Included in Rebuild Kit
4 Schrader core WK-220278-000
Table 7-2. Other Valve Components
Other Materials Description

Lubricant Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent
Loctite® Sealant Loctite Corp. Sealant, Grade CV or equivalent
Locquic Primer Loctite Corp. Primer, Grade N or equivalent
December 2022 7-2 06-237256-001

7-3.2 2” Valve Assembly
When using a 2 inch cylinder valve assembly, ALWAYS ensure either the
cylinder or valve assembly contains a safety burst disc. This is especially
important if a new valve is being installed on an older cylinder. Cylinder-Valve
WARNING assemblies manufactured prior to 2014 used a valve with a burst disc and NO
burst disc on the cylinder. New valves DO NOT have a burst disc and must
NEVER be installed on a cylinder with no burst disc.
Note: The items refer to Figure 7-1.

1. Inspect the cleanliness of lubricated O-rings on the new piston assembly. Re-lubricate O-
rings if needed. Discard the old Piston Assembly, including the O-rings.
2. Press the new piston assembly (Item 3) into the valve body. When installing the new piston
assembly, lightly lubricate the area of upper O-ring travel in valve body to ease installation.
Do not lubricate near the outlet.
3. Install the spring.
4. Apply lubricant to the new Cap O-ring (Item 1). Install the new Cap O-ring onto the groove
in the valve cap.
5. Screw the valve cap onto the valve body and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm).
6. Apply lubricant to the Neck O-ring (Item 2). Install the Neck O-ring onto the valve neck
groove.
7. If you had to remove the siphon tube for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
8. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry.
9. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the first several threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
10. Screw the valve and siphon tube onto the cylinder, and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs
(135.5 - 149.1 Nm)
11. Discard any unused parts from the rebuild kit.
06-237256-001 7-3 December 2022

7-4 3” VALVE POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
7-4.1 Valve Disassembly (3 inch Valve)

Note: Refer to Figure 7-2 and Table 7-3 for items.
Before removing the valve, make sure that all pressure has been relieved from
the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, ensure the cylinder is secured
WARNING then depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
1. Remove the valve with the siphon tube from the cylinder.
2. Remove the cylinder neck O-ring and replace it. Before reinstalling the O-ring, apply lubri-
cant.
3. Remove the valve cap, spring and piston assembly.
Note: Remove all internal components of the agent valve from the top of the assembly. How-
ever, if there is excessive piston O-ring friction, the siphon tube may have to be re-
moved and the piston assembly pressed out from the bottom.
4. Remove the O-rings and replace them. Before reinstalling the O-rings, apply lubricant.
5. Ensure that the O-ring protrudes a minimum of 0.020 in. (0.5 mm) above the conical seat-
ing surface of the piston assembly. Replace this O-ring by removing the seat retainer. Be-
fore reassembling, apply lubricant to the O-ring.
6. Examine the pilot check for any evidence of bending or other damage. Depress the check
and make certain it snaps back freely. Replace pilot check if necessary.
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
WK-923066-000
Pilot Check Spring
WF-230640-000
Piston O-Ring
Valve Cap O-Ring WK-566103-370
WK-566102-410 Back-Up Teflon Ring
Spring WK-554003-400
Piston
Retainer O-Ring
WK-566103-400
Safety Cap
Refill Part
(½ inch NPT Thread)
Neck O-Ring Retainer

WK-566103-470 06-235924-001
Inner Piston O-Ring

WK-566101-170
Figure 7-2. 3 inch Valve Assembly
Table 7-3. 3 inch Valve Components
O-ring, Cap WK-566102-410
O-ring, Piston WK-566103-370
O-ring, Seat WK-566103-400
O-ring, Neck WK-566103-470
O-ring, Inner Piston WK-566101-170
Back-up Ring WK-554003-400
December 2022 7-4 06-237256-001

7-4.2 Replacing 3 inch Valve Pilot Check
Note: Refer to Figure 7-3 for items.
1. Remove the valve cap.
2. Using retaining ring pliers, remove the retaining ring holding the pilot check, spring, and
disk in place. Save the retaining ring.
3. Remove the disk, spring, and pilot check. Save the disk.
4. Install the new pilot check and new spring.
5. Place the disk in and hold the assembly in place with the retaining ring.
6. Make sure the pilot check moves freely.
Valve Cap
Pilot Check
Spring
Disk
Retaining Ring
Figure 7-3. 3 inch Valve Pilot Check Assembly
7-4.3 Valve Assembly (3 inch)

Note: Refer to Figure 7-2 and Table 7-3.
1. Install the O-ring (Figure 7-2) in the piston groove.
Make certain that the Teflon™ back-up ring is below the O-ring as shown in
CAUTION Figure 7-2.
2. Press the piston back into the valve body.

4. Install the O-ring onto the groove in the valve cap. Screw the cap onto the valve body and
torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm).
5. If the siphon tube had to be removed for valve disassembly, wire brush the siphon tube
threads to remove the old Loctite residue.
6. Apply a film of Loctite primer to the siphon tube threads and allow three to five minutes to
dry.
7. Apply a film of Loctite sealant to the threads and reinstall the siphon tube.
8. Install the O-ring onto the valve neck groove, screw the valve and siphon tube onto the
cylinder, and torque to 100 - 110 ft-lbs (135.5 - 149.1 Nm).
06-237256-001 7-5 December 2022

7-5 USING THE CAP OR CYLINDER NECK O-RING INSTALLATION TOOL
Note: These tools are included in both the 2” and 3” valve rebuild kits. Use the correct tool for
the correct valve size.
1. Place the installation over top of the threads on the cap or cylinder neck as shown in
Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5.
Figure 7-4. Cap Installation Tool
Figure 7-5. Cylinder Neck Installation Tool

Note: Colors are enhanced to assist with readability and do not reflect actual product color.
2. Ensure the O-ring is properly lubricated, then place the O-ring on top of the insertion tool.
3. Slide the O-ring down over the tool and into place on the cap or the cylinder neck.
Figure 7-6. Cap and Cylinder O-ring Installed

4. Remove the tool.
December 2022 7-6 06-237256-001

7-6 USING THE PISTON INSERTION TOOL
Note: This tool is included in both the 2” and 3” valve rebuild kits. Use the correct tool for the
correct valve size.
1. Place the insertion tool into the cylinder valve, covering the threads as shown in Figure 7-7.
Figure 7-7. Piston Installation Tool

2. Ensure the piston O-ring is properly lubricated, then slide the piston down through the in-
stallation tool.
Figure 7-8. Installing the Piston

3. Push the piston down until it cannot be pressed in further.
Figure 7-9. Piston in Installed Position

4. Remove the installation tool.
06-237256-001 7-7 December 2022

7-7 SAFETY BURST DISC REPLACEMENT (2” AND 3” VALVES)
Whenever the valve is rebuilt, the Safety Disc Assembly must be replaced.
CAUTION
Before removing the Safety Burst Disc Assembly, make sure that all pressure
has been relieved from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, restrain
WARNING the cylinder and depress the pressure check in the Supervisory Pressure Switch.
Note: This only applies for 2” valves manufactured after April 2014 and all 3” valves. For 2”
valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-150200-000). For
3” valves, the Safety Disc parts are included in the Re-build Kit (P/N 85-170200-000).
The safety disc for the 2” and 3” valves are located on the cylinder shoulder.
1. Remove and discard the safety burst disc assembly (see Figure 7-11).
2. Apply lubricant to the packing O-ring of the new safety burst disc assembly (see
Figure 7-10).
3. Install the new safety disc assembly to the cylinder. Torque to the appropriate value listed
in Table 7-4.
Never install any other type of safety burst disc assembly than specified in
Table 7-4 for the corresponding cylinder. Installing the incorrect assembly could
result in a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury and/or
property damage.
Make sure that multiple safety discs are not stuck together. Installing more than
WARNING one safety disc could result in violent rupture of the cylinder and serious injury.
Never reinstall a used safety disc and/or washer. Once the retainer has been
removed or the valve has been rebuilt, the disc and washer must be replaced with
new components.
Packing O-ring
Figure 7-10. 2” and 3” Valve/Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Assembly
December 2022 7-8 06-237256-001

Date Code Location
Safety Disc Assembly
Figure 7-11. Safety Burst Disc Assembly Location (2” Valve Shown)
Safety Disc Assembly
Figure 7-12. Installation of Safety Burst Disc on Shoulder of Cylinder (2” Valve Shown)
Table 7-4. 2” and 3” Safety Disc Replacement Information
Safety Disc included with

Valve Size Torque psig @ 70°F Cylinder Size
Rebuild Kit P/N
85-150200-000 2” 90 ft lb 800-975 200, 350, 450 lb
85-170200-000 3” 90 ft lb 800-975 600, 900 lb
06-237256-001 7-9 December 2022

7-8 NITROGEN DRIVER I-VALVE INSPECTION AND SERVICES
Inspect and service the nitrogen I-Valve as follows:
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the nitrogen I-Valve assembly will have
to be serviced and inspected before recharging the driver/valve Assembly. Part num-
bers for items which may require replacement are listed in Table 7-5.
7-8.1 I-Valve Disassembly

Note: Refer to Figure 7-13 and Table 7-5.
Before disassembly of valve, relieve all pressure from the cylinder. Contents
WARNING under pressure can cause personal injury or property damage.
1. Remove valve seat (P/N WK-202490-000).

2. Remove copper sealing gasket (P/N WK-326420-000).
3. Remove main check assembly and spring (P/N: WK-800760-000 and WK-326410-000).
4. Remove sleeve retainer, brass sleeve and pilot check assembly (P/N: WK-202804-000,
WK-202805-000, and WK-923066-000, respectively).
5. Remove the main check and pilot check assemblies.
COPPER GASKET
WK-326420-000
VALVE SEAT - WK-202490-000
VALVE BODY MAIN CHECK - WK-800760-000

WK-270403-000
2.50-14 NS-3
SLEEVE RETAINER (FOR DISCHARGE
WK-202804-000 HEAD CONNECTION)
SPRING - WK-326410-000
5.44" DISC RETAINER
PILOT CHECK WK-220034-000 (WHITE)
WK-923066-000 WK-295500-000 (WHITE)
SAFETY DISC - WK-903684-000 (WHITE)
1.25-18 NS-3 AND WASHER
(FOR CONTROL WASHER- WK-2945000-000
HEAD CONNECTION)
SLEEVE
TYPICAL
WK-202805-000
CYLINDER
Figure 7-13. 5/8-inch I-Valve for Nitrogen Driver
Table 7-5. I-Valve Components
Part Number Description Qty.
WK-923066-000 Pilot Check Assembly 1

WK-202805-000 Brass Sleeve 1
WK-202804-000 Sleeve Retainer 1
WK-326410-000 Spring 1
WK-800760-000 Main Check Assembly – 5/8” I-Valve 1
WK-326420-000 Copper Gasket 1
WK-202490-000 Valve Seat 1
WK-368200-000 Safety Disc (white) 1
WK-294500-000 Washer 1
December 2022 7-10 06-237256-001

7-8.2 Nitrogen Driver I-Valve Assembly
After each part has been inspected, assemble the valve in the following order:
1. Install the new pilot check assembly.
2. Install the brass sleeve.
3. Install the sleeve retainer.
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up. The copper sealing
gasket MUST be replaced when the valve seat is removed. Refer to Figure 7-13.
5. Install the new main check assembly.
6. Install the new copper gasket (rounded side up). Apply a lubricant to the gasket before re-
placing.
7. Install the valve seat. Torque to 150 ± 15 ft-lbf (203 ± 20 N-m).
7-8.3 Nitrogen Driver Safety Disc Replacement

1. Remove the safety disc retainer nut, safety disc, and safety disc washer from the valve
body.
2. Assemble the new safety disc retainer nut, new safety disc, and new safety disc washer to
the valve body. Refer to Table 7-6 for torque valves.
Install only the type of safety burst disc that is specified for the nitrogen
cylinder. Installation of an incorrect safety burst disc assembly could result in
WARNING a violent rupture of the cylinder and cause death, serious injury and/or
property damage.
Never reinstall a used safety disc or washer. Once the safety disc retaining nut,
washer, and safety disc have been removed they must be replaced with new
WARNING parts.
Table 7-6. Safety Disc Replacements for the I-Valve
Safety Disc and Safety Disc Retainer

Nitrogen Driver Size Torque Value PSIG at 70°F
Washer P/N Nut P/N
2300 through 4890 cu. in. 81-902048-000 WK-220034-000 350 ± 35 in. lb. 2900-3250
06-237256-001 7-11 December 2022

7-8.4 Plain Nut Discharge Head Inspection and Service
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the discharge head assembly must be in-
spected and serviced before recommissioning the nitrogen driver cylinder. Part num-
bers for the items which may require replacement are listed in Table 7-7.
1. Remove top cap using a suitable wrench.
2. Inspect packing O-ring (P/N WF-209180-000). Replace O-ring if there is any sign of dam-
age or deterioration.
3. Lubricate packing O-ring and reinstall top cap. Tighten to 25 to 50 ft-lbf (35 to 70 N-m).
4. Examine inner and outer O-ring (P/N WF-242466-000 and WF-242467-000 respectively)
located concentrically on the bottom of the discharge head body.
5. Apply lubricant to both O-rings prior to attaching to I-valve (refer to Table 7-2 for lubricant
recommendations).
3.81"
(97 mm)
PISTON
BALL
RETAINER
STOP
CHECK BALL
CHECK
SPRING
3.94"
(100 mm) DISCHARGE
OUTLET
SET 3/4" NPS

POSITION
2 1/2 - 14N-3
OPERATED
POSITION
OUTER O-RING
P/N WF-242466-000
SWIVEL NUT
(FOR CONNECTION INNER 0-RING
TO CYLINDER VALVE) P/N WF-242467-000
STEM
Figure 7-14. Plain Nut Discharge Head
Table 7-7. Plain Nut Discharge Head Replacement Part Numbers
Part Number Qty. Description
WF-242466-000 1 Outer Packing O-Ring

WF-242467-000 1 Inner Packing O-Ring
WF-209180-000 1 Packing O-Ring, Top Cap
December 2022 7-12 06-237256-001

7-9 3/4-INCH CHECK DIFFUSER INSPECTION AND SERVICE
Note: After every discharge, certain components in the Check Diffuser must be inspected and
serviced before recharging the cylinder and valve assembly. Replacement parts are con-
tained in the Check Diffuser Assembly Kit, P/N: 06-129860-001 Description and part numbers
for the Check Diffuser Assembly kit which may require replacement are listed in
Table 7-8.
CAP
BODY
NITROGEN TRANSFER FITTING

NITROGEN TRANSFER “Y” FITTING O-RING
THREADS
ORIFICE FITTING 3/4 in. NIPPLE
ORIFICE FITTING
CHECK DIFFUSER
CHECK DIFFUSER
Single Driver System Dual Driver System
Figure 7-15. Check Diffuser Locations and Callouts
7-9.1 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Disassembly

(Refer to Figure 7-15 and Table 7-8)
Before disassembly of check diffuser, relieve all pressure from the cylinder by depressing the
Schraeder Core on the side of the cylinder valve. Contents under pressure can cause personal
injury or property damage.
Before removing the check diffuser, make certain all pressure has been relieved
from the cylinder. To relieve any remaining pressure, depress the pressure
WARNING switch Schrader valve until all pressure is relieved.
1. Remove the control heads from all Nitrogen drivers.

2. Disconnect the Nitrogen transfer hoses from the Nitrogen drivers.
3. Remove the pressure operated control head from the agent cylinder valve.
4. If servicing a single driver system, remove the Nitrogen transfer fitting from the orifice fit-
ting. If servicing a dual driver system, remove the Nitrogen transfer fitting from the 3/4 in.
nipple, then remove the nipple from the orifice fitting.
5. Remove the orifice fitting.
6. Remove Valve Seat (P/N 06-235930-001).
7. Remove and discard copper gasket (P/N WK-326420-000).
Note: Never reuse the copper gasket.
8. Remove Cup Check Assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
9. Remove Spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
10. Remove and replace the O-ring (P/N WK-556109-160), applying lubrication to the new O-
ring.
11. Examine rubber portions of cup check assembly. If any nicks, chips or dirt is found, the
parts should be replaced and/or cleaned before the cylinder and valve assembly is re-
charged.
06-237256-001 7-13 December 2022

7-9.2 3/4-inch Check Diffuser Assembly
After each part has been thoroughly inspected, assemble the valve in the following order:
1. Spring (P/N 06-118172-001).
2. Cup check assembly (P/N 06-129860-001).
3. Gasket (rounded side up). Apply lubricant to new copper gasket before installing.
4. Valve Seat. Torque to 150 ± 15 ft. lb. (203 ± 20 N-m).
Note: The main check assembly is installed with the rubber seat facing up.
The copper sealing gasket MUST be replaced when valve seat is removed.
VALVE SEAT
P/N 06-235930-001
COPPER GASKET
CUP CHECK ASSEMBLY P/N WK-326420-000
P/N 06-129860-001
SPRING
RETAINING RING
SPRING SEAT
O-RING
P/N WK-566109-160
3/4 in. CHECK

DIFFUSER BODY
Figure 7-16. 3/4-inch Check Diffuser
Table 7-8. Replacement Parts for Post-Discharge Maintenance of Check Diffuser
Description Part Number Qty.
Valve Seat 06-235930-001 1

Cup Check Assembly 06-129860-001 1
Copper Gasket WK-326420-000 1
O-Ring WK-566109-160 1
7-9.3 Replacing a Check Diffuser

Follow these steps to replace the check diffuser:
5. Using a wrench on the body of the check diffuser, remove the old diffuser from the cylinder.
6. Lubricate the O-ring on the new diffuser using Parker Seal Co. Super-O-Lube or equivalent.
7. Install the new check diffuser. Tighten to approximate 35-40 ft-lbs of torque. Use the body
when tightening. Do not use the cap (see Figure 7-15).
8. At this point, the cylinder can be recharged per Section 7-11 then returned to service.
December 2022 7-14 06-237256-001

7-10 SELECTOR VALVE INSPECTION
After a discharge, inspect all solenoids to ensure they are set to the normal,
non-bypass state. Failure to return the solenoids to the normal state may result
CAUTION in an incorrect discharge leading to injury or loss of life.
7-10.0.1 3-Way Directional Valve Inspection

If the solenoid is in the bypass state, turning the button 1/4-turn counter clockwise so the
notch on the button is pointing to 0 to return the solenoid to the normal state.
Normal, Non-Bypass
Bypass State
State
7-11 RECHARGING AGENT CYLINDERS
Agent cylinders may require retest before recharging (see Section 6-8.4 for
details on cylinder retest). FM Approval is based upon the usage of factory filled
CAUTION Kidde Engineered System cylinders.
Under no circumstances while performing either cylinder recharge or leak test,
should a charged cylinder be allowed to stand freely without either the charging
apparatus attached or the safety cap installed. Whenever these devices are not
installed, a charged cylinder must be securely clamped to a rigid structure capable
WARNING of sustaining the full thrust that would result should the valve inadvertently open.
The clamping device and supports must be capable of withstanding a thrust force of
1800 lb. (816.5 kg). This approximates the thrust force generated out of the agent
cylinder valve outlet on a full, wide-open discharge.
Agent charging equipment consists of an agent storage cylinder, piping adapter, control valves,
strainer, pressure gauge, flexible hoses, seating adapter, recharge adapter, pump, regulated
nitrogen supply, scale and interconnecting plumbing. Recharge equipment must be suitable for
the purpose intended and must be compatible with the ADS system. A typical agent charging
system schematic is shown in Figure 7-18.
Note: During recharge, cylinder pressure gauge is not to be used to determine charging pressure.
06-237256-001 7-15 December 2022

7-11.1 Set-up for Charging Equipment
Locate the charging equipment in a clean, well-ventilated area near the agent supply and
cylinder storage. There should be sufficient room for moving the cylinders to and from the
charging equipment.
nitrogen line
R
19
20
N2
19 18
17
14
11
2 12 13 16
15 6
10
3 8 15 15
1 4
7
5
15
Figure 7-18. Schematic for Filling Agent Cylinders by Pump
December 2022 7-16 06-237256-001

Table 7-9. Parts List for Figure 7-18
Item No. Description Specifications
1 *Agent Supply Container Kidde Fire System Supplied Agent Tote or Drum
2 6 psi Nitrogen Blanket Blanket must supply 6 psi of Grade H,K,L,M, or Q N2
and optional Moisture Filter Moisture Filter: Drierite P/Ns 40451, 50001, 50068
3 Container Supply Valve 2" Cam Lever Coupling
4 Cylinder Kidde Fire Systems Cylinder 10 lb - 900 lb
5 Scale 2000 lb Capacity, 0.1 lb increment
6 Fill Adapter Kidde Fire Systems P/Ns
82-878758-000 200-450 lb. cylinders
600-900 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of
valve outlet cap**
7 Pump CAPS Fire P/N CNDP 15FPS
8 Ball Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
9 Check Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
11 Vent Valve ½" 316 Stainless Steel / Working Pressure 2000 psi
12 Quick Connect/Disconnect ½" Self Sealing Coupling / Working Pressure 2000 psi
15 Hose ¼ - ½" Tubing / Working Pressure 2000 psi
16 Ball Valve 1/4" Ball Valve, Stainless Steel, Rated 2000 PSI (138 bar)
18 Hose 1/4” Hose, Flexible Metal, 48” Long, Stainless Steel Brand,
Teflon Lined, 1/4” Male NPT Fittings. Minimum Working
Pressure: 2000 PSI (138 bar)
19 Hose 1/4” sch. 40 stainless pipe. Fittings: stainless steel, 1/4”
NPT. Working pressure: 2000 PSI (138 bar) WOG
* Bulk containers of agent must bear the UL Component Recognition Mark and be supplied by Kidde Fire Systems.
** For replacement valve outlet cap order part number P/N 06-236884-001.
The plumbing should be modified to comply with the arrangement shown in Figure 7-18.
Depending on the type of transfer pump and agent supply container some variation in the
plumbing may be necessary.
All new agent supply containers must be inspected for relative humidity (RF). A
Vaisala HMP421 (220014) humidity meter, or equivalent, is recommended. The
meter should be positioned in the vapor space of the supply container. Do not
CAUTION immerse the probe in the liquid. The relative humidity must be less than 50%.
If humidity is more than 50% contact Kidde Fire Systems for assistance.
06-237256-001 7-17 December 2022

7-11.1.1 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Pressure
2 3 Stainless 17 18
Pipe P
R
16
Hose
Flexible
15
11
Hose
Flexible
10
N2 Thermocouple
21 and Temperature 9
Display 5
1 Pressure 8 12
19 Display
7
14 4
13
20
Figure 7-19. Schematic for Filling Agent with N2 by Pressure

1 N2 Cylinder 1800 or 6000 psi Bottles
3 Regulator Appropriate for N2 Bottle
5 Straps 5000 lb Rating
6 Agitator Description in Table 7-11
82-878758-000 200-450 lb. cylinders
600-900 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of valve
outlet cap**
12 Seating Adapter Kidde Fire Systems P/N WK-933537-000
18 Pressure Gauge Calibrated 0-600 psi minimum. Increments Marked in 10 psi
or Less
19 Pressure Display Compatible with Transducer
20 Pressure Transducer Calibrated 0-600 psi minimum. Increments Marked in 10 psi
or Less
21 Thermocouple and Temperature Display Calibrated Thermocouple, 2°F Increments or Less
December 2022 7-18 06-237256-001

Included in the ECS System filling equipment for the agent is an agitator (Item 6). The agitator
assists in complete mixing of the agent and the nitrogen. The equipment shown in the following
schematics represent the recommended arrangement. Substitutions can be made, but the
equipment selected must be suitable for the purpose of agitating the cylinder while pressurizing
to aid in equilibration.
SCHEMATIC OF AGITATOR (EQUILIBRATOR)
TOP VIEW
4
1 3
2
SIDE VIEW
Figure 7-20. Schematic of Agitator

1 Air Cylinder / Air Piston Speedaire P/N 6X469

2 Solenoid Air Control Valve Speedaire P/N 1A215
3 Steel Cradles Commercial Manufacturing
4 Air Hoses ¼-½" Tubing
5 Tie Down Straps 5000 lb Rating
06-237256-001 7-19 December 2022

7-11.1.2 Typical Arrangement for Super-Pressurizing with N2 by Mass
15
2 3 Stainless
Pipe Flexible 14
R Hose 8
11 13
M 9 7
16 10 12
Mass Flow 5 Flexible

Controller Hose
N2
6
Figure 7-21. Schematic for Filling Agent with N2 by Mass

1 N2 Cylinder 1800 or 6000 psi Bottles
3 Regulator Appropriate for N2 Bottle
5 Mass Flow Meter Micro Motion P/N CFM010M323NQBUEZZZ
6 Mass Flow Controller Micro Motion P/N 2700R11BBUEZZZ
82-878758-000 200-450 lb. cylinders
600-900 lb. cylinders, refill adapter included as part of
valve outlet cap**
12 Seating Adapter Kidde Fire Systems P/N WK-933537-000
7-11.1.3 Additional Set-Up Information
Locate the filling equipment in a clean, well ventilated area near the agent supply and cylinder
storage. Sufficient clearance should be provided for moving the cylinders to and from the
charging station. Before assembling the filling equipment, apply Nitto Ribbon Dope Thread
Sealant P-412(or equivalent) to all male pipe threads.
December 2022 7-20 06-237256-001

7-11.2 Charging Agent Cylinder and Valve Assembly
Dangerously high pressures may be produced if the agent is introduced into a

CAUTION cylinder containing nitrogen at a pressure above 10 PSIG (0.7 bar).
The agent is a colorless, odorless gas, low in toxicity, and is an extremely

effective fire suppression agent. The agent can be liquefied by compression,
and is normally shipped and stored in this condition. Being a liquefied and
compressed gas, the agent is stored and handled under saturated conditions
(that is, the liquid and vapor coexist in equilibrium). Reducing the pressure
CAUTION without reducing the temperature causes the liquid to flash into vapor with
accompanying refrigeration effects. By understanding the physical properties
of the agent and safe handling techniques, the agent may be transferred from
shipping cylinders to the desired end-use cylinder safely.
Only qualified, designated personnel should operate charging equipment.

Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment to prevent injury
to personnel and damage to property, resulting from careless handling or
WARNING equipment failure. Perform all operations in an assigned area cleared of all
unauthorized personnel. Make sure all equipment is properly secured. Never
attempt to adjust or disassemble pressurized equipment.
Recharge agent cylinder and valve assembly as follows (see Figure 7-18 and Table 7-9):
1. Check the cylinder for the last hydrostatic test date. Perform any required DOT qualification
tests or examinations.
2. Check the cylinder valve assembly for any unacceptable physical defects (for example,
cracks of any kind, elongated pits of any length, inclusions of any size, pitting, bulging,
dents, corrosion, fire damage, mechanical defects, scratches, nicks or gouges if more than
superficial in nature). These defects shall be cause for rejection.
3. Position the system cylinder and valve assembly (Item 4) (with safety cap and pilot
actuation port protection cap in place and properly connected) on a weigh scale (Item 5).
Record the weight from the scale. The empty weight of the cylinder and valve assembly
must be stamped on the cylinder valve nameplate. Strap the cylinder securely in place.
Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap. Use a calibrated gauge to confirm there is
no more than 30 psi inside the cylinder. Use an actuator to actuate the valve to vent
pressure prior to fill. Remove the actuator and weight cylinder valve assembly and record
empty weight before fill.
06-237256-001 7-21 December 2022

Note: Measures must be made to ensure moisture/humidity does not contaminate the agent.
Drierite filter (Item 2) must be installed on the agent supply container (Item 1) prior to
filling. Additionally, a 6 psig nitrogen blanket should be applied to the top of the cylinder
(not shown in Figure 3-1) to prevent the agent from vaporization.
4. Assemble the seating adapter with the flexible hose on the cylinder valve actuation port.
Adjust the nitrogen pressure to 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar). Remove the safety cap
and immediately connect the filling adapter (Item 6, 13, and 14) with o-ring packing to the
cylinder assembly outlet port.
5. Ensure that all valves in the charging system are closed. Connect the agent supply line
(Item 15) to the container supply valve (Item 3). Connect the cylinder with fill adapter to
the charging system at the quick connect fitting (Item 12).
6. Open the supply valve (Items 3) and ball valves (Items 8 and 10). Start the pump (Item
7) then crack the vent valve (Item 11) until agent fluid is present. Close vent valve (Item
11) and shut off the pump (Item 7).
Note: The main piston in the cylinder valve assembly will unseat, permitting flow into the
cylinder when appropriate pressure differential exists at the outlet port. Initial valve
assembly seating occurs with pressure equalization. Final valve assembly seating
occurs with removal of pressure from the valve assembly outlet port and subsequent
momentary application of 450 to 600 psig (31 to 41 Bar-g) of nitrogen to the top of the
valve's pilot actuation port to achieve valve lock down. Seating of the piston is covered
in Section 7-11.3.
7. Open valve (Item 13) and start the pump (Item 7). Monitor the weigh scale (Item 5). When
the scale indicates the correct charge weight, close valve (Item 13) and shut off the pump
(Item 7). Close valves (Item 8 and 10).
8. Open the valves to momentarily apply 450 to 600 PSIG (31 to 41 bar) nitrogen pressure
to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Vent the pressure in the
seating hose. Disconnect the quick disconnect fitting (Item 12) and go to Section 7-11.3
for instructions to super-pressurize the cylinder with nitrogen.
Table 7-13. Fill Tolerances for ADS System Agent Cylinders
Max Capacity Tolerance

Part Number
(lbs) (lbs)
200 45-100200-X0X +1.0, -0

200 45-100201-X0X +1.0, -0
350 45-100350-X0X +1.8, -0
350 45-100351-X0X +1.8, -0
450 45-500451-X0X +3.0, -0
600 45-100600-X0X +3.0, -0
600 45-100600-X0X +3.0, -0
900 45-100901-X0X +4.6, -0
900 45-100901-X0X +4.6, -0
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent;
-00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
December 2022 7-22 06-237256-001

7-11.3 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders filled with Agent Fluid
Only qualified, designated personnel should operate agitation equipment.

Exercise extreme care when working with pressure equipment to prevent injury
to personnel and damage to property, resulting from careless handling or
CAUTION equipment failure. Perform all operations in an assigned area cleared of all
unauthorized personnel. Make sure all equipment is properly secured. Never
attempt to adjust or disassemble pressurized equipment.
7-11.3.1 Super-pressurizing of Cylinder by N2 Pressure
Pressurize and equilibrate cylinders and valve assembly as follows. (Item numbers refer to
Figure 7-22).
2 3 Stainless 17 18
Pipe P
R
16
Hose
Flexible
15
11
Hose
Flexible
10
N2 Thermocouple
21 and Temperature 9
Display 5
1 Pressure 8 12
19 Display
7
14 4
13
20
Figure 7-22. Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Pressure Schematic

1. Strap the cylinder (Item 4) down to the agitator cradle (Item 6). Tighten the straps (Item
5) and ensure the cylinder is secure.
2. Before making and connections to the cylinder, insure that all valves are in the closed
position. The N2 cylinder (Item 1) and regulator (Item 3) should also be closed.
3. Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and assemble the seating adapter (Item 12)
with flexible hose to the cylinder valve actuation port. Connect the quick disconnect fitting
(Item 10) to the valve adapter (Item 7) and valves (Item 8 and 9). Connect the calibrated
pressure transducer (Item 20) to the Schrader port of the cylinder valve. This allows the
pressure display on the instrument to monitor pressure in the cylinder. Once all
connections are made, the complete assembly should be similar to Figure 7-22.
4. Measure the temperature of the cylinder. Use this temperature to determine the final
pressure of the cylinder. Temperature-pressure relationships are shown in Table 7-14.
06-237256-001 7-23 December 2022

Table 7-14. Pressure vs. Temperature
Pressure, PSIG, -0/+20 PSIG

Temperature Fill Fill Fill Fill Fill
(F) Density Density Density Density Density
30 lb/ft3 40 lb/ft3 50 lb/ft3 60 lb/ft3 70 lb/ft3
60 350 349 348 345 341
65 355 355 354 353 351
70 360 360 360 360 360
75 365 366 367 368 370
80 370 371 373 375 380
85 375 377 379 383 390
90 380 382 386 391 400
95 385 388 392 398 410
100 390 394 398 406 420
5. Open the valve on the N2 cylinder (Item 2) and set the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig.
Open valve (Item 15) and valve (Item 16).
In the next step, the cylinder piston opens and allows N2 to enter the cylinder.
CAUTION Be sure the cylinder is securely fastened to cradle.
6. Open valve (Item 9) and start the agitator cradle (Item 6).
7. The final pressure of the cylinder should follow Table 7-14 (+20 -0 psig). When the
pressure of the cylinder exceeds the correct pressure, close valve (Item 9). Continue to
agitate the cylinder until the pressure drops below the target pressure. The pressure should
decrease as the N2 is dissolved into the Novec 1230 Fluid. When the pressure drops below
the target pressure, open valve (Item 9) and allow N2 to enter the cylinder. Continue this
step until agitation of the cylinder does not drop the pressure in the cylinder. Final pressure
should be +20 -0 psig of the target pressure.
8. Once the cylinder (Item 4) is at the correct pressure, valve (Item 9) should be closed.
Adjust the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig. Open valve (Item 14) to momentarily apply
nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Open valve
(Item 13) to vent nitrogen from the seating adapter. Close valve (Item 13).
9. Open vent valve (Item 8) on the recharge adapter (Item 7) to rapidly vent N2 from the
valve assembly outlet port. The sudden decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve
seat stays in the closed position.
Hissing or discharge from vent valve (item 8) indicates the piston is not seated
properly or has opened. If this occurs, repeat step #8 and #9, and verify that
CAUTION the cylinder valve piston remains closed.
10. Close valves (Item 9 and 16). Open vent valves (Item 8 and 11) to relieve pressure on the
quick disconnect fitting (Item 10). Close vent valve (Item 11). Separate the quick
disconnect fitting (Item 10).
December 2022 7-24 06-237256-001

11. Check vent valve (Item 8) for any signs of leakage (hissing) past the valve piston. Remove
the recharge adapter (Item 7) from the cylinder valve outlet port and immediately install
the safety cap.
12. Remove seating adapter (Item 12) and immediately install pilot actuation port protection
cap.
13. Procedure to test for any agent leakage.
7-11.3.2 Super-pressurizing of Cylinders by N2 Mass
Pressurize and equilibrate cylinders and valve assembly as follows. (Item numbers refer to
Figure 7-23).
15
2 3 Stainless
Pipe Flexible 14
R Hose 8
11 13
M 9 7
16 10 12
Mass Flow 5 Flexible

Controller Hose
N2
6
Figure 7-23. Super-pressurizing Cylinders with N2 by Mass Schematic

1. Safely secure the cylinder (Item 4) prior to pressurizing with nitrogen.
2. Before making and connections to the cylinder, insure that all valves are in the closed
position. The N2 cylinder (Item 1) and regulator (Item 3) should also be closed.
3. Remove the pilot actuation port protection cap and assemble the seating adapter (Item 12)
with flexible hose to the cylinder valve actuation port. Connect the quick disconnect fitting
(Item 10) to the valve adapter (Item 7) and valves (Item 8 and 9). Once all connections
are made, the complete assembly should be similar to Figure 7-23.
4. Determine the mass of Nitrogen required for pressurizing the cylinder to 360 psig. Record
the N2 mass required.
5. Open the valve on the N2 cylinder (Item 2) and set the regulator (Item 3) to 450-600 psig.
Open valve (Item 15) and valve (Item 16).
In the next step, the cylinder piston opens and allows N2 to enter the cylinder.
CAUTION Be sure the cylinder is securely fastened to cradle.
6. Tare the mass flow controller and enter the N2 mass required from Step 4.
7. Open valve (Item 9) and nitrogen will flow into the cylinder. Ensure the mass flow
controller is recording the mass of N2 entering the cylinder.
06-237256-001 7-25 December 2022

8. When the mass flow controller reaches the target N2 mass, shut off the controller and close
valve (Item 9).
9. Open valve (Item 14) to momentarily apply nitrogen pressure to the actuation port to
firmly seat the cylinder valve piston. Close valve (Item 14) and open valve (Item 13) to
vent nitrogen from the seating adapter. Close valve (Item 13).
10. Open vent valve (Item 8) on the recharge adapter (Item 7) to rapidly vent N2 from the
valve assembly outlet port. The sudden decrease at the valve outlet will ensure the valve
seat stays in the closed position.
Hissing or discharge from vent valve (item 8) indicates the piston is not seated
properly or has opened. If this occurs, repeat step #9 and #10, and verify that
CAUTION the cylinder valve piston remains closed.
11. Close valves (Item 9 and 16). Open vent valves (Item 8 and 11) to relieve pressure on the
quick disconnect fitting (Item 10). Close vent valve (Item 11). Separate the quick
disconnect fitting (Item 10).
12. Check vent valve (Item 8) for any signs of leakage (hissing) past the valve piston. Remove
the recharge adapter (Item 7) from the cylinder valve outlet port and immediately install
the safety cap.
13. Remove seating adapter (Item 12) and immediately install pilot actuation port protection
cap.
14. Agitate or shake the cylinder and verify the equilibrated pressure per Table 7-15.
Table 7-15. Agent Fill Density for 360 psi Cylinders
Pressure, PSIG, -0/+20 PSIG

Temperature
(°F) Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density Fill Density
30 lb/ft3 40 lb/ft3 50 lb/ft3 60 lb/ft3 70 lb/ft3
60 350 349 348 345 341
65 355 355 354 353 351
70 360 360 360 360 360
75 365 366 367 368 370
80 370 371 373 375 380

85 375 377 379 383 390
90 380 382 386 391 400
95 385 388 392 398 410
100 390 394 398 406 420
15. Procedure to test for any agent leakage.
December 2022 7-26 06-237256-001

7-11.4 Agent Cylinder Leak Test
Clamp agent cylinders securely in place. The clamping device and supports must
be capable of withstanding a thrust force of 1800 lbs. (8000 newtons). This
WARNING approximates the thrust force generated from the agent cylinder valve outlet on
a full, wide open discharge.
Cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away from the
charging station, so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
CAUTION released during the filling operations.
Agent cylinder leak tests must be conducted in a well-ventilated area, away
from the charging station so as not to be influenced by extraneous agent vapors
released during the filling operations. Kidde Fire Systems recommends the
WARNING Yokogawa Type H25C leak detector for ADS system, with the Yokogawa Type
LS-20 leak standard for ADS system for calibrating the leak detector.
Follow the steps outlined in this section to check ADS system cylinders for leaks. A leak
detector capable of detecting minimum leaks of 0.13 oz/yr (3.69 g/yr) and a proper leak
standard for the agent for calibrating the leak detector are required.
Kidde Fire Systems recommends the Bacharach® Type H25-IR leak detector for CFCs, HCFCs,
HFCs and halogens with a proper leak standard for the agent for calibrating the leak detector.
1. Warm up the leak detector for 30 minutes before proceeding with Step 2.
2. Calibrate the detector against the appropriate leak standard for the agent by holding the
probe about 1/8" (3mm) away and noting the meter deflection for the leakage allowance
of the standard. Maximum allowable leak rates are shown in Table 7-16 and are used to
calibrate the meter for the particular size cylinder being tested.
3. Move probe back and forth slowly approximately 1/8" (3mm) away from all potential leak
points (discharge outlet area, pilot check, valve bonnet, supervisory pressure switch
connection, safety outlet, liquid level indicator, valve-to-cylinder connections, gage and
container welds).
4. Meter deflections greater than indicated during calibration are considered excessive and
will be cause for rejection.
5. Check for leakage at the discharge outlet.
6. If excess leakage is detected, salvage the agent, perform the required maintenance on the
container, and recharge.
7. After leak test is complete, place the protection cap on the actuation port of the valve.
Unclamp the cylinder.
Table 7-16. Maximum Permitted Leakage Rates,
Maximum Allowable
Part Number Cylinder Size Cylinder Fill Weight
Leakage
45-50020x-X0X 200 lb. (90.7 kg.) 100 lb. - 200 lb. (45.5 kg. - 90.7 kg.) 2.22 oz./yr. (62.9 g./yr.)
45-500451-X0X 450 lb. (204.1 kg.) 225 lb. - 450 lb. (102.1 kg. - 204.1 kg.) 5.29 oz./yr. (150.0 g./yr.)
45-50090x-X0X 900 lb. (408.2 kg.) 455 lbs. - 910 lbs. (206.4 kg. - 412.8 kg.) 10.1 oz./yr. (286.3 g./yr.)
-90X denotes filled with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent;
-00X denotes filled with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
06-237256-001 7-27 December 2022

7-12 NITROGEN DRIVER CYLINDER SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Any area in which nitrogen is used or stored must be properly ventilated. A

person working in an area where air has become enriched with nitrogen can
become unconscious without sensing the lack of oxygen. Remove victim to
WARNING fresh air. Administer artificial respiration if necessary and call a physician.
Never dispose of nitrogen in an indoor work or storage area.
7-12.1 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Hydrostatic Pressure Test

Hydrostatic test must be performed in accordance with DOT Regulatory Compliance Guide, 49
CFR 180.209. Nitrogen pilot cylinders must not be recharged and shipped without hydrostatic
test if more than five years has elapsed from the date of the last test. Nitrogen pilot cylinders
continuously in service without discharging can be retained in service for a maximum of five
years from the date of the last hydrostatic test. At the end of five years, the cylinder must be
visually inspected per CGA pamphlet C-6. Cylinders must also be hydrostatic pressure tested
immediately if the cylinder shows evidence of distortion, cracking, corrosion, or mechanical
and/or fire damage.
7-12.2 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Replacement
When removing a pressurized cylinder due to pressure loss, the control head
must be in the SET position with the safety pin installed. A control head in the
released position will cause the remaining contents of cylinder to discharge
WARNING resulting in a system activation which can cause death, personal injury and/or
property damage.
Replace the nitrogen pilot cylinder when expended or when loss of pressure occurs as follows:
1. Remove the control head from the nitrogen driver cylinder valve.
2. Immediately install the protection cap on the nitrogen pilot cylinder actuation port.
3. Remove discharge head from cylinder valve.
4. Remove 1-inch nitrogen transfer hose from the agent cylinder.
5. Remove clamps and hardware securing nitrogen pilot cylinder to the mounting bracket.
December 2022 7-28 06-237256-001

7-12.3 Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Recharge
Nitrogen driver cylinders must be recharged when the cylinder pressure gauge indicates
pressure is 10% below normal (1800 PSIG at 70 °F [124 bar gauge at 21 °C] as adjusted for
temperature as shown in Figure 7-24) or immediately after discharge. Nitrogen used for
charging must comply with Federal Specification BB-N-411C, Grade A, Type 1. Copies of this
specification may be obtained from: https://global.ihs.com/
Before recharging, cylinder must be firmly secured by chains, clamps or other

devices to an immovable object such as a wall, structural I-beam or
WARNING permanently mounted holding rack. FM Approval is based upon the usage of
factory filled agent cylinders and nitrogen driver and storage cylinders.
Recharge nitrogen driver cylinders as follows:

2. Install the nitrogen driver cylinder recharge adapter (P/N WK-933537-000) to the cylinder
valve actuation port.
Note: The pressure gauge attached to the extinguishing system is not to be used to determine
when the intended charging pressure has been reached. A pressure regulator is to be
used when the pressure source is a tank of high-pressure gas per UL-2166.
3. Connect the nitrogen recharging supply hose to the adapter. Tighten securely.
4. Open the nitrogen recharging control valve slowly until full nitrogen flow is obtained.
5. Monitor the recharging supply pressure gauge. Close the charging control valve when the
gauge indicates proper cylinder pressure (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]) or
until the mass of nitrogen reaches the number referenced in the Table 7-17.
Table 7-17. Nitrogen Fill Weights
Part Number Description Fill Weight (lb.) Nominal
85-102300-001 2300 cu. in. nitrogen driver 12.2

85-104070-001 4070 cu.in. nitrogen driver 22.1
85-104890-001 4890 cu. in. nitrogen driver 25.1
6. Allow the cylinder to cool to ambient temperature and recheck the nitrogen pilot cylinder
indicated pressure.
7. Open valve and add additional nitrogen as needed to obtain full cylinder charge at ambient
temperature (1800 PSIG at 70°F [124 bar gauge at 21°C]).
8. Close the valve and remove the supply hose and charging adapter from the pilot cylinder.
9. Check the nitrogen driver cylinder valve for leakage using a soap solution. Bubbles appear-
ing in the soap solution indicate leakage and shall be cause for rejection of cylinder.
10. After the leak test is completed, clean and dry the cylinder valve.
11. Ensure the cylinder valve control head port is clean and dry.
12. Immediately install the protective cap to the actuation port of the cylinder valve.
13. Install the charged cylinder as directed in Table 6-11.
06-237256-001 7-29 December 2022

N2 PRESSURE - TEMPERATURE CHART
2100
2000
1900
1800 U RE
PRESSURE PSIG
E SS RE
PR SU
1700
AL ES
IN E PR
M BL
1600 NO OW
A
L
AL
M
1500 MU
NI
MI
1400
RECHARGE
1300
1200
-40° -20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 100° 120° 140°
TEMPERATURE °F
Figure 7-24. Nitrogen Temperature vs. Pressure Data
7-12.4 Leak Testing the I-Valve and Cylinder

After filling, apply an ammonium free leak detection liquid in order to verify that no leaks are
present:
Safety
Burst Disc
Assembly
Supervisory Pressure
Switch Port (Schrader) Behind
Valve/Cylinder
Pressure Gauge
Connection
(Cylinder Not Shown)
Figure 7-25. Valve Leak Points
December 2022 7-30 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 8
PARTS LIST
8-1 INTRODUCTION & PARTS LIST

The table below provides a complete list of parts and associated equipment for Kidde Fire
Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System (ADS system). The ADS system can use either
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent or 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid, herein
referred to as collectively “agent” unless called out specifically by name.
Equipment can be ordered as complete assemblies or as individual items. In most situations,
when ordering a system, it will be easier and more cost effective to order by assembly part
numbers.
Nomenclature Part Number
Nitrogen Driver Assemblies
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with pressure gauge for use with 200 85-102300-001
lb. agent cylinders
lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders
Note: The 600 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 3-11.1.
and 900 lb. agent cylinders
Note: The 900 lb. agent cylinders require either one or two drivers, depending on the flow
calculations. For more information, see Section 3-11.1.
Supervisory Pressure Switch 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch 85-111540-100
Nitrogen Driver Cylinders Mounting Equipment
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with one 85-102300-001 Driver Cylinder) WK-270014-000
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with one 85-104070-001 Driver Cylinder) WK-270157-000
Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap Kit (for use with one 85-104890-001 Driver Cylinder)* 38-109879-001
Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504070-000 Driver Cylinder) 06-236173-001
Combined Nitrogen Driver Cylinder Strap (for use with 45-504890-001 Driver Cylinder) 06-236174-001
*2 Strap Kits (P/N 38-109879-001 are required for each 85-104890-001 driver cylinder when using a single driver.
ADS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent,
Vertical Mount Only, Factory Filled
200 lb. Capacity Cylinder and Valve Assembly with LLI 45-500201-901
06-237256-001 8-1 December 2022

ADS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies with Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent,
Vertical Mount Only, First Fill Site
ADS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid,
Vertical Mount Only, Factory Filled
ADS System Cylinder and Valve Assemblies with 3M Novec 1230 Fire Protection Fluid,
Vertical Mount Only, First Fill Site
Agent Cylinder Straps
Combined Cylinder Strap for 200 lb. System 06-236127-001

Combined Cylinder Strap for 350 lb. System 06-236126-001
200 lb. Cylinder 06-235317-001
350 and 450 lb. Cylinder* WK-281866-000
600 lb. Cylinder* WK-294651-000
900 lb. Cylinder* 06-236125-001
*2 Strap Kits are required for each 450, 600, or 900 lb. agent cylinder.
Agent Cylinder Cradles
200 lb. Cylinder 06-235431-001

350 lb. Cylinder WK-281867-000
Agent Cylinder Front Clamps

Spare Agent Cylinder Valves
2 in (51 mm) Cylinder Valve 85-150000-500
3 in (76 mm) Cylinder Valve 85-170001-500
December 2022 8-2 06-237256-001

Spare Liquid Level Indicators and Tapes for Agent Cylinders

Liquid Level Indicator Assembly, Tape (use with 225, 395, and 675 lb cylinders) 85-235000-037
Liquid Level Indicator Assembly, Tape (use with 450 and 1010 lb cylinders) 85-235000-042
Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-037 06-237764-037
Spare Tape for Liquid Level Indicator P/N: 85-235000-042 06-237764-042
Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switches
Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch 85-111540-001

Nitrogen Driver and Pilot Cylinder ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch 85-111540-100
Agent Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118262-001
Agent Cylinder ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch 06-118537-001
Control Heads
Electric Control Head Kit, Includes: 85-890181-200

• Electrical Control Head, 24 VDC, P/N WK-890181-200
Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head (Ex. Proof) Kit, Includes: 85-897494-000
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC,
(Ex. Proof), P/N WK-897494-000
Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head Kit, Includes: 85-895630-200
• Electrical and Cable Operated Control Head, 24 VDC,
P/N: 81-895630-200
Control Head Monitor 85-100000-100
Cable Operated Control Head 81-979469-000
Lever Operated Control Head (with Black Lever) WK-870652-000
Lever/Pressure Operated Control Head (with Black Lever) 82-878751-000
Pressure Operated Control Head 82-878737-000
Pressure Operated Control Head, Stackable 82-878750-000
06-237256-001 8-3 December 2022

Actuation Assemblies
Single Driver Actuation Assembly Kit 06-129882-001

(for use when using one nitrogen driver per agent cylinder)
Dual Driver Actuation Assembly Kit 06-129985-001
(for use when using two nitrogen drivers per agent cylinder)
Orifice Fitting, 0.107” Diameter 85-194129-107
Actuation Assembly Kits for Single Driver Systems
2 Cylinder Set, Actuation Arrangement kit 06-129944-002

Plus One Kit, add to 06-129944-00X 06-129944-100
(200, 350, and 450 lb. cylinders, and 600 and 900 lb. cylinders when only using one driver)
Actuation Assembly Kits for Dual Driver Systems (600 and 900 lb. cylinders only)

Plus One Kit, add to 06-129986-00X (600 and 900 lb. cylinders when using two drivers) 06-129986-101
December 2022 8-4 06-237256-001

Nitrogen Drive Discharge Head and Transfer Hoses
Discharge Head, Plain Nut WK-872450-000

1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 18.00” OAL (350 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-001
1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 14.75” OAL (200 lb. Cylinder System) 06-118207-002
1” Nitrogen Transfer Hose = 23.62” OAL (450, 600 and 900 lb. Cylinder Systems) 06-118207-003
Flexible Discharge Hoses
2” for use with 200, 350, and 450 lb. Cylinders WK-283899-000
3” for use with 600 and 900 lb. Cylinders 06-118225-001
Valve Outlet Adapters
225 and 395 lb. Cylinders WK-283905-000

Valve Outlet Adapter, 3 in (76 mm) Grove to NPT Thread Adapter, 70400133
600 and 900 lb (243 and 368 liter) Cylinders
Pressure Control Equipment
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit, Includes:

• Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders,
85-877940-101
P/N 85-111540-001
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N: 85-877940-001
85-101040-101
P/N 85-111540-001
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit, Includes:
85-102300-101
P/N 85-111540-001
108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Presssure Switch,
Includes:
• ATEX Approved Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver 85-877940-201
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
• 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder, P/N: 85-877940-001
1040 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder (Pilot, Siren Driver) Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory
Presssure Switch, Includes:
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Siren Driver Cylinder Kit with ATEX Approved Supervisory Presssure
Switch, Includes:
Cylinders, P/N 85-111540-100
Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot and Siren Driver Cylinders 85-111540-100
Mounting Bracket, 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
Mounting Strap, used for one 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder WK-270014-000
Dual Mounting Strap, used for two 1040 or 2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Cylinder WK-241219-000
Pressure Operated Siren 90-981574-001
06-237256-001 8-5 December 2022

Pressure Control Equipment (continued)
Nitrogen Discharge Delay for use with 108 cu. in. Pilot Cylinder (nom. 34 sec. delay) 81-871072-001
Actuation Hose, 22” WK-264987-000
Actuation Hose, 30” WK-264986-000
Actuation Hose, 34” 06-236215-001
Dual-Loop Fitting Kit 06-129978-001
1/4” Check Valve WK-264985-000
Safety Outlet, Agent 82-844346-000
Safety Outlet, Nitrogen/CO2 81-803242-000

3/16” Flexible Actuation Hose, 16 in. 06-118193-001
Remote Control Equipment, Electric Operated
Pull Box, Electric Remote 24 Vdc 84-100007-001
Remote Control Equipment, Cable Operated
Cable Manual Pull Station, Surface 81-871403-000

Corner Pulley, Watertight 81-803808-000
Corner Pulley, 1/2” EMT WK-844648-000
Z-Bracket 81-605320-000
Adapter, 1/2” EMT WK-843837-000
Dual-Pull Equalizer 81-840051-000
Dual-Pull Mechanism 81-840058-000
Auxiliary Equipment
Pressure Operated Switch, Standard 81-486536-000

Pressure Operated Switch, Ex Proof 81-981332-000
Pressure Operated Trip 81-874290-000
Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 85-802398-001
Discharge Indicator 1/2” (Al) 81-875553-000
Check Valves
1/4” Check Valve WK-264985-000

Swing Check Valve 2” NPT 06-118213-001
Swing Check Valve 3” NPT 06-118058-001
Manifold El-Check, 2 in (51 mm) WK-877690-200
Manifold El-Check, 3 in (76 mm) WK-877690-300
December 2022 8-6 06-237256-001

2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies

1” Selector Valve, DN 25, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-025
1 1/2” Selector Valve, DN 40, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-040
2” Selector Valve, DN 50, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-050
3” Selector Valve, Flange DN 80, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-080
4” Selector Valve, Flange DN 100, 8-10 bar Actuator 22-37140-100
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories
Back-Plate Manifold with Solenoids - 2 Area, Selector Valve Control, 8 bar 01-3508-0002
Back-Plate Manifold Hose 01-3273-1200
1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter 85-025125-000
1" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-3000
1 1/2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-4000
2" BSPT (M) to NPT (F) Adapter (2 required per valve, entry/exit) 01-3711-5000
Hose Adapter for For 1", 1 ½" and 2" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/4" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0042
Hose Adapter for For 3" and 4" Selector Valves, Nipple 1/4" BSPP 60° x 1/8" BSPT M/M 15-8662-0041
Pressure Regulator - 300 bar to 8 bar 01-6017-0000
3-Way Directional Valves and Accessories
3-Way Directional Valve, 1-1/2” NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220031-002*
3-Way Directional Valve, 2" NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220031-003*
3-Way Directional Valve, 3" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220032-001*
3-Way Directional Valve, 4" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid 85-220032-002*
3-Way Directional Valve, 1-1/2” NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220031-200*
3-Way Directional Valve, 2" NPT, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220031-300*
3-Way Directional Valve, 3" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220032-100*
3-Way Directional Valve, 4" GVD, Carbon Steel, UL Listed w/ Solenoid, EX Proof 85-220032-200*
Retrofit Kit for Solenoid Placement Supervision - 3-Way Directional Valve, kit includes switch
85-220000-001*
and accessories
Retrofit Kit for Solenoid Placement Supervision - 3-Way Directional Valve, kit includes NEMA
85-220000-100*
7 rated switch and accessories
Cylinder Recharge Adapters
Cylinder Size: 200, 350, and 450 lb. 82-878758-000
Hydrostatic Test Adapters
Hydrostatic Test Adapter - 2" Valve 82-878755-000

Hydrostatic Test Adapter - 3" Valve 06-220259-001
06-237256-001 8-7 December 2022

Name Plate
“Main” WK-310330-000
“Reserve” WK-310340-000
Warning Sign, Entrance 85-909300-001
Warning Sign, Exit 85-909300-002
Escutcheon Plates
3” Escutcheon Plate 06-236133-001

5” Escutcheon Plate 06-236134-001
Check Diffuser
Check Diffuser Assembly 06-129854-001
Spare I-Valve
Spare I-Valve Kit, this kit includes I-Valve, Pressure Gauge, Schrader Valve, and Installation
85-220373-001
Instruction Sheet
Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild kits
2"Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit includes:

• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
– Disc, Safety
– O-ring, Packing
• Assembly, Piston, which includes:
85-150200-000
– Piston
– O-ring, Piston
– O-ring, Teflon Back-up
– O-ring, Seat
• Safety Disc Bag (for use on valves manufactured before May 2014 which does not apply
to ADS systems.
December 2022 8-8 06-237256-001

Safety Burst Disc Assemblies and Rebuild kits (continued)
3" Valve and Safety Burst Disc Rebuild Kit, includes:

• O-ring, Outlet (3" Valve)
– Disc, Safety
– O-ring, Packing
• O-Ring, Cap (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
85-170200-000
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Seat (3" Valve)
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck (3" Valve)
• Pilot Check
• Spring, Pilot Check
• Disc, Perforated
• Ring, Retaining
Kit, 3 in. Valve Outlet Replacement Cap. Includes 1 each of the following:
• Cotter Pin
• Recoil Plug 06-236884-001
• Valve Cap
• Chain, 22 in.
06-237256-001 8-9 December 2022

8-2 UL LISTED AND FM APPROVED DISCHARGE NOZZLES
Only ADS system nozzles are to be used on Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire
Suppression Systems. Failure to comply with this WARNING will result in
WARNING unpredictable agent distribution.
Table 8-1. UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles
Area UL Listed and FM Approved 360 Degree Nozzles

(in2) 1/2 in. NPT 3/4 in. NPT 1 in. NPT 1-1/4 in. NPT 1-1/2 in.NPT 2 in. NPT
0.0460 85-194423-201
0.0475 85-194423-202
0.0491 85-194423-203
0.0519 85-194423-204
0.0535 85-194423-205
0.0554 85-194423-206
0.0603 85-194423-207
0.0620 85-194423-208
0.0661 85-194423-209
0.0716 85-194423-210
0.0767 85-194423-211
0.0784 85-194423-212
0.0845 85-194423-213
0.0866 85-194423-214
0.0928 85-194423-215
0.0951 85-194423-216
0.1014 85-194423-217
0.1064 85-194423-218
0.1116 85-194423-219 85-194424-219
0.1170 85-194423-220 85-194424-220
0.1238 85-194423-221 85-194424-221
0.1296 85-194423-222 85-194424-222
0.1340 85-194423-223 85-194424-223
0.1398 85-194423-224 85-194424-224
0.1503 85-194423-225 85-194424-225
0.1612 85-194423-226 85-194424-226
0.1726 85-194423-227 85-194424-227
0.1843 85-194423-228 85-194424-228 85-194425-228
0.1963 85-194423-229 85-194424-229 85-194425-229
0.2088 85-194423-230 85-194424-230 85-194425-230
0.2216 85-194423-231 85-194424-231 85-194425-231
0.2349 85-194423-232 85-194424-232 85-194425-232
December 2022 8-10 06-237256-001


0.2485 85-194424-233 85-194425-233

0.2625 85-194424-234 85-194425-234
0.2769 85-194424-235 85-194425-235
0.2917 85-194424-236 85-194425-236
0.3068 85-194424-237 85-194425-237 85-194426-237
0.3223 85-194424-238 85-194425-238 85-194426-38
0.3382 85-194424-239 85-194425-239 85-194426-239
0.3546 85-194424-240 85-194425-240 85-194426-240
0.3883 85-194424-241 85-194425-241 85-194426-241
0.4058 85-194424-242 85-194425-242 85-194426-242
0.4236 85-194424-243 85-194425-243 85-194426-243 85-194427-243
0.4418 85-194425-244 85-194426-244 85-194427-244
0.4604 85-194425-245 85-194426-245 85-194427-245
0.4793 85-194425-246 85-194426-246 85-194427-246
0.5185 85-194425-247 85-194426-247 85-194427-247
0.5386 85-194425-248 85-194426-248 85-194427-248
0.5592 85-194425-249 85-194426-249 85-194427-249
0.5801 85-194425-250 85-194426-250 85-194427-250
0.6230 85-194425-251 85-194426-251 85-194427-251
0.6450 85-194425-252 85-194426-252 85-194427-252
0.6903 85-194425-253 85-194426-253 85-194427-253 85-194428-253
0.7135 85-194426-254 85-194427-254 85-194428-254
0.7611 85-194426-255 85-194427-255 85-194428-255
0.7854 85-194426-256 85-194427-256 85-194428-256
0.8352 85-194426-257 85-194427-257 85-194428-257
0.8608 85-194426-258 85-194427-258 85-194428-258
0.9129 85-194426-259 85-194427-259 85-194428-259
0.9666 85-194426-260 85-194427-260 85-194428-260
1.0218 85-194426-261 85-194427-261 85-194428-261
1.0499 85-194426-262 85-194427-262 85-194428-262
1.1075 85-194426-263 85-194427-263 85-194428-263
1.1667 85-194426-264 85-194427-264 85-194428-264
1.2272 85-194427-265 85-194428-265
1.2892 85-194427-266 85-194428-266
1.3530 85-194427-267 85-194428-267
1.4183 85-194427-268 85-194428-268
1.4849 85-194427-269 85-194428-269
1.5530 85-194427-270 85-194428-270
06-237256-001 8-11 December 2022


1.6230 85-194427-271 85-194428-271

1.6944 85-194428-272
1.7671 85-194428-273
1.9175 85-194428-274
2.0739 85-194428-275
2.2365 85-194428-276
2.4053 85-194428-277
2.5802 85-194428-278
December 2022 8-12 06-237256-001


0.0460 85-194413-201
0.0475 85-194413-202
0.0491 85-194413-203
0.0519 85-194413-204
0.0535 85-194413-205
0.0554 85-194413-206
0.0603 85-194413-207
0.0620 85-194413-208
0.0661 85-194413-209
0.0716 85-194413-210
0.0767 85-194413-211
0.0784 85-194413-212
0.0845 85-194413-213
0.0866 85-194413-214
0.0928 85-194413-215
0.0951 85-194413-216
0.1014 85-194413-217
0.1064 85-194413-218
0.1116 85-194413-219 85-194414-219
0.1170 85-194413-220 85-194414-220
0.1238 85-194413-221 85-194414-221
0.1296 85-194413-222 85-194414-222
0.1340 85-194413-223 85-194414-223
0.1398 85-194413-224 85-194414-224
0.1503 85-194413-225 85-194414-225
0.1612 85-194413-226 85-194414-226
0.1726 85-194413-227 85-194414-227
0.1843 85-194413-228 85-194414-228 85-194415-228
0.1963 85-194413-229 85-194414-229 85-194415-229
0.2088 85-194413-230 85-194414-230 85-194415-230
0.2216 85-194413-231 85-194414-231 85-194415-231
0.2349 85-194413-232 85-194414-232 85-194415-232
0.2485 85-194414-233 85-194415-233
0.2625 85-194414-234 85-194415-234
0.2769 85-194414-235 85-194415-235
0.2917 85-194414-236 85-194415-236
0.3068 85-194414-237 85-194415-237 85-194416-237
06-237256-001 8-13 December 2022


0.3223 85-194414-238 85-194415-238 85-194416-38

0.3382 85-194414-239 85-194415-239 85-194416-239
0.3546 85-194414-240 85-194415-240 85-194416-240
0.3883 85-194414-241 85-194415-241 85-194416-241
0.4058 85-194414-242 85-194415-242 85-194416-242
0.4236 85-194414-243 85-194415-243 85-194416-243 85-194417-243
0.4418 85-194415-244 85-194416-244 85-194417-244
0.4604 85-194415-245 85-194416-245 85-194417-245
0.4793 85-194415-246 85-194416-246 85-194417-246
0.5185 85-194415-247 85-194416-247 85-194417-247
0.5386 85-194415-248 85-194416-248 85-194417-248
0.5592 85-194415-249 85-194416-249 85-194417-249
0.5801 85-194415-250 85-194416-250 85-194417-250
0.6230 85-194415-251 85-194416-251 85-194417-251
0.6450 85-194415-252 85-194416-252 85-194417-252
0.6903 85-194415-253 85-194416-253 85-194417-253 85-194418-253
0.7135 85-194416-254 85-194417-254 85-194418-254
0.7611 85-194416-255 85-194417-255 85-194418-255
0.7854 85-194416-256 85-194417-256 85-194418-256
0.8352 85-194416-257 85-194417-257 85-194418-257
0.8608 85-194416-258 85-194417-258 85-194418-258
0.9129 85-194416-259 85-194417-259 85-194418-259
0.9666 85-194416-260 85-194417-260 85-194418-260
1.0218 85-194416-261 85-194417-261 85-194418-261
1.0499 85-194416-262 85-194417-262 85-194418-262
1.1075 85-194416-263 85-194417-263 85-194418-263
1.1667 85-194416-264 85-194417-264 85-194418-264
1.2272 85-194417-265 85-194418-265
1.2892 85-194417-266 85-194418-266
1.3530 85-194417-267 85-194418-267
1.4183 85-194417-268 85-194418-268
1.4849 85-194417-269 85-194418-269
1.5530 85-194417-270 85-194418-270
1.6230 85-194417-271 85-194418-271
1.6944 85-194418-272
1.7671 85-194418-273
1.9175 85-194418-274
2.0739 85-194418-275
December 2022 8-14 06-237256-001


2.2365 85-194418-276
2.4053 85-194418-277
2.5802 85-194418-278
8-3 DISCONTINUED AND REPLACED PARTS

The following parts are no longer in service.
Table 8-3. Discontinued and Replaced Parts
Cylinder/Valve Assemblies
2300 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly 45-102300-001

for use with 200 lb. agent cylinders
N2 Driver Assembly, 2300 cu. in. Capacity with Supervisory Switch 45-102300-101
for use with 200 lb. cylinder - 1 required
for use with 350 lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders
Note: Two are required for use with the 675 lb. agent cylinders.
4070 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with Supervisory Switch 45-104070-101
for use with 350 lb. and 600 lb. agent cylinders
Note: Two are required for use with the 675 lb. agent cylinders.
4890 cu. in. Nitrogen Driver Cylinder/Valve Assembly with Supervisory Switch 45-104890-101
Liquid Level Indicators
Legacy Liquid Level Indicator Assembly, Tape (use with 200, 350, and 600 lb cylinders) WK-283894-000
Legacy Liquid Level Indicator Assembly, Tape (use with 900 lb cylinders) 06-118266-00
Valve Safety Burst Disc1
Assembly, 3" Valve Safety Burst Disc 90-170100-000

Assembly, 2" Valve Safety Burst Disc 90-150100-000
1 Valve Safety Burst Disc assemblies are now included in the valve rebuild kits.
Pressure Control Equipment
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877940-200

Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (open under pressure) 06-129773-001
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder w/ Pressure Switch (closed under pressure) 06-129773-002
Auxiliary Equipment
Main to Reserve Transfer Switch 84-802398-000
Manifold El-Check
Manifold El-Check Valve 2” NPT WK-877690-000
06-237256-001 8-15 December 2022

December 2022 8-16 06-237256-001

Nitrogen Required for Cylinder Fill
APPENDIX A
NITROGEN REQUIRED FOR CYLINDER FILL
This Appendix includes tables for each size cylinder to provide a guideline to determine specific
amounts of N2 needed to add for accurate fills. Each table provides the equation to be used to
determine exact fill amounts for each size tank as well as both the minimum and maximum fill
amounts for that size cylinder. The pressure of each cylinder must be verified via the use of
the fill line pressure gauge. Ensure to make allowances for pressure based upon temperature,
refer to figure 1-3 or 1-4 for metric units.
Tables shown on the left size represent English units and the tables on the right side are for
Metric units where x= desired fill amount and y= amount of N2 mass required to complete fill.
Table A-1. Min/Max Fill Amounts for 200 lb. Cylinders

y = -0.0104x + 5.2429 y = -0.0104x + 2.3782
Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2 Mass (kg)
Min 100.0 4.203 Min 45.4 1.906
Max 200.0 3.163 Max 90.7 1.435

y = -0.0104x + 9.1649 y = -0.0104x + 4.1571
Min 175.0 7.345 Min 79.4 3.332
Max 350.0 5.525 Max 158.8 2.506

y = -0.0104x + 11.738 y = -0.0104x + 4.7636
(x) (y) (x) (y)
Min 260.0 9.034 Min 117.9 4.098
Max 425.0 7.318 Max 192.8 3.319
06-237256-001 A-1 December 2022

Nitrogen Required for Cylinder Fill

y = -0.0104x + 15.71 y = -0.0104x + 7.1259
Min 300.0 12.590 Min 136.1 5.711
Max 600.0 9.470 Max 272.2 4.296

y = -0.0104x + 23.813 y = -0.0104x + 10.801
Fill Amount (lb.) N2 Mass (lb.) Fill Amount (kg.) N2Mass (kg)
Min 445.0 19.081 Min 206.4 8.655
Max 910.0 14.349 Max 412.8 6.508
December 2022 A-2 06-237256-001

APPENDIX C
SAFETY DATASHEETS
06-237256-001 C-1 December 2022

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
(Dodecafluoro-2-methylpentan-3-one)
(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized
and Non-pressurized)
1. IDENTIFICATION
Product Name Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent

(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized and
Non-pressurized)
Recommended use of the chemical and
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Agent
Restrictions on use Consult applicable fire protection codes
Company Identification Kidde-Fenwal, Inc.
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Customer Information Number (508) 881-2000
Emergency Telephone Number
CHEMTREC Number (800) 424-9300
(703) 527-3887 (International)
Issue Date September 11, 2022
Supersedes Date New SDS
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the Globally
Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)
2. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
This SDS covers the product listed above as sold in pressurized and non-pressurized containers.
GHS classifications for both forms are listed below.
GHS Classification – Pressurized
Hazard Classification
Chronic hazard to the aquatic environment - Category 3 (This classification not adopted by OSHA)
Gas under pressure – Compressed gas
Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
Signal Word: Warning
Hazard Statements
Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Contents under pressure; may explode if heated.
Revision Date: September 11, 2022 Page 1 of 10

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Precautionary Statements
Prevention
Avoid release to the environment.
Response
None
Storage
Protect from sunlight.
Store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local regulation.
GHS Classification: Non - pressurized
Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
None
Signal Word: None
Hazard Statements
Prevention
Response
None
Storage
None
Disposal
Other Hazards
None identified.
Specific Concentration Limits

The values listed below represent the percentages of ingredients of unknown toxicity.
Acute oral toxicity 0%
Acute dermal toxicity 0%
Acute inhalation toxicity 0%
Acute aquatic toxicity 0%
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
This product is a substance.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Component CAS Number Concentration

1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone 756-13-8 >99.9%
Note: Pressurized product uses nitrogen as the expellant.
4. FIRST- AID MEASURES
Description of necessary first-aid measures
Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for several minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain medical
attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Obtain medical attention if irritation persists.
Ingestion
Rinse mouth. Obtain medical attention if you feel unwell.
Inhalation
Move victim to fresh air. Obtain medical attention immediately for any breathing difficulty.
Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

Aside from the information found under Description of necessary first aid measures (above) and
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, no additional symptoms and
effects are anticipated.
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed

Notes to Physicians
Treat symptomatically.
5. FIRE - FIGHTING MEASURES
Suitable Extinguishing Media

This preparation is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a
blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep pressurized containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as they may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire
Specific hazards arising from the chemical

Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire situations. By-products are irritating and
potentially toxic. Pressurized containers may explode in heat of fire.
Special Protective Actions for Fire-Fighters

Wear full protective clothing and self-contained breathing apparatus as appropriate for specific fire
conditions.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Wear appropriate protective clothing. Prevent skin and eye contact. Remove leaking container to a safe
place. Ventilate the area.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Environmental Precautions
Prevent large quantities of the material from entering drains or watercourses.
Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

Contain and absorb using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for
recovery or disposal.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Precautions for safe handling

Wear appropriate protective clothing.
Conditions for safe storage

Store at temperatures not exceeding 38°C/100°F. Pressurized containers should be properly stored and
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag, slide or roll pressurized containers. Do not
drop pressurized containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply flame or localized
heat directly to any part of the pressurized or plastic container. Store pressurized and plastic containers
away from high heat sources. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out
of direct sunlight
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION
Control parameters
Exposure limits are listed below, if they exist.

Manufacturer’s recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA
Appropriate engineering controls

Engineering methods to prevent or control exposure are preferred. Methods include process or personnel
enclosure, mechanical ventilation (dilution and local exhaust), and control of process conditions.
Individual protection measures

Respiratory Protection
Wear respiratory protection if there is a risk of exposure to high vapor concentrations, aerosols or if
material is exposed to extreme overheating. The specific respirator selected must be based on the
airborne concentration found in the workplace and must not exceed the working limits of the respirator.
Skin Protection
Gloves
Eye/Face Protection
Chemical goggles or safety glasses with side shields.
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Non- Pressurized
Appearance
Physical State Liquid
Color Colorless
Odor Slight
Odor Threshold No data available
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity 1.6
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) 49.2 oC/120.6 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -108 oC/-162.4 oF
Flash Point (PMCC) (°C/F) Not flammable
Vapor Pressure 0.3260 bar @ 20 oC
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) >1
Solubility in Water Nil
Relative Vapor Density (Air = 1) 11.6
VOC (g/l) 1600 g/l
VOC (%) 100%
Partition coefficient (n- No data available
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity No data available
Auto-ignition Temperature Not applicable
Decomposition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit None detected
Lower explosive limit None detected
Flammability (solid, gas) No data available
Particle Characteristics Not applicable
Expellant - Nitrogen
Appearance
Physical State Compressed gas
Color Colorless
Odor None
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity No data available
Gas Density 0.075 lb/ft3 @70oF as vapor
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) -196oC/-321 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -210oC/-346 oF
Vapor Pressure No data available
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) No data available
Solubility in Water 0.2 g/l
VOC (g/l) None
VOC (%) None
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity Not applicable
Auto-ignition Temperature No data available
Upper explosive limit Not explosive

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Lower explosive limit Not explosive

Flammability (solid, gas) Not flammable
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Reactivity
Pressurized containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.
Chemical Stability
Stable under normal conditions.
Possibility of hazardous reactions

Hazardous polymerization will not occur.
Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light - contact with incompatible materials
Incompatible Materials
Strong bases - amines - alcohols - water
Hazardous Decomposition Products

Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride - perfluoroisobutylene
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Acute Toxicity
Oral LD50 (rat) >5000 mg/kg (estimated)
Dermal LD50 (rat) >5000mg/kg (estimated)
Inhalation LC50 (rat) >5 mg/l 4hr
Nitrogen
Simple asphyxiant
Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – single exposure

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: All data were negative in a 2 hour rat inhalation study
(nervous system). The NOAEL was determined to be 10,000ppm. All data were negative in a 17 minute
dog inhalation study (cardiac sensitization).
Nitrogen: Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen
available for breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,
unconsciousness or asphyxiation.
Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) – repeat exposure

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: NOAEL from 28-day inhalation study in rats was determined
to be 300000 mg/m3 (6h/d, 5d/w). Results indicate Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent is not
expected to cause target organ effects after repeat exposure.
Serious Eye damage/Irritation

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: No significant irritation to eyes in rabbit study.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Skin Corrosion/Irritation
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: No significant irritation to skin in rabbit study.
Respiratory or Skin Sensitization

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Did not cause skin sensitization in guinea pig study.
Carcinogenicity
Not considered carcinogenic by NTP, IARC, and OSHA.
Germ Cell Mutagenicity

Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not mutagenic in both in vitro mammalian chromosome
aberration test and mammalian cell gene mutation test.
Reproductive Toxicity
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not toxic to male reproduction, female reproduction or
development in rat inhalation study. The NOAEL was determined to be 3000ppm.
Aspiration Hazard
Not an aspiration hazard.
Quality
The NFPA 2001 purity specifications and cardiac sensitization NOAEL help to address the safety of
agents included in the standard. Historically, the unstated safety assumptions have been as follows:
1. The NOAEL for cardiac sensitization will be protective for all other end points of acute toxicity.
2. 99 percent purity precludes the presence of impurities that could impact the NOAEL for agent
acute toxicity. However, there are some impurities that, when present at less than 1 percent by
weight in the liquid agent, could result in acute toxicity at agent concentrations below the NOAEL
for cardiac sensitization. Hexafluoropropylene (HFP) thermodynamic and kinetic dimers are
examples of such impurities. For these dimers, a 5-minute exposure to a concentration in air
greater than 10 ppm by volume for the HFP thermodynamic dimer or greater than 300 ppm by
volume for the HFP kinetic dimer could cause toxicological effects. [Maranion, 2020] For FK-5-1-
12 at a use concentration of 10 percent by volume in air, these levels would translate to 95 ppm
(0.0095 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the thermodynamic dimer and 2850 ppm
(0.2850 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the kinetic dimer.
Note: Each batch of FK-5-1-12 is tested to ensure the PPM for these Dimers is lower than these upper
threshold limits.
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Ecotoxicity
LC50 Zebra fish >1070 mg/l 96h
EC50 Daphnia magna >1080 mg/l 48h
EC50 Pseudokirchneriella subcapitata 10.6mg/l 72h
Classified by ECHA as Aquatic Chronic 3: Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Mobility in soil
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.
Persistence/Degradability
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent: Not readily biodegradable
Bioaccumulative Potential
BCF = 1.2 – 4.8
Other adverse effects

No relevant studies identified.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
Safety Data Sheet information is intended to address a specific material and not various forms or states
of containment.
Pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
UN Proper Shipping Name Fire extinguishers
UN Class (2.2)
UN Number UN1044
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
Classification for AIR Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
Transportation (IATA)
Classification for Water Consult current IMDG Regulations prior to shipping by water.
Transport IMDG Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
Non-pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Not Regulated
UN Proper Shipping Name Not Regulated
UN Class None.
UN Number None.
UN Packaging Group None.
Transport IMDG
This section is believed to be accurate at the time of preparation. It is not intended to be a complete
statement or summary of the applicable laws, rules, or hazardous material regulations, and is subject to
change. Users have the responsibility to confirm compliance with all laws, rules, and hazardous material
regulations in effect at the time of shipping.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
United States TSCA Inventory

This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.
Canada DSL Inventory

All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Pressurized

Gas under pressure
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Non-pressurized
None
SARA Title III Sect. 313

This product does not contain any chemicals that are listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
16. OTHER INFORMATION
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Health - 1
NFPA Code for Flammability - 0
NFPA Code for Reactivity - 1
NFPA Code for Special Hazards - None
Legend
ACGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ECHA: European Chemicals Agency
EC50: Effect Concentration 50%
IARC: International Agency for Research on Cancer
LC50: Lethal Concentration 50%
LD50: Lethal Dose 50%
N/A: Denotes no applicable information found or available
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL: Permissible Exposure Limit
STEL: Short Term Exposure Limit
TLV: Threshold Limit Value
TSCA: Toxic Substance Control Act
P/N: SDS_KFS_45_0003_EN
Revision Date: September 11, 2022

Replaces: March 11, 2020
Changes made: Update to sections 11 and 16.
Information Source and References

This SDS is prepared by Hazard Communication Specialists based on information provided by internal
company references.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
The information and recommendations presented in this SDS are based on sources believed to be
accurate. Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It
is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In
particular, we make NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, with respect to such information, and we assume no liability resulting from its
use. Users should ensure that any use or disposal of the material is in accordance with applicable
Federal, State, and local laws and regulations.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid
1. IDENTIFICATION
Product Name 3M™ Novec ™1230 Fire Protection Fluid

(Fire Extinguishing Agent, Pressurized and
Non-pressurized)
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Agent
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Issue Date September 11, 2022
Supersedes Date March 11, 2020
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200) and the Globally
Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)
This SDS covers the product listed above as sold in pressurized and non-pressurized containers.
GHS classifications for both forms are listed below.
GHS Classification – Pressurized
Gas under pressure – Compressed gas
Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
Hazard Statements

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Prevention
Response
None
Storage
Protect from sunlight.
Store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
GHS Classification: Non - pressurized
Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
None
Signal Word: None
Hazard Statements
Prevention
Response
None
Storage
None
Disposal
Other Hazards
None identified.


SAFETY DATA SHEET

1,1,1,2,2,4,5,5,5,-Nonafluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pentanone 756-13-8 >99.9%
Note: Pressurized product uses nitrogen as the expellant.
Eyes
Immediately flood the eye with plenty of water for several minutes, holding the eye open. Obtain medical
attention if soreness or redness persists.
Skin
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Obtain medical attention if irritation persists.
Ingestion
Rinse mouth. Obtain medical attention if you feel unwell.
Inhalation
Move victim to fresh air. Obtain medical attention immediately for any breathing difficulty.


Notes to Physicians

This preparation is used as an extinguishing agent and therefore is not a problem when trying to control a
blaze. Use extinguishing agent appropriate to other materials involved. Keep pressurized containers and
surroundings cool with water spray as they may rupture or burst in the heat of a fire

Predominant decomposition product is hydrogen fluoride in fire situations. By-products are irritating and
potentially toxic. Pressurized containers may explode in heat of fire.

conditions.

Wear appropriate protective clothing. Prevent skin and eye contact. Remove leaking container to a safe
place. Ventilate the area.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Prevent large quantities of the material from entering drains or watercourses.

Contain and absorb using earth, sand or other inert material. Transfer into suitable containers for
recovery or disposal.

Wear appropriate protective clothing.

Store at temperatures not exceeding 38°C/100°F. Pressurized containers should be properly stored and
secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag, slide or roll pressurized containers. Do not
drop pressurized containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply flame or localized
heat directly to any part of the pressurized or plastic container. Store pressurized and plastic containers
away from high heat sources. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated - under cover - out
of direct sunlight
Control parameters
3MTM NovecTM 1230 Fire Protection Fluid

Manufacturer’s recommended exposure limit: 150 ppm, 8 hr TWA

Engineering methods to prevent or control exposure are preferred. Methods include process or personnel
enclosure, mechanical ventilation (dilution and local exhaust), and control of process conditions.

Wear respiratory protection if there is a risk of exposure to high vapor concentrations, aerosols or if
material is exposed to extreme overheating. The specific respirator selected must be based on the
airborne concentration found in the workplace and must not exceed the working limits of the respirator.
Skin Protection
Gloves
Eye/Face Protection
Body Protection
Normal work wear.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Non- Pressurized
Appearance
Physical State Liquid
Color Colorless
Odor Slight
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity 1.6
Boiling Range/Point (°C/F) 49.2 oC/120.6 oF
Melting Point (°C/F) -108 oC/-162.4 oF
Vapor Pressure 0.404 bar (5.87 psig) @ 25 oC
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) >1
Solubility in Water Nil
VOC (g/l) 1600 g/l
VOC (%) 100%
octanol/water)
Kinematic Viscosity 0.6 centipoise @ 25 oC
Auto-ignition Temperature Not applicable
Upper explosive limit None detected
Lower explosive limit None detected
Flammability (solid, gas) No data available
Expellant - Nitrogen
Appearance
Color Colorless
Odor None
pH Not applicable
Specific Gravity No data available
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) No data available
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97
VOC (g/l) None
VOC (%) None
octanol/water)
Viscosity Not applicable

SAFETY DATA SHEET

Reactivity
Pressurized containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.
Chemical Stability

Conditions to Avoid
Exposure to direct sunlight - ultraviolet light - contact with incompatible materials
Strong bases - amines - alcohols - water

Oxides of carbon - hydrogen fluoride - perfluoroisobutylene
Acute Toxicity
Oral LD50 (rat) >5000 mg/kg (estimated)
Dermal LD50 (rat) >5000mg/kg (estimated)
Inhalation LC50 (rat) >1227 mg/l 4hr
Nitrogen
Simple asphyxiant

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: All data were negative in a 2 hour rat inhalation study (nervous
system). The NOAEL was determined to be 10,000ppm. All data were negative in a 17 minute dog
inhalation study (cardiac sensitization).
Nitrogen: Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen
available for breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: NOAEL from 90-day inhalation study was determined to be
3000ppm. Results indicate 3M™ Novec ™1230 Fire Protection Fluid is not expected to cause target
organ effects after repeat exposure.

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: No significant irritation to eyes in rabbit study.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: No significant irritation to skin in rabbit study.

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Did not cause skin sensitization in guinea pig study.
Carcinogenicity

3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Not mutagenic in both in vivo and in vitro testing.
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Not toxic to male reproduction, female reproduction or
development in rat inhalation study. The NOAEL was determined to be 3000ppm.
Aspiration Hazard
Quality
The NFPA 2001 purity specifications and cardiac sensitization NOAEL help to address the safety of
agents included in the standard. Historically, the unstated safety assumptions have been as follows:
1. The NOAEL for cardiac sensitization will be protective for all other end points of acute toxicity.
2. 99 percent purity precludes the presence of impurities that could impact the NOAEL for agent
acute toxicity. However, there are some impurities that, when present at less than 1 percent by
weight in the liquid agent, could result in acute toxicity at agent concentrations below the NOAEL
for cardiac sensitization. Hexafluoropropylene (HFP) thermodynamic and kinetic dimers are
examples of such impurities. For these dimers, a 5-minute exposure to a concentration in air
greater than 10 ppm by volume for the HFP thermodynamic dimer or greater than 300 ppm by
volume for the HFP kinetic dimer could cause toxicological effects. [Maranion, 2020] For FK-5-1-
12 at a use concentration of 10 percent by volume in air, these levels would translate to 95 ppm
(0.0095 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the thermodynamic dimer and 2850 ppm
(0.2850 percent) by weight in the liquid agent for the kinetic dimer.
Note: Each batch of FK-5-1-12 is tested to ensure the PPM for these Dimers is lower than these upper
threshold limits.
Ecotoxicity
LC50 Zebra fish >1200mg/l 96h
EC50 Daphnia magna >1200mg/l 48h
EC50 Green algae 7.7mg/l 72h
Classified by ECHA as Aquatic Chronic 3: Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Mobility in soil
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Product is highly insoluble in water and volatile.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection Fluid: Photolytic half-life: 3 - 5 days. Persistent Photolytic
degradation product: trifluoroacetic acid.

Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations.
of containment.
Pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
UN Proper Shipping Name Fire extinguishers
UN Class (2.2)
UN Number UN1044
UN Packaging Group Not applicable
Transport IMDG Fire extinguishers, 2.2, UN1044
Non-pressurized Containers
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Not Regulated
UN Proper Shipping Name Not Regulated
UN Class None.
UN Number None.
UN Packaging Group None.
Transport IMDG

SAFETY DATA SHEET

This product contains ingredients that are listed on or exempt from listing on the EPA Toxic Substance
Control Act Chemical Substance Inventory.

All ingredients in this product are listed on the Domestic Substance List (DSL) or the Non-Domestic
Substance List (NDSL) or are exempt from listing.
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Pressurized

Gas under pressure
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization: Non-pressurized
None

This product does not contain any chemicals that are listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Special Hazards - None
Legend
CAS#: Chemical Abstracts Service Number
ECHA: European Chemicals Agency
EC50: Effect Concentration 50%
LC50: Lethal Concentration 50%
LD50: Lethal Dose 50%
TSCA: Toxic Substance Control Act
P/N: SDS_KFS_45_0001_EN
Revision Date: September 11, 2022

Replaces: March 11, 2020
Changes made: Update to sections 11 and 16.

company references.

SAFETY DATA SHEET
3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.
accurate. Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It
is the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Nitrogen (Expellant)
1. IDENTIFICATION
Product Name Nitrogen (Expellant)

Other Names N2
restrictions on use
Identified uses Fire Extinguishing Expellant
400 Main Street
Ashland, MA 01721
USA
Issue Date November 15, 2019
Supersedes Date October 1, 2015
Safety Data Sheet prepared in accordance with OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200, the Canadian
Hazardous Products Regulations (HPR) and the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS)
Gas under pressure – compressed gas
Simple Asphyxiant
Label Elements
Hazard Symbols
Hazard Statements
May displace oxygen and cause rapid suffocation.
Prevention
Do not enter confined space unless adequately ventilated.
In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection.
Response
None
Storage
Keep container tightly closed.
Protect from sunlight and store in well-ventilated place.
Disposal
None
Revision Date: November 15, 2019 Page 1 of 7
SAFETY DATA SHEET
Other Hazards
Avoid direct inhalation of undiluted gas. Can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,

Synonyms: N2

Nitrogen 7727-37-9 100%

Eyes
No specific measures.
Skin
No specific measures.
Ingestion
Ingestion is not considered a potential route of exposure.
Inhalation
Remove from exposure. If there is difficulty in breathing, give oxygen. Obtain medical attention
immediately.


Notes to Physicians

All known extinguishing media can be used. Use extinguishing media appropriate for containers in the area.

Containers may explode in heat of fire.

SAFETY DATA SHEET

conditions.

Remove leaking cylinder to a safe place. Ventilate the area. Leaks inside confined spaces may cause
suffocation as oxygen is displaced and should not be entered without a self-contained breathing
apparatus.
None - Material is a normal atmospheric gas.

None

Containers should be properly stored and secured to prevent falling or being knocked over. Do not drag,
slide or roll containers. Do not drop containers or permit them to strike against each other. Never apply
flame or localized heat directly to any part of the containers.

Store away from sources of heat or ignition. Storage area should be: - cool - dry - well ventilated -
under cover - out of direct sunlight
Control parameters
Nitrogen
ACGIH: Simple Asphyxiant (Inert gas or vapor that acts primarily as a simple asphyxiant without other
significant physiologic effects when present in high concentrations in air.)

Use with adequate ventilation (natural or mechanical), especially in a confined space.

Not normally required. In oxygen deficient atmospheres, use a self contained breathing apparatus, as an
air purifying respirator will not provide protection.
Skin Protection
Use leather or sturdy work gloves when handling cylinders.
Eye/Face Protection
Body Protection
Normal work wear.
SAFETY DATA SHEET
Appearance
Color Colorless
Odor None
pH Not applicable
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1) Not applicable
Vapor Density (Air = 1) 0.97
VOC (%) Not applicable
octanol/water)
Viscosity Not applicable
Reactivity
Containers may rupture or explode if exposed to heat.
Chemical Stability

Conditions to Avoid
Extremely high temperatures
None known

None
Acute Toxicity
Simple asphyxiant.

SAFETY DATA SHEET

Exposure to nitrogen gas at high concentrations can cause suffocation by reducing oxygen available for
breathing. Breathing very high concentrations can cause dizziness, shortness of breath,

No data available.

No data available.
No data available.

No data available.
Carcinogenicity

No data available.
No data available.
Aspiration Hazard
Ecotoxicity
No data available
Mobility in soil
Nitrogen occurs naturally in the atmosphere.


SAFETY DATA SHEET
Disposal Methods
Dispose of container in accordance with all applicable local and national regulations. Do not cut puncture
or weld on or near to the container. If spilled, contents will vaporize to the atmosphere.
of containment.
DOT CFR 172.101 Data Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

UN Proper Shipping Name Nitrogen, compressed
UN Class (2.2) Non-Flammable Gas
UN Number UN1066
UN Packaging Group Not Applicable
Classification for AIR Transportation Consult current IATA Regulations prior to shipping by air.
(IATA)
Classification for Water Transport IMDG Nitrogen, compressed, 2.2, UN1066

All components of this product are in compliance with the inventory listing requirements of the US Toxic
Substance Control Act (TSCA) Chemical Substance Inventory.

All ingredients in this product have been verified for inclusion on the Domestic Substance List (DSL).
SARA Title III Sect. 311/312 Categorization

Gas under pressure

This product does not contain a chemical which is listed in Section 313 at or above de minimis
concentrations.
NFPA Ratings
NFPA Code for Special Hazards – None

SAFETY DATA SHEET
Legend
CAS: Chemical Abstracts Service
LCLo: Lethal concentration low
NTP: National Toxicology Program
SDS: Safety Data Sheet
Revision Date: November 15, 2019

Replaces: October 1, 2015
Changes made: Updates to sections 1, 8 and 14, 15 and 16.

company references.
Prepared By: EnviroNet LLC.

accurate. Kidde-Fenwal Inc. assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information. It is
the user's responsibility to determine the suitability of the material for their particular purposes. In

All trademarks are property of their respective owners.
3M and Novec are trademarks of 3M Company.
Mag-Probe is a registered trademark of Robert J. Bartol Jr.
LOCTITE is a registered trademark of the Henkel Corporation.
Bacharach is a registered trademark of Bacharach Inc..
This literature is provided for informational purposes only. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. believes this data to be accurate, but
it is published and presented without any guarantee or warranty whatsoever. KIDDE-FENWAL, INC. assumes no re-
sponsibility for the product's suitability for a particular application. The fire suppression system design, installation,
maintenance, service and troubleshooting must be performed by trained, authorized Kidde Fire Systems distributors
400 Main Street for the product to work correctly. If you need more information on this product, or if you have a particular problem or
Ashland, MA 01721 question, contact KIDDE-FENWAL, INC., Ashland, MA 01721 USA. Telephone: (508) 881-2000.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237256-001 Rev. AC ©2022 Carrier All Rights Reserved.
kiddefiresystems.com
06-237873-001
January 2023
2-Way NPT and Grooved

Selector and Lockout Valve
Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Clean Agent Systems

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector Valves .................................................. 2
2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves ............................... 5
2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose ....................................................................... 6
2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter .......................................... 7
2.1.4 Pressure Regulator and Bracket Kit.......................................................... 7
2.1.5 Spare NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly .......................................................... 8
2.1.6 Flexible Actuation Hoses ........................................................................ 8
2.1.7 NEMA 7 Solenoid Adapter Kit .................................................................. 8
2.1.8 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders .......................................................... 9
2.1.9 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder ........................... 10
2.1.10 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch................................. 11
2.1.10.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation ............................................ 12
2.2 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 13
3 Design Consideration........................................................................... 17
3.1 Selector Valves ................................................................................... 17
3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with NEMA 4 Rated Solenoids ................................... 17
3.3 Lockout Valve Clearance ...................................................................... 17
4 Install ............................................................................................... 18
4.1 2- Way Selector Valves ........................................................................ 18
4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves ........................................ 18
4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves................................................................. 18
4.2 Selector Valves with NEMA 7 Rated Solenoids ......................................... 18
4.3 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
with Supervisory Pressure Switch .......................................................... 19
4.3.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor ........................................................... 21
4.4 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Pressure Regulator .......................... 22
4.5 Connecting Pressure Regulator to NEMA 7 Selector Valve ......................... 23
4.6 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 24
4.7 System Pressure Test .......................................................................... 24
5 Operation .......................................................................................... 25
5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
with NEMA 4 Solenoids ........................................................................ 25
5.2 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves
with NEMA 7 Solenoids ........................................................................ 25
5.3 Lockout Valves ................................................................................... 26
6 Maintenance....................................................................................... 27
6.1 Semi-Annual Inspection ....................................................................... 27
6.1.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve .................................................. 27
6.1.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted) ........................................................... 27
6.2 Inspection Procedures - 2 Years ............................................................ 27
6.3 Service: Replacing NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly....................................... 28
7 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................. 29
7.1 Resetting Selector Valves after Operation ............................................... 29
8 Parts List ........................................................................................... 29
06-237873-001 i January 2023

January 2023 ii 06-237873-001

1 GENERAL
Kidde Fire Systems 2-Way NPT and Grooved selector valves are used to distribute agent where
multiple spaces are protected from a common bank of cylinders.
Kidde Fire Systems NPT and Grooved lockout valves can be locked in the close position to
prevent agent from being discharged into a protected area for the safety of personnel.
These selector and lockout valves are available to multiple Kidde Fire Systems Clean Agent Fire
Suppression Systems. This addendum applies to the following industrial, land-based Kidde Fire
Systems fire suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230
Fire Protection Fluid
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M Novec 1230
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent (a discontinued
brand)
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent (a discontinued
brand)
This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1. For other system details, see the
associated manuals listed in Table 1.
Table 1. Kidde Fire Systems Manual Listing
Manual Title Part Number Rev

Kidde Fire Systems Natura™ Inert Gas System Design, Installation, Operation, and 06-237619-001 AC
Maintenance Manual with FM Approval
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire 06-237585-001 AB
Protection Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-237256-001 AB
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with 3M™ Novec™ 1230 Fire Protection 06-236553-001 BA
Fluid Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent Design, 06-236068-001 BA
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ Fire Suppression System with HFC-227ea Agent 06-236115-001 BA
Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
06-237873-001 1 January 2023

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 2-Way NPT and Grooved Selector Valves
P/N: See Table 2
Selector valves are used to distribute agent where multiple hazards are protected from the
same or multiple banks of cylinders. These selector valves are 2-way ball valves with full bore,
available in sizes to match 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and 4 inch pipes.
The valves operate pneumatically, using pressure from either a Nitrogen pilot cylinder or, in
the case of inert systems, from the agent manifold. The pressure passes through a pressure
regulator, then through the associated solenoid which is opened via the control panel, allowing
the pressure to flow to the required selector valve.
For selector valves with NEMA 4 rated solenoids, Kidde Fire Systems offers back-plate
manifolds which includes the various number of solenoids to ease installation. For more
information, see Section 2.1.1, Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves.
Selector valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids cannot use the back-plate manifolds as, the
solenoids are mounted directly on the selector valve.
Selector valve sizes 1, 1 1/2, and 2 in. have NPT threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection
to the distribution piping. Selector valve sizes 3 and 4 in. use grooved fitting to connect to the
system piping. When installing, choose the correct mating fittings to match with the groove
fitting of the selector valves.
Table 2. Selector Valve Part Numbers
NEMA 4 Rated Selector Valves

85-100025-100 1 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-150025-150 1 1/2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
85-300025-300 3 in. Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid
NEMA 7 Rated Selector Valves
85-150724-150 1 1/2 in. Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid
January 2023 2 06-237873-001

A
A
B
B
1 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-100025-100 4 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-400025-400
Figure 1. 1 and 4 inch Selector Valve, NEMA 4
Table 3. NEMA 4 Selector Valve Specifications
Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm
85-100025-100 1 in. NPT 6 5/8 168 6 11/16 195 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150025-150 1.5 in. NPT 10 1/3 263 9 15/16 252 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200025-200 2 in. NPT 10 9/16 268 11 1/4 286 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300025-300 3 in. Grooved 11 7/8 301 14 1/4 362 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
06-237873-001 3 January 2023

A
A
B
B
1 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-100724-100 4 in. Selector Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-400724-400
Figure 2. 1 and 4 inch Selector Valve, NEMA 7
Table 4. NEMA 7 Selector Valve Specifications
Dimensions
Thread
Part Number Size Lead Length A B Pressure Rating
Type
inches mm inches mm
85-100724-100 1 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 7 9/16 193 6 11/16 195 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150724-150 1.5 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 10 1/3 263 9 15/16 252 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200724-200 2 in. 70” (1778 mm) NPT 10 9/16 268 11 1/4 286 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300724-300 3 in. 70” (1778 mm) Grooved 11 7/8 301 14 3/16 360 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-400724-400 4 in. 70” (1778 mm) Grooved 15 1/2 394 16 3/8 416 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
January 2023 4 06-237873-001

2.1.1 Back Plate Manifold with Solenoids for Selector Valves
P/N: 01-3508-000X
Note: Use only with NEMA 4 rated solenoids. Not to be used with selector valves P/N: 85-
100724-100, 85-150724-150, 85-200724-200, 85-300724-300 or 85-400724-400.
To simplify the selector valve installation, KFS offers a back-plate manifold with the pressure
regulator, piping, and the required number of solenoids to provide pressure to the appropriate
selector valve. This back-plate manifold includes one hose (P/N 01-3273-1200) to connect the
pressure regulator on the back-plate to a Nitrogen pilot cylinder or agent manifold. Use one
108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the
selector valves.
The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, pull the pin, depress the button,
and turn clockwise to lock the solenoid open.
Date Part no.
TP bar. Batc h n o.
H
L
Figure 3. Back-Plate Manifold Arrangement Figure 4. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions
Table 5. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions
Dimensions
Number of Weight
Part Number Selector Valve L H
Connections
inches mm inches mm lbs kg
01-3508-0002 2 23.8 605 7.9 200 ~8.8 ~4

01-3508-0003 3 35.8 910 7.9 200 ~11.0 ~5
01-3508-0004 4 47.8 1215 7.9 200 ~17.6 ~8
01-3508-0005 5 59.8 1520 7.9 200 ~22.0 ~10
Table 6. Back-Plate Manifold Part Numbers
Note: For systems with more than 5 areas protected, use multiple back-plate manifolds.
06-237873-001 5 January 2023

2.1.2 Back-Plate Manifold Hose
P/N: 01-3273-1200
Use the hose to connect the NEMA 4 solenoid to the selector valves or to connect the Nitrogen
pilot cylinder to the pressure regulator on the back-plate manifold. When connecting a back-
plate manifold hose to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder, use adapter P/N: 85-025125-000.
27.6 in. (700 mm)
Figure 5. Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Table 7. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
01-3273-1200 Back-Plate Manifold Hose

(P/N 01-3273-1200)
Note: One hose is included

with Back-Plate Manifold to
connect to the pressure supply.
Seperate hoses must be
purchased for each Selector
Valve.
-Kerr
Figure 6. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Installed on Back-Plate Manifold
January 2023 6 06-237873-001

2.1.3 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
P/N: 85-025125-000
Use the adapter when connecting the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to the back-plate manifold hose.
1.11in 45/64"
1/4 BSPP 1/8 NPT
Figure 7. Back-Plate Manifold Hose
Table 8. Back-Plate Manifold Hose Part Numbers
85-025125-000 1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter
2.1.4 Pressure Regulator and Bracket Kit

P/N: 01-6017-0000
The pressure regulator reduces the incoming pressure from a Nitrogen pilot cylinder down to
the 8 bar needed to operate the selector valves. The regulator is included with the back-plate
manifold, but may be ordered separately for selector valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids.
4.9 in.
(125mm)
2.2 in. (55mm)
Figure 8. Pressure Regulator and Bracket
Table 9. Pressure Regulator Part Numbers
01-6017-0000 Pressure Regulator
06-237873-001 7 January 2023

2.1.5 Spare NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly
P/N: 85-063724-XX0
If necessary, the NEMA 7 solenoid and actuation assembly on the selector valves can be
replaced.
Figure 9. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly
Table 10. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly Part Numbers
Current
Part Number For Valve Size Operating Voltage Rating
Draw
85-063724-100 1 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7

85-092724-150 1 1/2 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-105724-200 2 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-125724-300 3 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
85-140724-400 4 in. 24 VDC 10W .187 Amps NEMA 7
Note: The solenoid includes a manual override. To operate, depress the button, and turn
clockwise to lock the solenoid open.
2.1.6 Flexible Actuation Hoses

P/N: WK-264986-000 and WK-264987-000
The flexible actuation hoses can be used to connect the pressure regulator to a NEMA 7
solenoid.
A
1-3/8 in.
5/8 in. HEX SWIVEL
(35 mm)
NUT (BRASS)
5/16 in.
TUBING COUPLING
(BOTH ENDS)
HOSE - 1/4 in. I.D.
Figure 1-1. Flexible Actuation Hose
Part Number Dimension A
WK-264986-000 30 in. 762 mm

WK-264987-000 22 in. 559 mm
2.1.7 NEMA 7 Solenoid Adapter Kit

P/N: 85-118990-001
Note: Use only with NEMA 7 rated solenoids.
This kit includes an adapter and washer to connect the solenoid on a NEMA 7 rated selector
valve to the pressure regulator using a flexible hose. The kit includes an adapter and washer.
January 2023 8 06-237873-001

2.1.8 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders
P/N: 85-877940-001 and 85-877940-002
Use the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder to provide operating pressure for the selector valves.
When activated by a control head, gas pressure is routed from the Nitrogen pilot cylinder to
the pressure regulator connected to the selector valve solenoids via piping or a manifold. The
control panel singles which solenoid to open, directing the Nitrogen pressure to and opening
the corresponding selector valve. Use one 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder per back-plate
manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves. For information on standard or ATEX
approved supervisory pressure switch, see Section 2.1.10.

108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinders are factory-equipped with a safety cap
threaded securely over the control head connection port and a plastic cap for
WARNING the outlet port. These devices are safety feature and provides protection during
shipping and handling. The safety cap must be installed at all times, except
when the cylinder is connected into the system piping or is being filled. Do not
move or handle a cylinder unless the safety cap is installed. Ensure that the
safety cap is retained in a safe place close to the installed cylinder.
Table 2. Nitrogen Actuator, Mounting Bracket and

OUTLET PORT SAFETY OUTLET Adapter Specifications
1/8 in. NPT FEMALE
ATTACH
ADAPTER HERE
Description Standard Metric
SUPERVISORY
Cylinder
108 cu. in. 1770 cm3
PRESSURE SWITCH GAUGE
PORT 1-1/4 in.-18 NF-3 Capacity
FOR
CONTROL HEAD
2650 psig to
CONNECTION
Safety Outlet 183 bar to 207
3000 psig @
Burst Range bar @ 21°C
70°F
Nitrogen BB-n- Nitrogen BB-n-
Cylinder 411b, Grade A, 411b, Grade A,
Contents Type 1 1800 Type 1 124 bar
psig @ 70°F @ 21°C
Table 3. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Kit

Order Information
16.0 in
(406 mm) Description Part Number
Factory Filled 108 cu. in. Nitrogen
85-877940-001
Pilot Cylinder
Empty 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot
85-877940-002
Cylinder
3.56 in.
(90 mm)
Figure 2. 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
06-237873-001 9 January 2023

2.1.9 Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
P/N WK-877845-000
P/N WK-877845-000 is a steel mounting bracket used to secure the 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot
cylinder (see Figure 3). The bracket includes the clamp to secure the cylinder.
4x Ø 0.517
10.6
ISOMETRIC VIEW
CLAMP NOT SHOWN
1.5 SCALE 1:2
2.9 0.75
4.4
Figure 3. Mounting Bracket for 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder
January 2023 10 06-237873-001

2.1.10 Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder Supervisory Pressure Switch
P/N 85-111540-001 and 85-111540-100
Note: See Table 4 for approvals.
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch is intended to detect a drop in pressure
in the Kidde Fire Systems Nitrogen pilot cylinders (see Figure 2-49).
Note: The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch differentiator is a blue colored
band on both the box and switch (see Table 5).
The Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch can be wired for either normally-open
(N.O.) or normally-closed (N.C.) operation, depending on installation requirements and those
of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). When wired for N.O. under pressure, if the pressure
inside the cylinder drops below 1625 psig (112.0 bar gauge), the switch contacts will transfer
and, if wired correctly, invoke a “supervisory” signal at the control panel.
Note: When the Nitrogen pilot cylinder supervisory pressure switch (P/N 85-111540-001
or P/N 85-111540-100) is connected to a supervised control panel circuit, and the
switch is wired N.C. under pressure, it is not possible to distinguish between a wir-
ing fault and a loss of cylinder pressure. This configuration should only be used if
accepted by the AHJ.
1-3/16 in.
(30 mm)
FACTORY SEALED
CAUTION LABEL

(105 mm)
BLUE BAND
O-RING 21/64 in. x 3/32 in.

WITH VALVE CORE
Figure 4. Supervisory Pressure Switch, Female Fitting, (P/N 85-111540-001 shown)

Table 4. Approvals
85-111540-001 UL, FM
85-111540-100 UL, FM, ATEX
Note: Nitrogen pilot cylinder valves manufactures prior to November 2020 do not include the
necessary port for this driver supervisory pressure switch.
06-237873-001 11 January 2023

2.1.10.1 Supervisory Pressure Switch Differentiation
Kidde Fire Systems offers supervisory pressure switches for multiple products and product
lines. When ordering and installing supervisory pressure switches, please select the
appropriate switch. The switches have a colored band to help differentiate them.
Note: Due to the various differences in screen displays and printers, the colors displayed here
may not perfectly match the colors on the actual products.
Table 5. Supervisory Pressure Switch Specifications
Band Pressure
Switch Part Numbers Compatible with
Color Trip Setting
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders

85-111540-001 1540 psig ADS™ Systems
Blue
85-111540-100 (ATEX) (106.2 bar) Nitrogen Drivers
Nitrogen Siren Drivers
06-118262-001 305 psig ECS™ 360 psi Agent

Silver
45-118500-001 435 psig ECS-500™ psi Agent

Orange
Carbon Dioxide Pilot

Cylinders and Siren
81-111350-001 1350 psig
Red Drivers
81-111350-100 (ATEX) (93.1 bar)
(High and Low
Pressure systems)
January 2023 12 06-237873-001

2.2 Lockout Valves
P/N: See Table 6
A lockout valve is a manually operated valve installed between the agent manifold and the
discharge pipe to the protected area. Lockout valves are normally open, but can be locked in
the closed position when maintenance is under way. This prevents agent from discharging into
the protected area for the safety of the maintenance personnel. The lockout valve shall be
installed at the end of the agent manifold or, if a common manifold protects multiple hazards,
downstream of each selector valve.
Lockout valve assemblies include a high visibility indicator and weatherproof limit switch. The
limit switch shall initiate a “Trouble” signal at the control panel when the valve is in the closed
position. All valves have a maximum pressure rating of 70 bar (1015 PSI). When using lockout
valves, also install a pressure relief valve wherever pressure could be trapped in closed
sections of pipe.
The lockout valves are available in sizes 1, 1 1/2, 2, 3, and 4 inches. Lockout valve sizes 1, 1
1/2, and 2 in. have NPT threaded inlet and outlet ports for connection to the distribution piping.
Lockout valve sizes 3 and 4 in. use grooved fitting to connect to the system piping. When
installing, choose the correct mating fittings to match with the groove fitting of the lockout
valves.
Table 6. Selector Valve Part Numbers
NEMA 4 Rated Lockout Valves

85-100210-101 1 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-150210-151 1 1/2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-300210-301 3 in. Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch
85-150120-151 1 1/2 in. Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch
06-237873-001 13 January 2023

A
B
B
1 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-100210-101 4 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 4, P/N: 85-400210-401
Figure 5. 1 and 4 inch Lockout Valve, NEMA 4
Table 7. NEMA 4 Lockout Valve Specifications
Dimensions
Thread
Type
inches mm inches mm
85-100210-101 1 in. NPT 9 230 7 7/8 200 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150210-151 1.5 in. NPT 10 255 8 15/16 227 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200210-201 2 in. NPT 10 255 9 5/8 244 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300210-301 3 in. Grooved 17 430 12 3/8 314 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
January 2023 14 06-237873-001

A
B
B
1 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-100120-101 4 in. Lockout Valve, NEMA 7, P/N: 85-400120-401
Figure 6. 1 and 4 inch Lockout Valve, NEMA 7
Table 8. NEMA 7 Lockout Valve Specifications
Dimensions
Thread
Type
inches mm inches mm
85-100120-101 1 in. NPT 10 1/3 256.5 11 1/16 280.7 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-150120-151 1.5 in. NPT 11 282 12 1/8 308.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-200120-201 2 in. NPT 11 282 12 13/16 325.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-300120-301 3 in. Grooved 17 430 15 9/16 395.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
85-400120-401 4 in. Grooved 21 1/2 545 17 432.2 1015 PSI (70 Bar)
06-237873-001 15 January 2023

Figure 7. Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements
Table 9. NEMA 4 Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements
Dimensions
Part Number Size A B C
mm inches mm inches mm inches
85-100210-101 1 in. 161.5 6 11/32 253.5 10 161.5 6 11/32

85-150210-151 1.5 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-200210-201 2 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-300210-301 3 in. 310 12 7/32 487 19 3/16 310 12 7/32
85-400210-401 4 in. 400 15 3/4 628.5 24 3/4 400 15 3/4
Table 10. NEMA 7 Lockout Valve Clearance Requirements
Dimensions
Part Number Size A B C
mm inches mm inches mm inches
85-100120-101 1 in. 161.5 6 11/32 253.5 10 161.5 6 11/32

85-150120-151 1.5 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-200120-201 2 in. 187 6 3/8 293.75 11 9/16 187 6 3/8
85-300120-301 3 in. 310 12 7/32 487 19 3/16 310 12 7/32
85-400120-401 4 in. 400 15 3/4 628.5 24 3/4 400 15 3/4
January 2023 16 06-237873-001

3 DESIGN CONSIDERATION
3.1 Selector Valves

Standard EN12094-5 requires that selector valves be opened within a maximum time span of
3 seconds. Use the following rules for designing all selector valve systems:
• 3-Way and 2-Way selector valves must not be mixed in a system. A system may use only
2-way or 3-way selector valves, not both.
• Always confirm the duration for which the solenoid valve will be kept energized by the con-
trol panel. The solenoid must be energized for the full discharge time.
3.2 Back-Plate Manifold with NEMA 4 Rated Solenoids

Note: Use only with NEMA 4 rated solenoids. Not to be used with selector valves P/N: 85-
100724-025, 85-150724-040, 85-200724-050, 85-300724-080 or 85-400724-100.
The NEMA 4 rated solenoid valves with manual override used for controlling the opening of the
selector valves are supplied as part of a back-plate manifold. This back-plate manifold holds
the required numbers of solenoid valves. The back-plate manifold receives pressure from a
Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the case of clean agent systems or from the manifold for inert gas
systems. A pressure regulator reduces the supplied pressure to approx. 8 bar. Use one 108 cu.
in. cylinders per back-plate manifold to provide pressure to open the selector valves.
(200 mm)
7.9 in.
(95 mm)
3.7 in.
(23 mm)
(45 mm)
0.9 in.
1.8 in.
5.9 in. 12.0 in. 3.9 in.

(150 mm) (305 mm) (100 mm)
7.9 in.
(200 mm)
10.6 in. 12.0 in.
(270 mm) (305 mm)
Figure 8. Back-Plate Manifold Dimensions (2 Area Manifold shown)

Note: For larger Back-Plate Manifolds, the distance between each solenoid is still 12.0 in.
(305 mm).
3.3 Lockout Valve Clearance

Ensure that ample space is given to the arm of the lockout valve. There must be space to
position the lever in both the open and closed positions. For dimension, see Table 9 and
Table 10.
06-237873-001 17 January 2023

4 INSTALL
4.1 2- Way Selector Valves

4.1.1 1-inch, 1 1/2-inch, and 2-inch Selector Valves

Install the 1, 1 1/2, and 2 in. selector valves by following the steps listed below:
2. Inspect the visible surface of the ball valves to ensure no debris is present.
3. Apply Teflon™ tape or pipe sealant to the piping male threads.

CAUTION
5. Install the valve.
6. Once the installation is finished, perform the necessary system pressure test ensuring the
valve is tested in all states.
4.1.2 3 and 4 inch Selector Valves

Install the 3 and 4 in. Selector valves by following the steps listed below:
2. Inspect the visible surface of the ball valves to ensure no debris is present.
3. Add grooves to the corresponding section of pipe that connects to the selector valve.
5. Connect the pipe to the selector valve using the appropriate Victolic coupling.
6. Tighten the nuts on the clamp until secure.
7. Once the installation is finished, perform the necessary system pressure test ensuring the
valve is tested in all states.
4.2 Selector Valves with NEMA 7 Rated Solenoids

Selector Valves with NEMA 7 rated solenoids cannot be used with the Back-Plate
manifold.
January 2023 18 06-237873-001

4.3 Installing the Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Supervisory Pressure
Switch
Note: Supervision of electric control heads is a requirement of NFPA 2001
Follow these steps to install a Nitrogen pilot cylinder:
1. Install mounting bracket clamps and hardware as instructed in the corresponding manual.
2. Install the Nitrogen pilot cylinder in the mounting bracket, ensuring the gauge is forward
facing.
Note: If the discharge port is too close to a wall or obstruction, install the Nitrogen pilot cyl-
inder bracket using a spacer such as a Unistrut channel setup as shown in Figure 9. One
section of Unistrut may not create enough space. Ensure the spacer is structurally
sound and can support the weight of the components.
Spacer
Bracket
Nitrogen Pilot
Cylinder
Figure 9. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder with Bracket and Spacer

3. Install the CHM over the cylinder valve actuation port as shown in Figure 10 and Figure 11.
Important: Make sure the safety burst disc outlet port lines up and sits in the slot on
the underside of the CHM (see Figure 11). The body of the CHM should
be opposite the supervisory pressure switch.
06-237873-001 19 January 2023

SLOT FOR
SAFETY BURST
DISC OUTLET
SAFETY BURST DISC

OUTLET PORT
Figure 10. Installation Side View Figure 11. Installation Isometric View

N2 Pilot Cylinder
Figure 12. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Side View
Slot for Safety Burst Disc Outlet

(on Underside of Control Head Monitor)

N2 Pilot Cylinder Safety Burst Disc Outlet Port
Figure 13. Control Head Monitor and Pilot Cylinder, Top View, no Control Head Shown
January 2023 20 06-237873-001

Ensure the control head is in the SET position (that is, the actuating pin is in
the fully retracted and the arrow on the front is pointing to the SET position)
before attaching the control head to the cylinder valve. Also, ensure the
WARNING safety pin is installed and secured with a listed tamper seal. If the control
head is not in the SET position, the cylinder will discharge.
4. Attach the control head to the Nitrogen pilot cylinder valve body by hand threading the
swivel nut onto the mating threads of the valve. Hand thread the swivel until it stops.
Note: The lever on the control head used for manual operation must be positioned so it is
readily accessible.
5. Using the two available flats of the valve body, hold the valve body while using a wrench
on the flats of the swivel nut to secure the control head. Tighten the control head swivel
nut until the nut is tight and the control head body does not swivel further. Tighten the
swivel nut to 55-60 ft-lbs of torque.
Note: The CHM body should not be held down tight by the swivel nut of the control head.
Some play or movement of the CHM body is acceptable, and the CHM should not touch
the supervisory pressure switch or the gauge.
6. Attach outlet adapter, connect the Nitrogen pilot lines, wire all components, and perform
necessary testing as instructed in the corresponding manual.
4.3.1 Wiring the Control Head Monitor

Device
White
Blue Control
Head
White
Monitor
Blue
Control
Panel Open when in
activated
position
Figure 14. Control Head Monitor Wiring

Use the wiring diagram found in Figure 14 when wiring the CHM.
06-237873-001 21 January 2023

4.4 Connecting Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder to Pressure Regulator
The pressure from a 108 cu. in. Nitrogen pilot cylinder must be reduced before being used to
operate a selector valve. The pressure regulator is included with the back-plate manifold. For
NEMA 7 solenoids, the pressure regulator must be purchased separately.

Straight Adapter
108 or 1040 cu. in.


P/N 01-3273-1200
Pressure Regulator
Manifold
Figure 15. Connecting Nitrogen Pilot to Pressure Regulator

1. Secure the Pilot Cylinder per the installation instructions outlined in this addendum, in the
corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum 06-237750-001.
3. Thread the 1/8 in. NPT end of the BSPP to NPT adapter into the Nitrogen Pilot cylinder.
Wrench tight.
lined in this addendum, in the corresponding manual listed in Table 1, and in the addendum
06-237750-001.
January 2023 22 06-237873-001

4.5 Connecting Pressure Regulator to NEMA 7 Selector Valve
Follow these steps to connect the pressure regulator to the NEMA 7 selector valve:
1. Place the rubber bonded steel washer onto the outlet of the pressure regulator.
Note: The rubber bonded steel washer may only be installed once. It cannot be reused after
it has been removed. If the bonded steel washer is ever removed, it must be replaced
with a new washer.
This does not mean the washer must be replaced after a discharge, only that the washer
must not be re-installed if the adapter or washer is removed after installation.
Pressure Regulator
Washer
1/4” BSPP Female x NPT Male

Straight Adapter
Figure 16: Pressure Regulator Outlet Washer and Adapter

2. Screw the 1/4” BSPP female end of the 1/4” BSPP female x NPT male straight adapter onto
the outlet of the pressure regulator with a minimum torque of 25 ft-lbs.
3. Use either WK-264986-000 or WK-264987-000 to connect the adapter to the NEMA 7 so-
lenoid.
06-237873-001 23 January 2023

4.6 Lockout Valves
ting practices.
Inspect the valve to ensure no dirt or debris is inside the valve, ensuring to check the valve in
the open and closed position. Place two to three wraps of Teflon tape on male threads of pipe.
A union is recommended before and after the valve to facilitate future service work. The valve
should be locked in the “open” position using a padlock. All valves must be electrically
supervised.
Figure 17 shows the lockout valve wiring diagram when the ball valve is in the fully open
position.
RED
NC 1
CLOSED
BLACK
C 2
GREEN
NO 3
YELLOW
NC 4
OPEN
WHITE
C 5
BLUE
NO 6
7
EXT
8
GROUND
Figure 17. NEMA 4 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position
C BLACK
1
SWITCH 2 SWITCH 1
NC NO WHITE
2
RED
3
C BLACK
4
NC NO WHITE
5
RED
6
7
SOL
GROUND
Figure 18. NEMA 7 Wiring Diagram for Lockout Valve when Ball Valve is in Fully Open Position
4.7 System Pressure Test

Per NFPA 2001, 2022 Edition, the piping system must be pressure tested in a closed circuit
using nitrogen or other dry gas. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separat-
ed by Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states. For more details on the system pressure test, consult the corresponding
manual listed in Table 1.
January 2023 24 06-237873-001

5 OPERATION
5.1 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves with NEMA 4

Solenoids
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate back-plate manifold for the selector valve corresponding to the haz-
ard.
2. Pull the safety pin out from the override button on the solenoid.
3. Push the button down and turn it 90° clockwise to lock the solenoid in the open state.
4. If necessary, use the manual leveler operated control head on the Nitrogen pilot cylinder
to discharge the pilot cylinder, providing pressure to operate the selector valve.
5. Proceed to appropriate primary cylinder release unit or control head for the hazard.
6. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder release unit or control head. This will also
break the tamper seal.
7. Operate the manual release knob or lever in the direction indicated on the unit.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
5.2 Local Manual Operation of 2-Way Selector Valves with NEMA 7

Solenoids
called:
1. Proceed to appropriate selector valve for the hazard.
2. Push the manual override button down and turn it 90° clockwise to lock the solenoid in the
open state.
3. If necessary, use the manual leveler operated control head on the Nitrogen pilot cyilnder
to discharge the pilot cylinder, providing pressure to operate the selector valve.
4. Proceed to appropriate primary cylinder release unit or control head for the hazard.
5. Remove the safety pull pin from the cylinder release unit or control head. This will also
break the tamper seal.
6. Operate the manual release knob or lever in the direction indicated on the unit.
Note: Allow no one to enter the hazard area. Call the fire department immediately.
06-237873-001 25 January 2023

5.3 Lockout Valves
If applicable, it is recommended to lock-out the clean agent system when performing
maintenance on the system or there is need to perform work that could cause false alarms and
a discharge. Use the following steps to lockout the system:
1. Unlock the valve and place it in the Closed position.
2. Lock the valve. Locations for the lock are shown in Figure 19.
Open Position
Hole for Lock
Closed Position
Figure 19. Lock Locations (Limit Switch not shown)

3. Verify that a Trouble indicator appears on the control unit.
4. When maintenance or test is complete, unlock the valve and place it in the Open position.
5. Lock the valve.
6. Verify the Trouble indicator is clear on the control unit.
January 2023 26 06-237873-001

6 MAINTENANCE
All standard maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed in Table 1. In
addition, maintenance on the selector and lockout valves must be performed as part of the
standard semi-annual and 2 year maintenance procedures.
6.1 Semi-Annual Inspection
6.1.1 Actuator Test on 2-Way Selector Valve

1. Operate the valve using pilot Nitrogen pressure.
2. Replace/Refill the Nitrogen pilot cylinder.
Should for any reason the unit fail to operate as intended or should there be any doubt about
the opening/closing of the valve, contact Kidde Fire Systems.
Never attempt to modify the actuator assembly (i.e. never open the actuator).
Note: In addition to the actuator test, a pressure test of the system should be conducted ev-
ery two years. This test should include check all lockout and selector valves in all appli-
cable states.
6.1.2 System Lockout Valve (if Fitted)

The ball valve should be manually operated and the operation of the micro-switch (if fitted)
observed.
1. Signal to be initiated on control panel.
2. Replace the micro-switch if found to be defective.
6.2 Inspection Procedures - 2 Years

Once every two years, perform a system pressure test on the piping to ensure that no new leak
paths have developed. Ensure all sections of pipe are tested, including those separated by
Selector or Directional valves. Ensure all Selector or Directional valves are tested in all
applicable states.
06-237873-001 27 January 2023

6.3 Service: Replacing NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly
If the solenoid or actuation assembly becomes damaged on a NEMA 7 selector valve, it can be
replaced with a new actuation assembly. Follow the steps below when replacing the actuation
assembly.
Figure 20. NEMA 7 Actuator Assembly Installation

1. Remove the pressure and electrical connections to the actuation assembly.
2. Remove the 4 hex nuts and washers holding the actuator assembly to the valve.
3. Remove the old actuator assembly.
4. Install the new actuator assembly, making sure the spigot fits in the alignment hole. This
prevents installing the actuation assembly in an incorrect orientation.
5. Place the washer on the mounting post, then screw on the nut to the torque specified in
Table 11. Repeat for the other 3 washers and nuts.
Table 11. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly Hex Bolt Torque Specification
Part Number Hex Bolt Torque Specification
85-100724-100 70 in-lbs
85-150724-150 170 in-lbs
85-200724-200 170 in-lbs
85-300724-300 340 in-lbs
85-400724-400 340 in-lbs
6. Reconnect the pressure and electrical connections on the replacement actuator assembly.
January 2023 28 06-237873-001

7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE
All standard post discharge maintenance must be performed as outlined in the manual listed
in Table 1. Additionally, all solenoids must be returned to their normal operating state.
7.1 Resetting Selector Valves after Operation

Note: Manual control of selector valves is not part of normal system actuation and should only
be used in an emergency. After such an emergency, the selector valves and associated
solenoid must be returned to the normal active state.
For NEMA 4 solenoids, turn the manual override 90° counter-clockwise, then re-insert the
safety pin.
For NEMA 7 solenoids, turn the button 90° clockwise, and let the button pop out.
8 PARTS LIST
Table 12. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List
2-Way Selector Valves, NEMA 4 Rated

1” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-100025-100
1 1/2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-150025-150
3” Selector valve, Grooved, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 4 Rated Solenoid 85-300025-300
2-Way Selector Valves, NEMA 7 Rated
1 1/2” Selector valve, NPT, 8-10 bar Actuator, NEMA 7 Rated Solenoid 85-150724-150
2-Way Directional Valve Assemblies Accessories
Back-Plate Manifold Hose 01-3273-1200
1/8 in. NPT Male to 1/4 in. Male BSPP Adapter 85-025125-000
Pressure Regulator - 300 bar to 8 bar 01-6017-0000
1 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-063724-100
1 1/2 in. NEMA 7 Actuation Assembly 85-092724-150
Actuation Hose, 30 in 350 lb to 900 lb (159 kg to 408 kg) Cylinders WK-264986-000
Actuation Hose, 36 in 1100 lb (499 kg) Cylinders 85-264988-036
06-237873-001 29 January 2023

Table 12. Selector Valve, Lockout Valve, and Associated Equipment Parts List (Continued)
Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders and Mounting Equipment
Factory Filled 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 85-877940-001

Empty 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder 85-877940-002
85-101040-101
P/N 85-111540-001
Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-001
ATEX Supervisory Pressure Switch for Nitrogen Pilot Cylinders 85-111540-100
Mounting Bracket, 108 cu. in. Nitrogen Pilot Cylinder WK-877845-000
1” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-100210-101
1 1/2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-150210-151
3” Lockout Valve, Grooved, NEMA 4 Rated Switch 85-300210-301
1 1/2” Lockout Valve, NPT, NEMA 7 Rated Switch 85-150120-151
January 2023 30 06-237873-001

Unistrut is a registered trademark of Atkore International Group.
Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237873-001 Rev. AA ©2023 Carrier. All Rights Reserved.
06-237955-001
October 2023
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean

Agent Cylinder/Valve
Rebranding Kits
Addendum
for
Kidde Fire Systems
Industrial
ECS-500™
and
Fluoroketone
Clean Agent Systems

Jurisdiction: EAR
US ECCN: EAR99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 General ............................................................................................... 1
2 Component Description.......................................................................... 2
2.1 Cylinder/Valve ReBranding Kit ................................................................ 2
2.1.1 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits .................................................. 3
2.1.2 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits ........................................................ 4
2.1.3 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits ........................................................ 5
3 Design Consideration............................................................................. 5
4 Install ................................................................................................. 6
4.1 Rebranding a Cylinder /Valve Assembly
to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent............................................... 6
4.1.1 Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge ...................................................... 6
4.1.2 Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label ....................................................... 7
4.1.3 Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label ............................................ 9
4.1.4 Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels ............................ 10
5 Operation .......................................................................................... 11
6 Maintenance....................................................................................... 11
7 Post Discharge Maintenance ................................................................. 11
8 Parts List ........................................................................................... 11
06-237955-001 i October 2023

October 2023 ii 06-237955-001

1 GENERAL
Use one of the Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits to convert a Kidde Fire Systems 3M™
Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid agent cylinder to a cylinder capable of holding Kidde Fire
Systems Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent. These kits include all necessary components
to replace the Pressure Gauge, Valve Cap Ring, Branding Label, and Instruction Label plus the
components to rebuild the valve, ensuring the cylinder is properly marked for Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent storage and ready to be refilled.
Kidde Fire Systems requires that only Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent
supplied by Kidde Fire Systems shall be used when refilling cylinders labeled for
WARNING
use with Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent.
This addendum applies to the following Kidde Fire Systems industrial fire suppression systems:
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System
• Kidde Fire Systems ADS Fire Suppression System use with Fluoroketone Fire Suppression
Agents
• Kidde Fire Systems ECS Fire Suppression System use with Fluoroketone Fire Suppression
Agents
This addendum applies to the manuals listed in Table 1. For other system details, see the
associated manuals listed in Table 1.
Table 1. Kidde Fire Systems Manual Listing
Manual Title Part Number Rev
Industrial Manuals
Kidde Fire Systems ECS-500™ psi Fire Suppression System Design, Installation, Operation, 06-237585-001 AD
and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ADS™ Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone Fire 06-237256-001 AB
Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual
Kidde Fire Systems ECS™ 360 PSI Fire Suppression System for use with Fluoroketone Fire 06-236553-001 BB
Suppression Agents Design, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual
06-237955-001 1 October 2023

2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Cylinder/Valve ReBranding Kit
There are several Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits available, covering the various valve sizes,
pressure gauge ratings, and safety burst disc location combinations offered by Kidde Fire Sys-
tems. Each kit contains all the necessary components to rebuild the valve, replace the safety
burst disc, and rebrand the cylinder/valve assembly for Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Agent.
During the rebranding process, the valve must be rebuilt and the safety burst disc must be
replaced. The available kits are as follows:
Table 2. ReBranding Kit Part Numbers
ECS-500
45-144500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves
ECS 360 and ADS
45-144360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built after April 2014
where the safety burst disc is located on the cylinder shoulder.
45-154361-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built before May 2014
where the safety burst disc is on the valve itself.
45-174360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves
October 2023 2 06-237955-001

2.1.1 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-144500-901 or 45-144360-901
Use the 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit to rebuild and rebrand the 1-1/2 in. Cylinder
and Valve assembly. During the rebranding process, the valve must be rebuilt and the safety
burst disc must also be replaced. The rebranding kit includes the following:
Table 3. 1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents
1-1/2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• O-ring, Packing Qpl
• O-ring, Packing 1-7/8
• O-ring, Packing 2-1/8
• O-ring, Packing 1-5/16 Qpl
• Retainer, Backup
• Washer, Safety Disc
• Retainer, Safety Disc
• Disc, Safety
• FK-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
45-144XX0-901
• Screw, Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 Ss
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi) or (FK-5-1-12, 500 Psi)
• Valve Part Number Label Sheet
• Brand Label
• Fluoro-K Agent Instruction Label
• Install Instructions
06-237955-001 3 October 2023

2.1.2 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-154500-901, 45-154360-901, and 45-154361-901
There are 3 Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits to choose from when rebranding the 2 in. valve.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154500-901 for all ECS-500 2 in. valve.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154360-901 for ECS 360 and ADS 2 in. valves manufactured after April
2014 where the safety burst disc is found on the shoulder of the cylinder.
• Use kit P/N: 45-154361-901 for ECS 360 and ADS 2 in. valves manufactured before May
2014 where the safety burst disc is located on the valve.
Table 4. 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents for P/Ns: 45-154360-901 and 45-154500-901 where
the safety burst disc is found on the shoulder of the cylinder
2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit includes:

• Piston Assembly
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Burst Disc Assembly, Ø.563
• Fk-5-1-12 Valve Ring Label
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 SS 45-154360-901
or
• Brand Label 45-154500-901
Table 5. 2 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit Contents for P/N: 45-154361-901

where the safety burst disc is located on the valve

• Piston Assembly
• O-ring, Neck
• O-ring, Cap
• Disc - Safety, 2.0 in. Valve
• Washer - Safety
• Retainer - Safety Disc
• Install Instructions for the Safety Burst Disc
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 SS 45-154361-901
• Gauge, Pressure (FK-5-1-12, 360 Psi)
• Brand Label
October 2023 4 06-237955-001

2.1.3 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kits
P/N: 45-174500-901 or 45-174360-901
Use the 3 in. Cylinder/Valve Rebranding Kit to rebrand all 3 in. agent cylinders. This kit includes
a Safety Disc Assembly for cylinders with 3 in. valves.
Table 6. 3” Valve Maintenance Kit Contents

• Burst Disc Assembly
• Pilot Check
• Disc - Perforated
• Ring - Retain .500-.548
• Spring
• Retainer - Pkg Backup
• O-Ring, Cap
• O-Ring, Piston
• Teflon Back-Up Ring, Piston
• O-Ring, Seat
• O-Ring, Cylinder Neck 45-174XX0-901
• Disc - Valve
• Screw - Drive Rd Hd #2 X.125 Ss
• Brand Label
3 DESIGN CONSIDERATION
There are 2 important considerations to take into account when switching to Fluoro-K™ Fire
Suppression Clean Agent.
• Verify the MDC for the hazard. This may differ from the original 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Pro-
tection Fluid MDC. For more information, see the manual listed in Table 1.
• Rerun any flow calculations of the system when changing agent to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppres-
sion Clean Agent. Ensure that if the quantity of agent is increased, the cylinders are adjust-
ed accordingly.
Note: If applicable, the new weights will be needed when stamping the ring label.
When finished, it may be necessary to resubmit any system certifications based on
requirements of the authority having jurisdiction.
06-237955-001 5 October 2023

4 INSTALL
Installation of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.
4.1 Rebranding a Cylinder /Valve Assembly to Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression

Clean Agent
Note: Check the hydrostatic testing requirements for the cylinder outline in the manual listed
in Table 1. If hydrostatic testing is to be done on the cylinder, rebrand after the testing.
Only rebrand empty 3M™ Novec™1230 Fire Protection Fluid agent cylinders. Do not
attempt to rebrand a filled cylinder as this may lead to accidental discharge
WARNING resulting in injury or death.
Rebranding a cylinder/valve assembly to be able to hold Fluoro-K clean agent requires four
changes:
• Section 4.1.1, Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge
• Section 4.1.2, Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label
• Section 4.1.3, Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label
• Section 4.1.4, Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels
After the cylinder/valve assembly has been rebranded, it can be rebuilt and filled with
Fluoro-K Fire Suppression Clean Agent.
4.1.1 Replacing the Valve’s Pressure Gauge

The Pressure Gauge is located on the front of the valve and lists the agent used to fill the
cylinder. As such, the Pressure Gauge must be replaced when rebranding a cylinder/valve
assembly. Follow these steps when replacing a Pressure Gauge:
Do not replace the Pressure Gauge on a filled cylinder. This may lead to accidental
WARNING discharge resulting in injury or death.
1. Ensure the cylinder is empty and de-pressurized.

2. Remove the old Pressure Gauge. There are wrench flats behind the gauge if needed.
3. Apply thread tape clockwise around the male threads of the new Pressure Gauge, excluding
the first two threads.
4. Install the new Pressure Gauge. Tighten until hand tight. After hand tight, turn the gauge
further until the gauge is oriented with the green band facing up, so it is closest to the Pro-
tection Cap at the top of the valve. This should orient the valve so that it is legible when
facing the cylinder/valve assembly. See Figure 1.
This Green Band should face up,
pointing to the top of the valve to
ensure the gauge is legible.
Figure 1. Pressure Gauge Installation (500 PSI Gauge Example Shown)
October 2023 6 06-237955-001

4.1.2 Replacing the Valve’s Cap Ring Label
The Cap Ring Label is located at the top of the valve cap and contains the fill information for
the cylinder. Follow these steps when replacing a Cap Ring Label:
1. Remove the Protection Cap from the top of the valve.
2. Remove the old Cap Ring Label by inserting a thin scraper (or flat blade) beneath the name
plate, by the first screw. (See Figure 2.)
Screw Tool goes under

Cap Ring Label
Figure 2. Scrapper Location

3. Lightly tap the end of the scraper with a hammer which should dislodge the screw.
4. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until all 3 screws holding the Cap Ring secure are removed.
5. Pull the old Cap Ring Label off the valve.
Figure 3. Removing Old Cap Ring Label

6. Using metal stamps or a dot peening machine, stamp or engrave the listed part number
and empty weight from the old Cap Ring Label onto the new Cap Ring Label.
7. Stamp or engrave the fill weight on the new Cap Ring Label.
8.
The fill weight may change when switching agent. Ensure to run the flow calculation
program and stamp the updated required fill weight. Failure to provide the correct
WARNING fill weight could lead to an incorrect filling, and issues during a discharge.
06-237955-001 7 October 2023

9. Place the new Cap Ring Label on the valve, lining the holes on the Cap Ring Label with the
holes where the screws were removed in the previous steps. The new label should say FK-
5-1-12 instead of Novec.
Figure 4. New Cap Ring Label Installation

10. Insert a screw in one of the holes and hold it in place as needed.
11. Tap the screw down with a hammer. Minimal force is required to drive in the screw.
12. Repeat steps 8 and 9 for the other 2 screws.
13. Once finished, reinstall the Protection Cap.
October 2023 8 06-237955-001

4.1.3 Applying the Valve’s New Part Number Label
The valve has the old part number engraved on the body of the valve. To update this, the
Cylinder-Valve Rebranding kits include a set of new Valve Part Number labels to be placed over
the existing engraving.
Note: The new labels are made to be permanently applied and cannot be removed easily once
in place. Take care to ensure proper placement when installing the labels.
Please make sure to use the correct part number label that matches the valve. Follow these
steps to apply the new part number label.
1. Select the appropriate label based on the valve being rebranded. See Table 7.
Table 7. Part Number Label
Old Valve Part Suppression New Label to Use with

Number System Text
1.5 Inch Valve
45-140000-501 ECS-500 45-144000-501

45-140000-001 ECS 360 45-144000-001
2 Inch Valve
85-150000-550 ECS-500 85-154000-550

85-150000-500 ADS 85-154000-500
85-150000-510 ECS 360 85-154000-510
45-150000-001 ECS 360 45-154000-001
3 Inch Valve
85-170001-550 ECS-500 85-174001-550

85-170001-500 ADS 85-174001-500
85-170001-100 ECS 360 85-174001-100
2. Apply the label as shown in Figure 6.
Figure 5. Part Number Label Installation (2 in. Valve Pictured)
06-237955-001 9 October 2023

4.1.4 Replacing the Cylinder Instruction and Branding Labels
Note: If the cylinder includes a small agency label, do not remove the agency label. This label
must be applied at the factory and should not be touched during this process.
The Instruction Label contains information that is specific to the agent and must be replaced
when rebranding a cylinder. The Branding Label must be replaced if it says “3M™ Novec™ 1230
Fire Protection Fluid”. Follow these steps to replace the labels:
1. Peel or scrape the old label off the cylinder. Note, if the paint is scratched or damaged, have
the cylinder resurfaced and touched up with the same paint.
2. Install the new label as specified in the appropriate location. Ensure the center of the In-
struction label lines up with the valve’s pressure gauge. Line the left hand side of Brand
Label with the left hand side of the Instruction Label. See Figure 6 and Table 8.
A B
B
A
A
10, 20, 40, 70, and 125 lb 200, 350, and 450 lb 600, 900, and 1100 lb
Cylinder Example Cylinder Example Cylinder Example
Images are not to scale.
Figure 6. Label Locations

Table 8. Cylinder Label Locations
Install Instruction Branding Label

Cylinder
Location Location
Capacity Used in
Dimension A Dimension A
(lbs)
(inches) (inches)
Immediately Below Not applicable

10 ECS 360, ECS-500
Weld Seam
20 ECS 360, ECS-500 7.5 11.8
40 ECS 360, ECS-500 9.0 15.5
70 ECS 360, ECS-500 18.0 27.0
125 ECS 360, ECS-500 14.5 19.0
200 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 26.0 37.0
350 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 32.0 42.5
450 ADS, ECS-500 46.0 52.0
600 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 26.0 32.0
900 ECS 360, ADS, ECS-500 36.0 42.0
1100 ECS-500 28.0 34.0
The valve can now be rebuilt, the safety burst disc replaced and the cylinder refilled using
Fluoro-K™ Fire Suppression Clean Agent as outlined in the manual listed in Table 1.
October 2023 10 06-237955-001

5 OPERATION
Operation of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.
6 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed in Table 1.
7 POST DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

Post discharge maintenance of the cylinders does not differ from the steps in the manuals listed
in Table 1.
8 PARTS LIST
Table 9. ReBranding Kit Part Numbers
ECS-500
45-144500-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS-500 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
ECS 360 and ADS
45-144360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 Agent Cylinders with 1.5 in. Valves
45-154360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built after April 2014
where the safety burst disc is located on the cylinder shoulder.
45-154361-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 2 in. Valves built before May 2014
where the safety burst disc is on the valve itself.
45-174360-901 Rebranding Kit for ECS 360 or ADS Agent Cylinders with 3 in. Valves
06-237955-001 11 October 2023

October 2023 12 06-237955-001

Ph: 508.881.2000
Fax: 508.881.8920 06-237955-001 Rev. AA ©2023 Kidde-Fenwal, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

ADS Fluoro-K DIOM 06-237256-001_AC with addenda_12_2023

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ADS Fluoro-K DIOM 06-237256-001_AC with addenda_12_2023

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This file contains the following:

Title Part Number Rev

Kidde Fire Systems ADS™

LISTED LISTED APPROVED

UL Listing File UL Listing File FM Approvals

EXPORT INFORMATION (USA):

06-237256-001 i December 2022

SAFETY DATA SHEETS

Indicates a potentiality hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in

December 2022 ii 06-237256-001

The following safety procedures must be observed at all times:

06-237256-001 iii December 2022

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

4. Remove cylinder from bracketing.

December 2022 iv 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

CHAPTER 2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS

06-237256-001 v December 2022

December 2022 vi 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 vii December 2022

December 2022 viii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 ix December 2022

December 2022 x 06-237256-001

CHAPTER 7 POST-DISCHARGE MAINTENANCE

06-237256-001 xi December 2022

CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST

APPENDIX A NITROGEN REQUIRED FOR CYLINDER FILL

APPENDIX C SAFETY DATASHEETS

December 2022 xii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xiii December 2022

December 2022 xiv 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xv December 2022

December 2022 xvi 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xvii December 2022

December 2022 xviii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xix December 2022

December 2022 xx 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 xxi December 2022

December 2022 xxii 06-237256-001

06-237256-001 1-1 December 2022

December 2022 1-2 06-237256-001

1-2.1.2 Agent Storage Container Temperature Range Limitations

1-2.1.2.1 Balanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

1-2.1.2.2 Unbalanced System Agent Storage Container Temperature Range

1-2.2 Extinguishing Agent

1-2.2.1 Available Clean Agents

06-237256-001 1-3 December 2022

Table 1-1. EPA Accepted LOAEL and NOAEL

1-2.2.5 Other Safety Considerations

December 2022 1-4 06-237256-001

Table 1-2. Agent Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

Temperature ºF Temperature ºC Pressure psig Pressure Bar

32 0.0 333 23.0

Table 1-3. Nitrogen Container Temperature-Pressure Correlation

06-237256-001 1-5 December 2022

Table 1-4. Agent Physical Properties, U.S. Customary Units

Critical Density lbm/ft.3 39.91

Specific Heat, Liquid at 77°F BTU/lb-°F 0.2634

Solubility of Water in agent at 77°F N/A <0.001% by wt.

December 2022 1-6 06-237256-001

32 324 322 317 311 299

40 331 330 326 320 310

50 341 340 337 333 326

60 350 350 348 346 342